Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.

Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.

xtnt · AMEX Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker xtnt
Exchange AMEX
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 217
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FORM 10-K

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________________ to __________________

Commission file number: 001-34951

XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

664 Cruiser Lane
Belgrade, Montana
(Address of principal executive offices)

20-5313323
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

59714
(Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

(406) 388-0480
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Title of each class
Common stock, par value $.000001 per share

Trading Symbol(s)
XTNT

Name of each exchange on which registered
NYSE American LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or
an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

Large accelerated filer ☐
Emerging growth company ☐

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☒

Smaller reporting company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared
or issued its audit report. ☐

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in

the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  any  of  those  error  corrections  are  restatements  that  required  a  recovery  analysis  of  incentive-based  compensation

received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2023 was approximately $25.8 million (based on the closing
price of the Company’s common stock on the last business day of the Company’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, as reported on the NYSE
American).

The number of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.000001 par value, outstanding as of March 25, 2024 was 130,216,541.

None.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 1C.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

PART III

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Cybersecurity
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Reserved
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

1

2

2
17
58
59
60
61
61

62
62
62
63
70
71
98
98
100
100

101

101
108
118
120
123

125

125
130

131

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), and are subject to the safe harbor created by those
sections. For more information, see “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

As used in this report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Xtant,” “Xtant Medical,” and the “Company” mean Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and our

consolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless the context indicates another meaning.

We own various unregistered trademarks and service marks, including our corporate logo. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names
in this report are referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that the owner of such trademarks
and  trade  names  will  not  assert,  to  the  fullest  extent  under  applicable  law,  their  rights  thereto. We  do  not  intend  the  use  or  display  of  other  companies’
trademarks and trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. We include our website address
throughout this report for reference only.

The information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

We are a “smaller reporting company” as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Accordingly, this report reflects

the scaled reporting requirements of smaller reporting companies as set forth in Regulation S-K, promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of
the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  Our  forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  statements  regarding  our
“expectations,” “hopes,” “beliefs,” “intentions,” or “strategies” regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts, or other
characterizations  of  future  events  or  circumstances,  including  any  underlying  assumptions,  are  forward-looking  statements.  The  words  “anticipate,”
“believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should” and “would,”
as  well  as  similar  expressions,  may  identify  forward-looking  statements,  but  the  absence  of  these  words  does  not  mean  that  a  statement  is  not  forward
looking.

A forward-looking statement is neither a prediction nor a guarantee of future events or circumstances and those future events or circumstances
may  not  occur.  You  should  not  place  undue  reliance  on  forward-looking  statements,  which  speak  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  Form  10-K.  The  forward-
looking  statements  contained  in  this  Form  10-K  are  based  on  currently  available  operating,  financial  and  competitive  information  and  our  current
expectations  and  beliefs  concerning  future  developments  and  their  potential  effects  on  us.  These  forward-looking  statements  involve  a  number  of  risks,
uncertainties, or assumptions, many of which are beyond our control, which may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described in the “Part
I. Item 1.A. Risk Factors” section of this Form 10-K. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove
incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We are including this cautionary statement
to  make  applicable  and  take  advantage  of  the  safe  harbor  provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995  for  forward-looking
statements.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events,  or
otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

1

 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. Business

Overview

PART I

Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  is  a  global  medical  technology  company  focused  on  the  design,  development,  and  commercialization  of  a
comprehensive  portfolio  of  orthobiologics  and  spinal  implant  fixation  systems  to  facilitate  spinal  fusion  in  complex  spine,  deformity,  and  degenerative
procedures. Our products are used by orthopedic spine surgeons and neurosurgeons to treat a variety of spinal disorders in the cervical, thoracolumbar, and
interbody spine.

We promote and sell our products in the United States through independent distributors and stocking agents, supported by direct employees. We
have  an  extensive  distribution  channel  of  commissioned  independent  agents  and  stocking  agents  in  the  United  States  representing  some  or  all  of  our
products. We also maintain a national accounts program to enable our agents to gain access to independent health delivery network hospitals and through
group  purchasing  organizations  (“GPOs”).  We  have  biologics  contracts  with  major  GPOs,  as  well  as  extensive  access  to  integrated  delivery  networks
(“IDNs”) across the United States for both our biologics and spine hardware products. We promote and sell our products internationally through direct sales
representatives and distribution partners in Canada, Mexico, Europe, South America, Australia, and certain Pacific region countries.

We have focused and intend to continue to focus primarily on four key growth initiatives: (1) introduce new products; (2) expand our distribution
network; (3) penetrate adjacent markets; and (4) leverage our growth platform with technology and strategic acquisitions. While the intent of these four key
growth initiatives is to increase our future revenues, no assurance can be provided that we will be successful in implementing these growth initiatives or
increasing our future revenues.

Recent Acquisitions

Coflex and CoFix Product Lines

On February 28, 2023, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Surgalign SPV, Inc. (“Surgalign SPV”), a then indirect wholly
owned subsidiary of Surgalign Holdings, Inc. (“Surgalign Holdings”), which held certain intellectual property, contractual rights and other assets related to
the design, manufacture, sale and distribution of the Coflex and CoFix products in the United States, for an aggregate purchase price of $17.0 million in
cash. The Coflex and CoFix products have been approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) for the treatment of moderate to severe
lumbar spinal stenosis in conjunction with decompression and provide minimally invasive, motion preserving stabilization.

Surgalign Holdings’ Hardware and Biologics Business

On  August  10,  2023,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  certain  assets  of  Surgalign  Holdings  and  its  subsidiaries  on  an  as-is,  where-is  basis,
including  specified  inventory,  intellectual  property  and  intellectual  property  rights,  contracts,  equipment  and  other  personal  property,  records,  all
outstanding  equity  securities  of  Surgalign  Holdings’  international  subsidiaries,  and  intangibles  related  to  the  business  of  designing,  developing  and
manufacturing hardware medical technology and distributing biologics medical technology, as conducted by Surgalign Holdings and its subsidiaries, and
certain specified liabilities of Surgalign Holdings and its subsidiaries pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 18, 2023, between Surgalign
Holdings and us (as amended, the “Surgalign Asset Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Surgalign Asset Purchase Agreement, we were able to acquire
Surgalign Holdings’ broad portfolio of spinal hardware implants, including solutions for fusion procedures in the lumbar, thoracic, and cervical spine, and
motion  preservation  solutions  for  the  lumbar  spine.  Additionally,  we  were  able  to  acquire  Surgalign  Holdings’  biomaterials  portfolio  of  advanced  and
traditional orthobiologics. These offerings complement our portfolio of orthobiologics and spinal implant fixation systems. This transaction was conducted
through  a  process  supervised  by  the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Court  in  connection  with  Surgalign  Holdings’  bankruptcy  proceedings.  We  funded  the
purchase price of $5 million with cash on hand.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RTI Surgical, Inc.’s nanOss Production Operations

On  October  23,  2023,  we  acquired  the  nanOss  production  operations  owned  by  RTI  Surgical,  Inc.  (“RTI”)  pursuant  to  an  Asset  Purchase
Agreement dated October 23, 2023 between us and RTI (the “RTI Asset Purchase Agreement”). Under the terms of the RTI Asset Purchase Agreement, we
acquired certain assets, including equipment and inventory, used in RTI’s synthetic bone graft business and assumed from RTI the lease for the nanOss
production facility located in Greenville, North Carolina. The purchase price for the assets was $2 million in cash plus a low single digit royalty on sales
prior to October 23, 2028 of next generation nanOss products. We previously acquired the nanOss distribution rights and nanOss intellectual property with
the acquisition of assets related to the biologics and spinal fixation business of Surgalign Holdings, as described above.

Industry and Market Overview

The  orthopedic  biomaterials  market  consists  of  materials  that  are  organic,  inorganic  or  synthetic  in  nature.  These  materials  are  implanted  or
applied in or near the indicated bone to aid in healing, encourage bone tissue augmentation, compensate in areas where bone tissue is depleted, and restore
structure to allow for repair. These materials are often used as substitutes to autograft materials, which are taken from a harvest site in the patient to patch
or repair the wounded or unhealthy site.

Fixation  is  often  instrumental  in  allowing  the  body  to  heal  and  regenerate  tissue.  Fixation  provides  the  constructive  support  necessary  for
reestablishing stability, by immobilizing the regenerative site, and relieving stress. Fixation also can help hold the biomaterial in place in order to achieve a
better outcome. Examples of fixation products can include, but are not limited to, plates, screws, pins, rods, spacers, and staples. Fixation products may be
made from various metals and polymer materials.

Conversely, motion preservation devices are designed predominantly to stabilize the spine and allow for motion of the segments. Spine implants
can be surgically applied via traditional open surgery or via minimally invasive surgery. We provide devices in both the fixation and motion preservation
categories of the spine implant market and via both surgical methodologies.

Our Orthobiologics Products

Our biomaterial products include OsteoSponge, OsteoSponge SC, OsteoSelect DBM putty, OsteoSelect Plus DBM putty, OsteoWrap, and our line

of 3Demin products, as described below, as well as other allografts:

● OsteoSponge is a form of demineralized bone matrix (“DBM”) made from 100% human bone. Derived from trabecular (cancellous) bone,
OsteoSponge is designed to provide a natural scaffold for cellular in-growth and expose bone-forming proteins to the healing environment.
The  malleable  properties  of  OsteoSponge  are  intended  to  enable  it  to  conform  to,  and  fill,  most  defects.  OsteoSponge’s  mechanical  and
osteoconductive  properties  in  tandem  with  its  osteoconductive  potential  are  designed  to  make  OsteoSponge  an  ideal  bone  graft  for  use  in
various  orthopedic  practices  including  spine,  neurology,  cranial/maxillofacial,  trauma,  plastic/reconstruction  and  general  procedures  where
new bone growth is needed.

● OsteoSelect DBM Putty is designed to be easily molded into any shape and compressed into bony voids. We have validated a low-dose, low-
temperature gamma sterilization process designed to provide maximum osteoinductive potential while still affording device level sterility.

● OsteoSelect  PLUS  DBM  Putty  combines  the  cohesive  characteristics  of  OsteoSelect  DBM  Putty  with  demineralized  cortical  chunks.

OsteoSelect PLUS is designed to deliver differentiated handling properties and ensure patient safety through validated, terminal sterilization.

● 3Demin  is  a  family  of  allografts  that  maximizes  osteoconductivity  and  the  osteoinductive  potential  of  human  bone.  They  consist  of  100%
demineralized cortical bone with malleable handling characteristics, and are distributed as a sterile allograft. Our 3Demin products are easily
hydrated  with  any  biocompatible  liquid,  making  them  an  option  for  various  bone  grafting  applications.  They  are  most  commonly  used  in
spinal fusion procedures.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● OsteoFactor is a processed allograft that contains retained growth factors found within the endosteum layer of allograft bone. Unlike many of
the various growth factor-based products on the market today, OsteoFactor is not limited to a single growth factor but contains a wide array of
naturally occurring proteins and peptides that support bone formation and remodeling.

● OsteoVive Plus is a growth factor enriched cellular bone matrix created through a proprietary processing method. The combination of viable
cells, growth factors and DBM fibers results in an allograft containing higher concentrations of growth factors than other cellular allografts.

● The nanOss family of products provides osteoconductive nano-structured hydroxyapatite and an engineered extracellular matrix bioscaffold

collagen carrier to provide a natural bone growth solution.

We also process and distribute (i) sports allografts which are processed specifically for anterior and posterior cruciate ligament repairs, anterior
cruciate  ligament  reconstruction  and  meniscal  repair,  (ii)  milled  spinal  allografts  which  are  comprised  of  cortical  bone  milled  to  desired  shapes  and
dimensions, and (iii) traditional allografts for multi-disciplinary applications including orthopedics, neurology, podiatry, oral/maxillofacial, genitourinary
and plastic/reconstructive.

Our Spinal Implant Products

We  offer  a  comprehensive  line  of  products  that  are  used  to  treat  a  variety  of  spinal  and  sacroiliac  conditions,  including  trauma,  degeneration,

deformity and tumor, including use of minimally invasive surgery techniques. Some of our key spinal implant product lines include:

Cervical Products

● The Certex Spinal Fixation System  consists  of  screws,  hooks,  rods,  and  cross  connectors.  It  is  intended  to  promote  fusion  of  the  subaxial

cervical spine and cervico-thoracic junction (C3 − T3 inclusive).

● The Spider Cervical Plating System consists of simple, single step locking with 3 forms of locking feedback providing confidence in Spider

System construct and performance.

● The  Streamline  OCT  System  allows  a  rigid  construct  to  be  created  in  the  occipito-cervico-thoracic  spine  by  offering  a  broad  range  of

implants. These implants provide the ability to tailor treatment to a specific patient.

● The CervAlign System is a comprehensive anterior cervical plate system designed to meet the varying clinical needs of surgeons performing

anterior cervical discectomy and fusion procedures. The system is able to accommodate semi-constrained, constrained and hybrid constructs.

Thoracolumbar Products

● The  Axle  Interspinous  Fusion  System  is  a  fully  modular  interspinous  device  matched  to  the  patient’s  individual  anatomy  and  available  in

multiple implantable configurations.

● The  Xpress  Minimally  Invasive  Pedicle  Screw  System  combines  minimally  invasive  functionality  to  the  most  common  lumbar  fixation

procedures — pedicle screw fixation.

● The Fortex Pedicle Screw System consists of titanium alloy bone screws, rods, cross-connectors and associated instruments. The system is

indicated for attachment to the pedicles of the thoracic, lumbar, and sacral spine.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● The Axle-X Interspinous Fusion System is an internal fixation device for spinal surgery in the non-cervical spine (T1 − S1 inclusive). It is a
minimally invasive, modular interspinous fusion system with angled spikes that allows for adequate L5 − S1 engagement and other variations
in patient anatomy. The Axle-X Interspinous Fusion System is designed to provide spinal stability for lumbar fusion procedures, including the
treatment of degenerative disc disease, spinal tumors and trauma.

● The Streamline MIS Spinal Fixation System allows a rigid construct to be created in the thoracolumbar spine via a percutaneous or mini-open
approach using cannulated pedicle screws, set screws and rods. The system offers a broad range of implants and instruments, providing the
ability to tailor treatment to a specific patient.

● The Streamline TL Spinal Fixation System allows a rigid construct to be created in the thoracolumbar spine using pedicle screws, set screws,
rods and Streamline TL Crosslinks. The system offers a broad range of implants and instruments, providing the ability to tailor treatment to a
specific patient.

Sacroiliac Joint Products

● The Silex Sacroiliac Joint Fusion System is a sacroiliac fixation system which actively compresses across the SI joint. Sacroiliac dysfunction

is increasingly recognized as a frequent contributor to chronic low back pain.

Interbody Products

● Calix  is  a  family  of  polyetheretherketone,  or  PEEK,  interbody  spacers  and  precision  instruments  for  both  cervical  and  thoracolumbar
applications. Calix PC is a frictional titanium plasma-coated PEEK implant that provides additional biomechanical performance and end-plate
visualization.

● The Irix-C Cervical Integrated Fusion System consists of an integrated titanium ring, surrounded by an outer PEEK ring and two screws. It is
intended  for  spinal  fusion  procedures  at  one  level  (C3  −  T1  inclusive)  in  skeletally  mature  patients  for  the  treatment  of  degenerative  disc
disease.

● The Irix-A Lumbar Integrated Fusion System consists of an integrated titanium ring, surrounded by an outer PEEK ring and three screws. It is
intended  for  spinal  fusion  procedures  at  one  or  two  contiguous  levels  of  the  lumbosacral  spine  (L2  −  S1  inclusive)  in  skeletally  mature
patients for the treatment of degenerative disc disease.

● Fortilink is a family of implants used in a variety of fixation procedures. Fortilink implants with TiPlus Technology are manufactured with
selective laser melting and are built from implant grade titanium alloy. Open mesh structure and graft windows are designed to allow bone
ingrowth and facilitate fusion.

● Fortilink implants with TETRAfuse 3D Technology maintain bone-like mechanical properties. The unique features of the 3D printed nano-

rough surface have been shown to allow bone cells to attach to the implant, increasing the potential for fusion.

Interlaminar Stabilization Products

● The Coflex device is a single-piece, U-shaped, titanium implant intended for the treatment of moderate to severe lumbar spinal stenosis in
conjunction with decompression. It provides minimally invasive, motion preserving stabilization. We believe that Coflex device is the only
FDA premarket approval application (“PMA”) approved implant for the treatment of moderate to severe lumbar spinal stenosis in conjunction
with direct decompression. The Coflex device is the first and only posterior lumbar motion preservation solution with Level I evidence, the
highest  possible  level  of  clinical  data,  from  two  prospective,  randomized  studies  against  two  treatment  options—decompression  alone  and
decompression with fusion—across two  countries,  the  United  States  and  Germany.  The  Coflex  device  has  demonstrated  long-term  clinical
outcomes for durable pain relief and stability.

● The  CoFix  implant  allows  minimally  invasive,  segmental  stabilization  after  microsurgical  decompression  and  serves  to  support  posterior
fusion as an alternative to fixation with pedicle screws. It is intended for use on all levels of the lumbar spine for back pain and intervertebral
disc-related pain due to degenerative processes of the lumbar spine with the occurrence of instability.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future Products

In the near term, we plan to introduce a synthetic putty for bone graft applications; the BMAC System, a cell concentration system; and Cortera, a
rod  pedical  screw  system  that  has  both  open  and  minimally  invasive  modules.  We  are  also  in  the  process  of  developing  other  new  products,  including
OsteoSelect  Fiber  Putty,  a  fiber-based  putty;  the  OsteoSelect  MIS  gun,  a  bone  graft  delivery  system;  3Demin  Fiber  Plus,  an  enhanced  loose  fiber
formulation; and various growth factor strips and shapes.

Sales and Marketing

We distribute our products in the United States through an extensive distribution network of commissioned independent sales agents and stocking
agents. As a result of our recent acquisitions, we have expanded our network in 2023. As of December 31, 2023, we had over 650 independent sales agents
and  stocking  agents.  We  also  maintain  a  national  accounts  program  to  enable  our  agents  to  gain  access  to  IDN  hospitals  and  through  GPOs.  We  have
biologics contracts with major GPOs, including Vizient, Premier, and HealthTrust Purchasing Group, as well as extensive access to IDNs across the United
States for both biologics and spine hardware systems.

Our international footprint includes direct sales representatives and distribution partners in Canada, Mexico, South America, Australia, and certain
Pacific region countries. Additionally, as a result of our recent acquisitions, we gained distribution partners in the European Union in 2023. Our European
Union business is based in Wurmlingen, Germany. With our presence in the region, we can rely on the large local network of spine manufacturers and the
wider “Medical Valley Community” of spine and medical device experts and talent. Our international warehousing and logistics have been outsourced to a
qualified third-party logistics provider based in the Netherlands that has scalable biomaterials and hardware capabilities and operations.

Donor Procurement

Xtant’s mission with respect to donor procurement is: “Honoring the gift of donation, by helping our patients live as full, and complete a life as

possible.”

In furtherance of our mission, we have agreements with multiple recovery agencies, and we continue to explore options to expand our network for
access to donor tissue in anticipation of increased demand for our biologics products. We expect to be able to continue to build our network for donor tissue
as our processing capabilities and sales increase.

Competition

There are various public and private organizations that offer both fixation and orthobiologics to their customers. Our primary competitors include
Medtronic plc, Johnson and Johnson, Zimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc., Stryker Corporation, Nuvasive, Inc., Bioventus Inc., Globus Medical, Inc., SeaSpine
Holdings Corporation, OrthoFix Medical Inc., Alphatec Holdings, Inc., ZimVie Inc., SI-Bone Inc., as well as dozens of privately-owned companies. We
also compete with tissue banks that do not offer spinal fixation products, such as AlloSource International, Inc., LifeNet Health, and MTF Biologics.

Intellectual Property

We rely upon patents, trademarks, trade secrets and other proprietary rights to maintain and improve our competitive position. We review third-
party proprietary rights, including patents and patent applications, as available, to develop an effective intellectual property strategy, avoid infringement of
third-party proprietary rights, identify licensing opportunities and monitor the intellectual property owned by others.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  protect  our  proprietary  rights  through  a  variety  of  methods.  As  a  condition  of  employment,  we  generally  require  employees  to  execute  an
agreement  relating  to  the  confidential  nature  of  and  company  ownership  of  proprietary  information  and  assigning  intellectual  property  rights  to  us.  We
generally  require  confidentiality  agreements  with  vendors,  consultants,  and  others  who  may  have  access  to  proprietary  information.  We  generally  limit
access  to  our  facilities  and  review  the  release  of  company  information  in  advance  of  public  disclosure.  There  can  be  no  assurances,  however,  that
confidentiality  agreements  with  employees,  vendors,  and  consultants  will  not  be  breached,  adequate  remedies  for  any  breach  would  be  available,  or
competitors will not discover or independently develop our trade secrets. Litigation also may be necessary to protect trade secrets or techniques we own.

Patents

Although  we  believe  that,  in  the  aggregate,  our  patents  are  valuable,  and  patent  protection  is  beneficial  to  our  business  and  competitive
positioning, our patent protection will not necessarily deter or prevent competitors from attempting to develop similar products. There can be no assurances
that our patents will provide competitive advantages for our products or that competitors will not challenge or circumvent these rights. In addition, there
can  be  no  assurances  that  the  United  States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  (“USPTO”)  or  foreign  patent  offices  will  issue  any  of  our  pending  patent
applications. The USPTO and foreign patent offices may deny or require a significant narrowing of the claims in our pending patent applications and the
patents  issuing  from  such  applications.  Any  patents  issuing  from  the  pending  patent  applications  may  not  provide  us  with  significant  commercial
protection.  We  could  incur  substantial  costs  in  proceedings  before  the  USPTO  or  foreign  patent  offices,  including  opposition  and  other  post-grant
proceedings. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions as to the patentability, priority of our inventions, and the narrowing or invalidation of
claims in issued patents. Additionally, the laws of some of the countries in which our products are or may be sold may not protect our intellectual property
to the same extent as the laws in the United States or at all.

Our policy is to file patent applications in the United States and other countries when we believe it is commercially advantageous to do so. We do
not  consider  our  business  to  be  materially  dependent  upon  any  individual  patent.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  biologics  patent  portfolio  included  50
issued patents, 26 of which are issued U.S. patents, and 3 pending U.S. patent applications. Our fixation portfolio is patent protected globally and includes
260  issued  patents,  180  of  which  are  issued  U.S.  patents,  and  16  pending  patent  applications,  7  of  which  are  U.S.  patent  applications.  We  expect  that
additional  patent  applications  will  be  filed  and  prosecuted  as  inventions  are  discovered,  technological  improvements  and  processes  are  developed,  and
specific applications are identified. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain final approval of any patents.

Trademarks

We have registered, and continue to seek registration, of trademarks and continuously monitor and aggressively pursue users of names and marks
that potentially infringe upon our registered trademarks. We currently own the following registered trademarks: OsteoSponge®, OsteoVive®, OsteoWrap®,
OsteoLock®, BacFast®, OsteoSelect®, Elutia®, OsteoSTX®, hMatrix®, 3Demin®, BACTERINSE®, Circle of Life®, Coflex®, CoFixTM, ASPECT®,
BACJAC®,  BACFUSE®,  BIGFOOT®,  CLARITY®,  CONTACT®,  CROSS-FUSE®,  LAT-FUSE®,  LOCKED  AND  LOADED®,  NANOSS®,
NUNEC®,  PAC  PLATE®,  QUANTUM®,  RELEASE®,  SLIMFUSE®,  STREAMLINE®,  X-LINK®,  ELEMAX®,  UNISON®,  FORTILINK®,
TETRAFUSE®, CERVALIGN®, NANOSS 3D®, DCI®, DSS®, HPS®, OPTISTRAIN®, PARADIGM SPINE®, the Paradigm Spine design logo, THE
MOVEMENT IN SPINE CARE®, DUALITY®, TIPLUS®, FIBREX®, MAXFUSE®, BIOMAX®, and CORTERA®. Under the X-spine name, we own
trademarks:  SILEX®,  X-SPINE®,  IRIX®,  CAPLESS®,  CERTEX®,  CALIX®,  H-GRAFT®,  SPIDER,  X90®,
the  following  registered 
HYDRAGRAFT®, BUTREX®, FORTEX®, AXLE®, FIXCET®, XTANT®, Capless® and X-spine’s square design logo.

Trade Secrets and Other Proprietary Rights

To safeguard our proprietary knowledge and technology, we rely upon trade secret protection and non-disclosure/confidentiality agreements with
employees, consultants and third-party collaboration partners with access to our confidential information. Although we believe our proprietary technology
has value, because of rapid technological changes in the medical industry, we also believe that proprietary protection is of less significance than factors
such as the intrinsic knowledge and experience of our management, advisory board, consultants and personnel and their ability to identify unmet market
needs and to create, invent, develop and market innovative and differentiated products.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government Regulation

We are registered with the FDA as a manufacturer of human cellular and tissue products (“HCT/Ps”) as well as medical devices, and we are an
accredited member in good standing of the American Association of Tissue Banks (“AATB”). We meet all licensing requirements for the distribution of
HCT/Ps in states with licensing requirements, including Florida, California, Delaware, Illinois, Louisiana, Maryland, Oregon, and New York. Our industry
is highly regulated, and we cannot predict the impact of future regulations on either us or our customers.

Our fixation products and instrumentation systems are regulated as medical devices and therefore are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA,
as well as by other domestic and international regulatory bodies. These regulations govern multiple activities that Xtant and our suppliers, licensors and
partners perform and will continue to perform. These regulated activities include product design and development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, storage,
safety, premarket clearance, advertising and promotion, product marketing, sales and distribution, post-market surveillance and post-market adverse event
reporting. All products currently marketed by Xtant are regulated as HCT/Ps and/or have received 510(k) clearances.

Human Tissue

Human tissue product regulations are designed to ensure that sound, high quality practices are followed to prevent the introduction, transmission
or spread of communicable disease. Among other things, the regulations require that companies that recover, process, store, label, package or distribute
HCT/Ps register with the FDA. In addition, regulations provide criteria that must be met for donors to be eligible to donate tissues and is referred to as the
“Donor  Eligibility”  rule.  Regulations  also  govern  the  processing  and  distribution  of  the  tissues  and  are  often  referred  to  as  the  “Current  Good  Tissue
Practices” (“cGTP”) regulations.

An HCT/P is regulated solely under section 361 of the Public Health Service Act (“PHSA”) and 21 CFR Part 1271 if it meets the following four

criteria:

1) The HCT/P is minimally manipulated;

2) The HCT/P is intended for homologous use only;

3) The manufacture of the HCT/P does not involve the combination of the cells or tissues with another article (with limited exceptions); and

4) The  HCT/P  does  not  have  a  systemic  effect  and  is  not  dependent  upon  the  metabolic  activity  of  living  cells  for  its  primary  function;  or  the
HCT/P has a systemic effect or is dependent upon the metabolic activity of living cells for its primary function and: is for autologous use; is for
allogeneic use in a first-degree or second-degree blood relative; or is for reproductive use.

Several of our products, including OsteoSponge and OsteoWrap, are regulated as HCT/Ps and are therefore subject to the following regulatory

requirements under section 361 of the PHSA and 21 CFR Part 1271:

● Registration and Listing: Establishments that engage in the manufacture of HCT/Ps are required to register annually with the FDA and list

their HCT/Ps. New establishments are required to register and list their HCT/Ps within 5 days after beginning operations.

● Donor  Eligibility:  HCT/P  establishments  must  screen  donors  for  risk  factors  for,  and  clinical  evidence  of,  relevant  communicable  disease
agents and diseases and communicable disease risks associated with xenotransplantation, as well as test donors for relevant communicable
disease agents.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Good Tissue Practices: HCT/P establishments must comport with the regulatory requirements for preventing the introduction, transmission, or
spread  of  communicable  disease.  These  regulations  cover  facilities,  environmental  control,  equipment,  supplies  and  reagents,  recovery,
processing and process controls, labeling controls, storage, receipt, predistribution shipment, and distribution of HCT/Ps.

● Adverse Reaction Reporting: Establishments are required to investigate any adverse reaction involving a communicable disease related to an
HCT/P  that  the  manufacturer  made  available  for  distribution.  The  regulatory  criteria  call  for  reporting  such  adverse  reactions  involving  a
communicable  disease  if  it  is  fatal,  life-threatening,  results  in  permanent  impairment  of  a  body  function  or  permanent  damage  to  a  body
structure, or necessitates medical or surgical intervention, including hospitalization.

● Inspections:  The  FDA  has  broad  post-market  and  regulatory  enforcement  powers.  HCT/P  manufacturers  are  subject  to  unannounced

inspections by the FDA and other state, local and foreign regulatory authorities to assess compliance with the cGTP regulations.

● Violative  Product:  Upon  an  FDA  finding  that  there  are  reasonable  grounds  to  believe  that  an  HCT/P  is  a  violative  HCT/P  because  it  was
manufactured in violation of  applicable  regulations;  the  HCT/P  is  infected  or  contaminated  so  as  to  be  a  source  of  dangerous  infection  to
humans; or an establishment is in violation of applicable regulations, the FDA may issue an order that the HCT/Ps be recalled, destroyed or
retained, take possession of and/or destroy the violative HCT/Ps, or serve upon the establishment an order to cease manufacturing.

Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulatory  requirements  can  result  in  enforcement  action  by  the  FDA,  which  may  include  sanctions  such  as

warning or untitled letters, injunctions, or other action.

There are many HCT/P products that must undergo regulatory review and licensure by the FDA. The approval process for a Biologics License
Application (“BLA”) includes a rigorous review of the safety and efficacy of the biological product. Successful applications typically require testing and
validation  through  a  series  of  clinical  and  non-clinical  studies  taking  place  over  multiple  years  of  product  development.  We  refer  to  all  of  our  HCT/P
products as biologics.

Medical Devices

The  Center  for  Devices  and  Radiological  Health  regulates  the  clearance  and  approval  of  conventional  medical  devices,  such  as  our  spinal
hardware, as well as some of the HCT/Ps that are also regulated as medical devices, such as our OsteoSelect DBM putty. In the United States, medical
devices are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and its implementing regulations, and
certain  other  federal  and  state  statutes  and  regulations.  The  laws  and  regulations  govern,  among  other  things,  the  design,  manufacture,  storage,
recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion, post-approval monitoring and reporting, distribution and import and export of medical devices. Failure to
comply with applicable requirements may subject a device and/or its manufacturer to a variety of administrative sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve
pending  PMAs,  issuance  of  warning  letters,  mandatory  product  recalls,  import  detentions,  civil  monetary  penalties,  and/or  judicial  sanctions,  such  as
product seizures, injunctions, and criminal prosecution.

Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes based on the risk associated with the device and the level of control
necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are deemed to be low risk and are subject to the fewest regulatory
controls. Class III devices are generally the highest risk devices and are subject to the highest level of regulatory control to provide reasonable assurance of
safety and effectiveness. Class III devices must typically be approved by the FDA before they are marketed.

Most Class I devices and a minority of Class II devices are completely exempt from premarket review by the FDA. Most Class II devices and a
minority of Class I devices require 510(k) clearance. Devices that pose the highest risk, including life sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or
devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously 510(k)-cleared device or a “pre-amendment” Class III device in commercial distribution before
May  28,  1976  for  which  PMA  applications  are  not  required,  are  placed  in  Class  III  requiring  PMA  approval.  A  novel  device  is  placed  in  Class  III  by
default, but it may be eligible to be placed in Class I or Class II via “de novo” classification if it can be shown to pose only low to moderate risk with
appropriate regulatory controls.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The PMA approval pathway requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. The 510(k) clearance pathway is
much  less  burdensome  and  time-consuming  than  the  PMA  approval  pathway.  The  de  novo  pathway  has  an  enhanced  burden  compared  to  the  510(k)
clearance pathway, but is much less burdensome than a PMA approval process.

Under  the  510(k)  clearance  pathway,  the  applicant  must  submit  to  the  FDA  a  premarket  notification  demonstrating  that  the  medical  device  is
substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device. A predicate device may be a previously 510(k) cleared device, Class II de novo device, or a
pre-amendment  device  (unless  the  FDA  has  issued  a  regulation  calling  for  PMA  applications  for  this  device  type).  To  be  substantially  equivalent,  the
proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or
have different technological characteristics and be shown to be equally safe and effective and not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness than
the predicate device.

After the FDA accepts the 510(k) premarket notification, it begins a substantive review. By statute, the FDA is required to complete its review
within 90 days of receiving the 510(k) notification. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer, typically ranging from three to nine months or more,
and  clearance  is  never  assured.  The  FDA’s  510(k)  review  generally  compares  a  proposed  device  to  a  predicate  device  with  respect  to  intended  use  and
technology.  The  information  necessary  to  show  substantial  equivalence  will  depend  on  the  differences  between  the  proposed  device  and  the  predicate
device, which may include bench, animal, and/or clinical studies. The discussion of what data is needed is sometimes conducted in a voluntary process
called the pre-submission process whereby companies meet with the FDA to discuss the data needed for clearance.

If the FDA finds the applicant’s device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device, it will send a letter to the applicant stating that fact. This
allows  the  applicant’s  device  to  be  commercially  distributed  in  the  United  States.  Otherwise,  the  applicant  must  fulfill  the  much  more  rigorous
premarketing requirements of the PMA approval process or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process.

After  a  device  receives  510(k)  clearance,  any  modification  that  could  significantly  affect  its  safety  or  effectiveness,  or  that  would  constitute  a
major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could require reclassification through the de novo process or a PMA approval. The
FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision. If the FDA disagrees with a
manufacturer’s decision not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the agency may require the manufacturer to seek 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or
PMA  approval.  The  FDA  can  also  require  a  manufacturer  to  cease  marketing  and/or  recall  the  modified  device  until  510(k)  clearance,  de  novo
classification, or PMA approval is obtained.

Another procedure for obtaining marketing authorization for a medical device is the “de novo classification” procedure. Devices of a new type that
the FDA has not previously classified based on risk are automatically classified into Class III, regardless of the level of risk they pose. Additionally, in
response  to  a  510(k)  premarket  notification,  if  the  FDA  determines  that  the  device  is  “not  substantially  equivalent”  to  a  previously  cleared  device,  the
device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements or can request a risk-based
classification determination for the device in accordance with the de novo process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to
moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device.

The advantage of the de novo classification is that it generally requires less data than a PMA. The disadvantage is that it may require more data
than a 510(k) and most often will include human clinical data. A request for de novo classification also has a longer review time. If the de novo application
is denied, the device remains in Class III and PMA approval may be required before the device may be legally marketed in the United States. The FDA is
increasingly moving devices with slightly different proposed indication statements or different technological features off the 510(k) path and onto the de
novo path, resulting in more time and expense for the company.

A device not eligible for 510(k) clearance or de novo classification must follow the PMA approval pathway, which requires proof of the safety and
effectiveness  of  the  device  to  the  FDA’s  satisfaction.  The  cost  of  preparing  and  submitting  a  PMA  is  substantial  and  a  PMA  application  must  provide
extensive preclinical and clinical trial data and also detailed information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design,
manufacturing and labeling. Under federal law, the submission of most PMAs is additionally subject to a substantial annually adjusted application user fee.
Satisfaction of FDA PMA requirements typically takes years, and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and
novelty of the device or disease. In the future, Xtant may decide to strategically commercialize products in the United States that would require a PMA, but
there are no plans to do so at the present time.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
After a medical device enters commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

● The FDA’s Quality System Regulation  (“QSR”)  requirements,  which  require  manufacturers,  including  third-party  manufacturers,  to  follow
stringent design,  testing,  production,  control,  supplier/contractor  selection,  complaint  handling,  documentation  and  other  quality  assurance
procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

● Labeling  regulations,  unique  device  identification  requirements  and  FDA  prohibitions  against  the  promotion  of  devices  for  uncleared,

unapproved or off-label uses;

● Advertising and promotion requirements;

● Restrictions on sale, distribution or use of a device;

● The potential for new 510(k) clearances for certain modifications to previously 510(k) cleared devices;

● Medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a
death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to
recur;

● Medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA their field corrections and

product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA;

● Recall  requirements,  including  a  mandatory  recall,  if  there  is  a  reasonable  probability  that  the  device  would  cause  serious  adverse  health

consequences or death;

● An order of repair, replacement or refund;

● Device tracking requirements; and

● Post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness

data for the device.

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. Medical device manufacturers are subject to unannounced inspections by the
FDA and other state, local and foreign regulatory authorities to assess compliance with the QSR and other applicable regulations, and these inspections
may include the manufacturing facilities of any suppliers. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the
FDA,  which  may  include  sanctions  such  as:  warning  letters,  fines,  injunctions,  consent  decrees  and  civil  penalties;  unanticipated  expenditures,  repair,
replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our devices; operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of manufacturing; the FDA’s refusal of
our requests for 510(k) clearances, de novo classification, or premarket approvals of new devices, new intended uses or modifications to existing devices;
the FDA’s refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export devices for sale in other countries; and withdrawing 510(k) clearances, de
novo marketing authorization, or premarket approvals that have already been granted; and criminal prosecution.

In February 2024, the FDA issued a final rule replacing the QSR with the Quality Management System Regulation, or QMSR, which incorporates
by reference the quality management system requirements of ISO 13485:2016, as discussed below. The FDA has stated that the standards contained in ISO
13485:2016 are substantially similar to those set forth in the existing QSR. This final rule does not go into effect until February 2026.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International Regulation

Many  foreign  countries  have  regulatory  bodies  and  restrictions  similar  to  the  FDA.  International  sales  are  subject  to  foreign  government
regulation, the requirements of which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval in a foreign country or to obtain a
CE  Certificate  of  Conformity  may  be  longer  or  shorter  than  that  required  for  FDA  approval  and  the  related  requirements  may  differ.  Some  third-world
countries accept CE Certificates of Conformity or FDA clearance or approval as part of applications of approval for marketing of medical devices in their
territory. Other countries, including Brazil, Canada, Australia and Japan, require separate regulatory filings.

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse

Healthcare  fraud  and  abuse  laws  apply  to  Xtant’s  business  when  a  customer  submits  a  claim  for  an  item  or  service  that  is  reimbursed  under
Medicare, Medicaid or most other federally-funded healthcare programs. The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from
knowingly  and  willfully  soliciting,  receiving,  offering  or  paying  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  cash  or  in  kind,  to  induce  or  reward  either  the
referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, items or services for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under
federal health care programs, such as by Medicare or Medicaid. The concerns that the Anti-Kickback Statute addresses are multiple, but primary among
them are, first, that the federal government pays/reimburses health care providers for the true acquisition cost of goods and services provided to patients
served  by  government  programs.  The  government  does  not  want,  for  example,  health  care  providers  obtaining  manufacturer  discounts  which  are  not
disclosed to the government on cost report forms submitted for reimbursement to the government. The government wants to be the beneficiary of such
discounts. Second, for that reason, the government wants transparency in the billing process which discloses such discounts to the government. Third, the
government does not want purchasing, prescription or referral decisions for medical devices biased by economics unrelated to the best choices for a patient.

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute is subject to evolving interpretations and has been applied by government enforcement officials to a number of
common  business  arrangements  in  the  medical  device  industry.  Remunerative  relationships  with  physicians  in  which  manufacturers  give  health  care
providers  gifts  or  pay  for  entertainment,  sporting  events,  trips  or  other  perquisites,  may  be  viewed  as  an  attempt  to  buy  loyalty  to  the  manufacturer’s
products. A number of states also have anti-kickback laws that establish similar prohibitions that may apply to items or services reimbursed by government
programs as well as any third-party payors, including commercial insurers. Further, federal legislation, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as
amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively “PPACA”), among other things, clarified the intent requirements of the Federal
Anti-Kickback  Statute  and  the  federal  criminal  statutes  governing  healthcare  fraud.  Specifically,  a  person  or  entity  can  be  found  to  have  violated  the
statutes without actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them. In addition, the PPACA amended the Social Security Act to provide
that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or
fraudulent  claim  for  purposes  of  the  Federal  False  Claims  Act  or  federal  civil  money  penalties  statute.  Amendments  to  the  Federal  False  Claims  Act
provide that a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute is also a violation of the Federal False Claims Act, subjecting healthcare entities to treble
damages and mandatory penalties for each false claim or statement.

Additionally,  the  civil  Federal  False  Claims  Act  prohibits,  among  other  things,  knowingly  presenting  or  causing  the  presentation  of  a  false,
fictitious or fraudulent claim for payment of federal funds, or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false record or statement material to a false or
fraudulent claim to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. The purpose of the Federal False Claims Act is to
prevent  manufacturers  from  causing  or  inducing  inappropriate  prescriptions  leading  to  an  inappropriate  government  reimbursement.  It  often  comes  into
play where a manufacturer suggests or assists a health care provider to bill for an off-label, uncovered use. It also can occur when the reimbursement advice
given by a manufacturer results in inappropriate reimbursement claims from “upcoding,” miscoding, “stretched” coding, the use of inappropriate modifiers
or inappropriate care settings. These behaviors can result in the government paying for products or procedures that should not be reimbursed by the federal
government. The manufacturer must be truthful and not misleading in the reimbursement advice it gives to customers.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actions under the Federal False Claims Act may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of
the government. Violations of the Federal False Claims Act can result in very significant monetary penalties and treble damages. The federal government is
using  the  Federal  False  Claims  Act,  and  the  accompanying  threat  of  significant  liability,  in  its  investigations  of  healthcare  companies  throughout  the
country for a wide variety of Medicare billing practices, as well as federal Anti-Kickback Statute violations and certain marketing practices, including off-
label promotion, and has obtained multi-million and multi-billion dollar settlements under the Federal False Claims Act in addition to individual criminal
convictions  under  applicable  criminal  statutes.  Given  the  significant  size  of  actual  and  potential  settlements,  it  is  expected  that  the  government  will
continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ and suppliers’ compliance with the healthcare reimbursement rules and fraud
and abuse laws.

The Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act imposes annual reporting requirements on device manufacturers for payments and other transfers
of  value  provided  by  them,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  physicians  (including  physician  family  members)  and  teaching  hospitals,  as  well  as  ownership  and
investment  interests  held  by  physicians.  Device  manufactures  are  also  required  to  collect  information  on  payments  or  transfers  of  value  to  physician
assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse midwives for reporting to the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”). A manufacturer’s failure to submit timely, accurately and completely the required information for all payments,
transfers of value or ownership or investment interests may result in civil monetary penalties. Certain states also mandate implementation of commercial
compliance programs, impose restrictions on device manufacturer marketing practices and require tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other
remuneration to healthcare professionals and entities.

Our operations are also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). We are required to comply with the FCPA, which generally
prohibits covered entities and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of
obtaining or retaining business or other benefits. In addition, the FCPA imposes accounting standards and requirements on publicly traded United States
corporations  and  their  foreign  affiliates,  which  are  intended  to  prevent  the  diversion  of  corporate  funds  to  the  payment  of  bribes  and  other  improper
payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made. We also are subject to similar
anticorruption legislation implemented in certain foreign jurisdictions.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Xtant’s currently approved products are commonly treated as general supplies utilized in spinal and orthopedic surgery and if covered by third-
party  payors,  are  paid  for  as  part  of  the  surgical  procedure.  Accordingly,  healthcare  providers  in  the  United  States  generally  rely  on  third-party  payors,
principally private insurers and governmental payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, to cover and reimburse all or part of the cost of a spine surgery in
which  Xtant  products  are  used.  Sales  volumes  and  fees  for  Xtant  products  will  continue  to  depend  in  large  part  on  the  availability  of  coverage  and
reimbursement from such third-party payors. Third-party payors perform analyses on new technologies to determine if they are medically necessary before
providing  coverage  for  them.  These  third-party  payors  may  still  deny  reimbursement  on  covered  technologies  if  they  determine  that  a  device  used  in  a
procedure was not used in accordance with the payor’s coverage policy. Particularly in the United States, third-party payors continue to carefully review,
and increasingly challenge, the prices charged for procedures and medical products.

In the United States, a large percentage of insured individuals receive their medical care through managed care programs, which monitor and often
require pre-approval of the services that a member will receive. Some managed care programs pay their providers on a per capita basis, which puts the
providers  at  financial  risk  for  the  services  provided  to  their  patients  by  paying  these  providers  a  predetermined  payment  per  member  per  month  and,
consequently, may limit the willingness of these providers to use Xtant products.

The overall escalating cost of medical products and services has led to, and will likely continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare
industry to reduce the costs of products and services. Government or private third-party payors cannot be guaranteed to cover and reimburse the procedures
using Xtant products in whole or in part in the future or that payment rates will be adequate. In addition, it is possible that future legislation, regulation or
coverage and reimbursement policies of third-party payors will adversely affect the demand for Xtant products or the ability to sell them on a profitable
basis.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internationally, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary substantially from country to country and include single-payor, government-
managed  systems  as  well  as  systems  in  which  private  payors  and  government  managed  systems  exist  side-by-side.  Xtant’s  ability  to  achieve  market
acceptance  or  significant  sales  volume  in  international  markets  will  be  dependent  in  large  part  on  the  availability  of  reimbursement  for  procedures
performed using company products under the healthcare payment systems in such markets. A number of countries may require Xtant to gather additional
clinical data before recognizing coverage and reimbursement for its products.

ISO Certification

Xtant is an International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) certified organization. To obtain ISO 13485:2016 certification, an organization
must demonstrate its ability to provide medical devices that consistently meet applicable customer and regulatory requirements. The primary objective of
ISO 13485:2016 is to facilitate harmonized medical device regulatory requirements for quality management systems. All requirements of ISO 13485:2016
are  specific  to  organizations  providing  medical  devices,  regardless  of  the  type  or  size  of  the  organization.  The  certification  assures  our  customers  and
partners  of  our  commitment  to  quality,  and  in  the  quality  of  our  innovative  products  and  processes.  Additionally,  we  believe  that  our  ISO  13485:2016
certification may offer new markets and business opportunities for our products in the global marketplace.

Human Capital

Mission, Quality Policy and Core Values

Our Mission is to “honor the gift of donation, by allowing our patients to live as full, and complete a life as possible.” Through an effective quality
system, we prioritize our commitment to our patients and donor families. We aim to improve the quality of life for our patients by designing, manufacturing
and distributing medical devices and human tissues for transplant that are safe, effective and meet the needs of our customers. We honor the gift of donation
by enhancing our core competencies and maximizing utilization of the gift.

Our Mission and quality policy reflect our core values of:

● Respect for the individual,

● Responsiveness to our customers, and

● Responsibility to our stakeholders.

Headcount and Employee Demographics

As of December 31, 2023, Xtant had 215 employees, 207 of whom were full time employees, and of whom 70 were in operations, 50 were in sales
and marketing, 13 in research and development and engineering, 26 in regulatory and quality affairs, and 23 were in administrative functions. Of these 215
employees, 33 are located outside the United States, primarily in Germany. In addition, we utilize various outsourced services to manage normal business
cycles.

As of December 31, 2023, of our total workforce, 49% are female and 21% are racially or ethnically diverse. Of our management team, 36% are

female and 15% are racially or ethnically diverse. Of our U.S. workforce, 3% are veterans.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Turnover

Xtant  continually  monitors  employee  turnover  rates  as  its  success  depends  upon  retaining  highly  trained  personnel.  The  average  tenure  of  our

employees is 3.9 years. The average tenure of the members of our management team is 6 years.

Employee Unions, Collective Bargaining Agreements and Work Councils

There are no unions representing our employees, and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Code of Conduct

Each  employee  agrees  to  follow  our  Code  of  Conduct,  which  is  on  our  corporate  website,  and  covers  a  wide  range  of  business  practices  and
procedures.  Recognizing  that  our  Code  of  Conduct  may  not  address  every  situation  our  employees  may  encounter,  other  resources  exist  to  assist  our
employees in their decision-making, including our management team, training and a hotline pursuant to which employees can ask questions or report issues
on an anonymous basis.

Employee Safety, Health and Wellness

We  are  committed  to  maintaining  a  safe  workplace  and  promoting  the  health  and  wellness  of  our  employees.  We  have  an  employee  Health  &
Safety Committee that is comprised of employees and recommends improvements in furtherance of employee health and safety. We also have implemented
multiple  safety  programs  and  regularly  perform  safety  hazard  evaluations  within  our  manufacturing  facility.  We  publish  a  quarterly  Safety  Standard
newsletter that reiterates our commitment to safety, highlights actions we have taken and intend to take to improve employee safety, and provides practical
advice  to  employees  to  keep  them  and  their  families  safe.  We  monitor  conditions  that  could  lead  to  safety  incidents  and  keep  track  of  injuries  through
reporting systems in accordance with the laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

With  respect  to  health  and  wellness,  we  provide  our  employees  a  variety  of  flexible  and  convenient  health  and  wellness  programs  designed  to
support their physical and mental health. These include, among others, medical, dental and vision coverage, health savings and flexible spending accounts,
flexible work schedules, family leave and care resources, and an employee assistance program.

Compensation and Benefits

We provide competitive compensation and benefits to attract and retain superior talent and to give our employees the tools to succeed both on and
off the job. In addition to salaries, our compensation and benefits, typically include annual bonuses; commission programs; a 401(k) plan with employer
matching  opportunities;  tuition  assistance;  and  company-sponsored  short-term  and  long-term  disability,  life  and  accidental  death  and  dismemberment
insurance, among others.

Our benefit plans are available to full-time employees who work 30 or more hours per week. Eligible employees may select between four medical
plan options: two preferred provider organization plans and two health savings account compatible high deductible plans. We provide contributions to those
participating in a health savings account compatible plans. Additionally, we offer employees traditional and limited purpose flex savings account options.
Pharmacy  benefits  as  well  as  dental,  vision,  life,  accidental  death  and  disability,  long  and  short-term  disability,  accident,  critical  illness,  and  hospital
indemnity  insurance  plans  are  available  to  our  employees.  We  also  offer  employees  wellbeing  benefits  through  LifeBalance,  Noom,  and  our  Employee
Assistance Program.

Xtant prides itself on offering employment arrangements that include competitive time off policies and flexibility. Our employees are eligible for
paid holidays effective immediately upon hire. Paid time off is available to all corporate employees and accrue based on length of service, and sick time is
available for all commercial-sales employees.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee Engagement

We provide all employees with the opportunity to anonymously share their opinions and feedback directly with senior management and human
resources.  Submissions  are  analyzed  to  enhance  the  employee  experience,  promote  retention,  drive  change,  and  leverage  the  overall  success  of  our
organization.

Employee Development and Training

We recognize that successful execution of our strategy is dependent on attracting, developing and retaining top talent in all areas of the business.
We  have  a  robust  learning  management  system  platform  that  includes  several  modules  for  employee  development  and  training.  In  addition,  we  have  a
professional development policy intended to promote professional development opportunities and provide support to employees who want to increase the
effectiveness of their performance in their current position. We encourage employees to obtain skills, knowledge and abilities which may improve their
opportunities for career advancement within our Company and the purpose of our professional development policy is to provide our employees with the
requirements for approval, time off, and reimbursement for employee training and professional development activities.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

We  strive  to  create  a  diverse  workplace  in  which  all  employees  feel  respected,  valued  and  empowered  to  reach  their  full  potential.  We  define
diversity as the range of human differences, including but not limited to race, ethnicity, gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, age, physical ability or
attributes, religious or ethical values system, national origin, and political beliefs.

Community Engagement

Throughout the year, we encourage our employees to engage in community outreach programs and we sponsor various community organizations
in the Belgrade, Montana area. As a company, we work closely with the Donate Life Community to support our industry and promote the gift of donation.
We have been an active sponsor for the Donate Life Rose Parade event since 2012 and sponsor a donor family and select employees to attend that event
each year.

Corporate Information

We began operations in 1998 as a spin out of the Center for Biofilm Engineering at Montana State University, or the CBE, and incorporated as
“Bacterin,  Inc.”  in  the  state  of  Montana  in  January  2000.  Through  a  series  of  transactions  and  corporate  events,  we  eventually  became  Bacterin
International  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (“Bacterin”).  Bacterin’s  common  stock  traded  on  the  NYSE  Amex,  now  known  as  the  NYSE
American, under the ticker symbol “BONE.” On July 31, 2015, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of X-spine Systems, Inc. (“X-spine”) for
approximately $60 million in cash, repayment of approximately $13 million of X-spine debt, and approximately 4.24 million shares (0.4 million shares post
reverse split) of Xtant common stock. As a result of this transaction, X-spine became a wholly owned subsidiary of Bacterin International Holdings, Inc.
and we immediately then changed our corporate name to “Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.” Soon thereafter, we formed a new wholly owned subsidiary, Xtant
Medical, Inc., to facilitate the integration of Bacterin and X-spine. On October 15, 2015, our common stock began trading on the NYSE MKT, now known
as the NYSE American, under the ticker symbol “XTNT.”

Controlled Company Status

As a result of debt restructuring transactions completed in 2018 and 2020, OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP (“Royalty Opportunities”) and
ROS Acquisition Offshore LP (“ROS”), which are funds affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC (“OrbiMed”), collectively own approximately 56.2% of
our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2023. Because more than 50% of the combined voting power of all of our outstanding common stock is
beneficially owned by OrbiMed, we are a “controlled company” as defined in section 801(a) of the NYSE American Company Guide. As such, we are
exempt  from  certain  NYSE  American  rules  requiring  our  Board  of  Directors  to  have  a  majority  of  independent  directors,  a  compensation  committee
composed  entirely  of  independent  directors  and  a  nominating  committee  composed  entirely  of  independent  directors.  We  currently  maintain  a  Board  of
Directors with a majority of independent directors and a compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely
of independent directors.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available Information

We make available, free of charge and through our Internet website, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current
Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to any such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934,  as  amended,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  such  material  with,  or  furnish  it  to,  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission (“SEC”). Reports filed with the SEC also may be viewed at www.sec.gov. We include our website throughout this report for reference only.
The information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business and an investment in our common stock are subject to a variety of risks. The following risk factors describe some of the material
factors that could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, results of operations, and the market price for our common stock.
Many  of  these  events  are  outside  of  our  control.  If  any  of  these  risks  actually  occur,  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  may  be
materially adversely affected. In such case, the market price of our common stock could decline and investors in our common stock could lose all or part of
their investment.

Risk Factors Summary

This summary is not complete and should be read in conjunction with the risk factors set forth below.

Risks Related to Our Business

● Our dependence on key suppliers of raw materials puts us at risk of interruptions in the availability of our products, which could reduce our sales and
adversely affect our operating results and harm our reputation. We expect our revenues in future periods to be adversely affected by the current stem
cell shortage.

● Our acquisitions of Surgalign SPV, certain assets and liabilities of Surgalign Holdings and certain assets of RTI in 2023 and any future acquisitions or
business combinations  we  complete  involve  a  number  of  risks,  the  occurrence  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  reputation,  operating
results and financial condition.

● We may be required to incur impairment and other charges resulting from the impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets recorded in connection

with acquisitions.

● We operate in some markets outside the United States that are subject to political, economic, and social instability and expose us to additional risks.
● Operations conducted through our international subsidiaries require management attention and financial resources and exposes us to difficulties and

risks presented by international economic, political, legal, accounting and business factors.

● We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and cannot provide assurances that these weaknesses will be

effectively remediated or that additional material weaknesses will not occur in the future.

● Biologics products are inherently difficult and time-consuming to manufacture. We have experienced and could continue to experience manufacturing

issues, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

● Prolonged inflation and supply chain disruptions could result in delayed product launches, lost revenue, higher costs and decreased profit margins.
● We may not be able to compete successfully because we are smaller and have fewer financial resources and less ability to invest in the development of

new products.

● Our efforts to integrate acquired products with our existing product line may not be favorably received, which could negatively impact our results of

operations and financial condition.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● If we are unable to innovate, develop, introduce and market new products and technologies, our business and operating results would suffer.
● Our private label and OEM business involves risks and may be subject to significant fluctuation.
● Our growth initiatives designed to increase our revenue and scale may not be successful and involve risks.
● Our biologics business is highly dependent on the availability of human donors and negative publicity could reduce demand for our biologics products

and impact the supply of available donor tissue.

● Substantially all of our revenue is conducted through independent sales agents and distributors who we do not control.
● We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for products, components and raw materials.
● We are highly dependent on the continued availability of our facilities.
● We may be party to product liability litigation that could be expensive.
● Our quarterly operating results are subject to substantial fluctuations.

Risks Related to Governmental Regulation

● Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation, including product approvals and clearances and healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false

claims laws, and physician payment transparency laws.

● Our clinical trials involve risk and expense.
● Governmental regulation could restrict the use of our tissue products or our procurement of tissue.
● Outside of the United States, our medical devices must comply with the laws and regulations of the foreign countries in which they are marketed, and

compliance may be costly and time-consuming.

● Modifications to our products may require new regulatory clearances or approvals or may require us to recall or cease marketing our products until

clearances or approvals are obtained.

● Our  manufacturing  operations  are  required  to  comply  with  the  FDA’s  and  other  governmental  authorities’  laws  and  regulations  regarding  the

manufacture and production of medical devices.

● Even if our products are cleared or approved by regulatory authorities, they could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.
● The use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our image in the marketplace or result in injuries that lead to product liability suits.
● If  our  products  cause  or  contribute  to  a  death  or  serious  injury,  or  malfunction  in  certain  ways,  we  will  be  subject  to  medical  device  reporting

regulations and likely litigation.

● Any  future  product  recall  or  voluntary  market  withdrawal  of  a  product  due  to  defects,  enhancements  and  modifications  or  other  reasons  would

significantly increase our costs.

● If we or our suppliers fail to comply with regulations pertaining to human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products or are deemed to be
biological products  requiring  approval  of  a  BLA  prior  to  being  marketed,  these  products  could  be  subject  to  withdrawal  from  the  market  or  other
enforcement action.

● Loss of AATB accreditation would have a material adverse effect on us.
● Federal regulatory reforms may adversely affect our business and our ability to sell our products.
● Our revenues depend upon prompt and adequate coverage and reimbursement from public and private insurers and national health systems.
● Our business is subject to complex and evolving laws and regulation regarding privacy and data protection.

Risks Related to Human Capital Management

● Our business is dependent on a sufficient number of qualified workers, and competition for such talent is intense.
● We have limited staffing and are dependent upon key employees.

Risks Related to Our Outstanding Indebtedness, Need for Additional Financing and Financial Condition

● We have incurred significant losses,  expect  to  continue  to  incur  losses  and  may  need  additional  financing  to  satisfy  our  anticipated  future  liquidity

requirements.

● We have indebtedness that we may be unable to extend the maturity date of or replace and which may substantially limit our ability to conduct and

invest in our business.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Intellectual Property

● We could be required to pay damages or prevented from selling our products due to intellectual property lawsuits.
● We may not be able to obtain or protect our proprietary rights relating to our products which may cause us to lose market share to our competitors and

be unable to operate our business profitably.

Risks Related to Information Technology, Cybersecurity and Data Protection

● We are dependent on various information technology systems, and failures of, interruptions to, or unauthorized tampering with those systems could

have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Controlled Company Status

● We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE American rules since OrbiMed funds own a significant percentage of our common
stock, which means OrbiMed is able to exert significant control over our Company, preventing other stockholders and new investors from influencing
significant corporate decisions.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

● Shares of our common stock are equity securities and are subordinate to our outstanding indebtedness.
● The market price of our common stock is extremely volatile.
● Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our financial guidance.
● We  may  issue  additional  common  stock  resulting  in  dilution,  and  the  sale  or  availability  for  sale  of  our  common  stock  could  adversely  affect  the

market price of our common stock.

● Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and agreements may discourage or prevent a change in control.

General Risk Factors

● We are subject to several other general risk factors, including risk regarding worldwide economic instability and social unrest; climate change; changes

in accounting standards; public company requirements; securities litigation and environmental, social and governance practices scrutiny.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our dependence on key suppliers of raw materials puts us at risk of interruptions in the availability of our products, which could reduce our sales and
adversely affect our operating results and harm our reputation. In particular, because of a current stem cell shortage, we expect our revenues in future
periods to be adversely affected by this shortage until such time as we can find additional supply of stem cells or develop internal production of stem
cells.

We rely on key suppliers for certain raw materials used in our products. Among the key suppliers we do business with are the producers of stem
cells used in our OsteoVive viable cell allograft. Our dependence on third-party suppliers involves several risks, including limited control over availability
and  pricing.  Suppliers  of  such  raw  materials  may  decide,  or  be  required,  for  reasons  beyond  our  control,  to  cease  supplying  such  raw  materials  and
components to us or to raise their prices. Shortages of raw materials, quality control problems, production capacity constraints, or delays by suppliers have
in the past and in the future could negatively affect our ability to meet our production goals. For example, in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2023,
stem  cells  used  to  produce  our  OsteoVive  viable  cell  allograft  became  unavailable  and  may  remain  unavailable  for  the  foreseeable  future.  Elutia  Inc.
(formerly  Aziyo  Biologics,  Inc.),  one  of  our  key  suppliers  of  stem  cells,  recently  voluntarily  recalled  its  viable  bone  matrix  products  and  suspended
shipments  of  all  viable  bone  matrix  products  from  all  donor  lots.  This  recall  has  led  to  the  American  Association  of  Tissue  Banks  imposing  additional
regulations and has also constrained the overall supply of stem cells, with other stem cell suppliers now favoring larger customers during this shortage. As a
smaller  customer,  we  have  encountered  difficulties  in  receiving  any  supply  of  stem  cells.  Stem  cells  may  continue  to  be  unavailable  to  us  or  may  be
available  only  at  elevated  prices.  Our  revenues  during  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  fiscal  2023  were  adversely  affected  as  a  result  of  the  stem  cell
shortage and we expect our revenues in future periods to continue to be adversely affected by the stem cell shortage until such time as we receive additional
supply of stem cells and complete development of internal production of stem cells. In addition, our sales of other products could be adversely affected by
other similar shortages in the future. Such shortages and constraints adversely affect our revenues and other operating results and may also adversely affect
our reputation.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our acquisitions of Surgalign SPV, certain assets and liabilities of Surgalign Holdings and certain assets of RTI in 2023 and any future acquisitions or
business  combinations  we  complete  involve  a  number  of  risks,  the  occurrence  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  reputation,  operating
results and financial condition.

In 2023, we completed acquisitions of Surgalign SPV, certain assets and liabilities of Surgalign Holdings and certain assets of RTI. One of our key
growth  initiatives  is  to  add  depth  to  our  product  offerings  through  targeted  strategic  acquisitions  in  the  future.  Our  ability  to  complete  acquisitions  and
business  combinations  will  depend,  in  part,  on  the  availability  of  suitable  candidates  at  acceptable  prices,  terms,  and  conditions;  our  ability  to  compete
effectively for acquisition candidates; and the availability of capital and personnel to complete such acquisitions and run the acquired business effectively.
Any acquisition or business combination could impair our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition. The benefits of an acquisition or
business  combination  may  take  more  time  than  expected  to  develop  or  integrate  into  our  operations,  and  we  cannot  guarantee  that  previous  or  future
acquisitions  or  business  combinations  will,  in  fact,  produce  any  benefits.  Acquisitions  and  business  combinations  may  involve  a  number  of  risks,  the
occurrence of which could adversely affect our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition, including:

● diversion of management’s attention;

● disruption to our existing operations and plans or the inability to effectively manage our expanded operations;

● failure, difficulties  or  delays  in  securing,  integrating,  developing  and  assimilating  information,  financial  systems,  internal  controls,  operations,

manufacturing processes and products or the distribution channels for acquired product lines;

● potential loss of key employees, customers, distributors, or sales representatives of the acquired businesses or adverse effects on existing business

relationships with suppliers, customers, distributors, and sales representatives;

● adverse impact on overall profitability if our expanded operations do not achieve the efficiencies, growth projections, net sales, earnings, cost or
revenue  synergies,  or  other  financial  results  projected  in  our  valuation  models,  delays  in  the  realization  thereof  or  costs  or charges incurred to
achieve any revenue or cost synergies;

● reallocation  of  amounts  of  capital  from  other  operating  initiatives  and/or  an  increase  in  our  leverage  and  debt  service  requirements  to  pay
acquisition purchase prices or other business venture investment costs, which could in turn restrict our ability to access additional capital when
needed or pursue other important elements of our business strategy;

● infringement by acquired businesses or other business ventures of intellectual property rights of others;

● violation of confidentiality, intellectual property and non-compete obligations or agreements by employees of an acquired business or lack of or

inadequate formal intellectual property protection mechanisms in place at an acquired business;

● inaccurate assessment of additional post-acquisition investments, undisclosed, contingent, tax or other liabilities or problems, unanticipated costs

associated with an acquisition, and an inability to recover or manage such liabilities and costs;

● incorrect estimates made in the accounting for acquisitions, including those related to the material weaknesses discussed elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K, and incurrence of non-recurring charges, including restructuring charges in connection with any future effort to reduce costs
and streamline operations; and

● impacts  as  a  result  of  accounting  adjustments,  incorrect  estimates  made  in  the  accounting  for  the  acquisitions,  including  those  related  to  the
material weaknesses discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or the potential write-off of significant amounts of goodwill or
other  assets  as  a  result  of  deterioration  in  the  performance  of  an  acquired  business  or  product  line,  adverse  market  conditions,  changes  in  the
competitive landscape, changes in laws or regulations that restrict activities of an acquired business or product line, or as a result of a variety of
other circumstances, or other potential financial accounting or reporting impacts, including those resulting from the international subsidiaries we
acquired from Surgalign Holdings.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable and accurate financial reports and to effectively prevent fraud. The
integration  of  acquired  businesses  may  result  in  our  systems  and  controls  becoming  increasingly  complex  and  more  difficult  to  manage.  We  devote
significant resources and time to comply with the internal control over financial reporting requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-
Oxley Act”). However, we cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we design, implement, and maintain adequate control over our financial
processes  and  reporting  in  the  future,  especially  in  the  context  of  acquisitions  of  other  businesses,  regardless  of  whether  such  acquired  business  was
previously privately or publicly held. For example, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December
31,  2023,  we  identified  certain  control  deficiencies  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  related  to  our
recent  acquisitions,  which  constituted  two  material  weaknesses.  Any  such  difficulties  in  the  assimilation  of  acquired  businesses  into  our  control  system
could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations. Also, some acquisitions, such as our acquisition of Surgalign
SPV,  our  acquisition  of  certain  assets  and  liabilities  of  Surgalign  Holdings,  and  our  acquisition  of  certain  assets  of  RTI,  may  require  the  consent  of  the
lenders under our credit agreements with MidCap and/or the consent of Royalty Opportunities and ROS under the Investor Rights Agreement. We cannot
predict whether such approvals would be forthcoming or the terms on which the lenders or these investors would approve future acquisitions. These risks,
among others, could be heightened if we complete a large acquisition or other business combination or multiple transactions within a relatively short period
of time or, if such approvals are not obtained, could prevent us from completing acquisitions that we believe would be beneficial to our business.

We may be required to incur impairment and other charges resulting from the impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets recorded in connection
with acquisitions.

In 2023, we completed acquisitions of Surgalign SPV, certain assets and liabilities of Surgalign Holdings and certain assets of RTI. In connection
with acquisitions, applicable accounting standards generally require the net tangible and intangible assets of the acquired business to be recorded on the
balance sheet of the acquiring company at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. Any excess in the purchase price paid by the acquiring company
over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets of the acquired business is recorded as goodwill. Definite lived-intangible assets other than goodwill
are required to be amortized over their estimated useful lives and this amortization expense may be significant. If it is later determined that the anticipated
future cash flows from the acquired business may be less than the carrying values of the assets and goodwill of the acquired business, the assets, including
both definite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets, or goodwill may be deemed to be impaired. In this case, the acquiring company may be required
under applicable accounting rules to write down the value of the assets or goodwill on its balance sheet to reflect the extent of the impairment. This write-
down of assets or goodwill is generally recognized as a non-cash expense in the statement of operations of the acquiring company for the accounting period
during which the write down occurs. As of December 31, 2023, we had goodwill of $7.3 million, including goodwill from the acquisitions described above,
and intangible assets of $10.3 million, which together comprise 19% of our total assets as of December 31, 2023. If we determine that our goodwill and
intangible assets recorded in connection with our acquisitions or any other prior or future acquisitions have become impaired, we will be required to record
a  charge  resulting  from  the  impairment.  Impairment  charges  could  be  significant  and  could  adversely  affect  our  consolidated  results  of  operations  and
financial position.

We operate in some markets outside the United States that are subject to political, economic, and social instability and expose us to additional risks.

Although our revenue from outside the United States comprised only 5% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023, we expect
our revenue from outside the United States to comprise a larger percentage of our total revenue in future years as a result of our acquisition of Surgalign
Holdings’ hardware and biologics business in August 2023, which operates in part through international subsidiaries. Our international sales operations and
newly acquired international subsidiaries expose us and our representatives, agents, and distributors to the following risks inherent in operating in foreign
jurisdictions:

● the imposition of additional U.S. and foreign governmental controls or regulations on orthopedic implants and biologic products;

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● withdrawal from or revision to international trade policies or agreements and the imposition or increases in import and export licensing and
other compliance requirements, customs duties and tariffs, import and export quotas and other trade restrictions, license obligations, and other
non-tariff barriers to trade;

● economic instability and currency risk between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies in our markets;

● political instability, including instability related to the war between Russia and Ukraine and the war between Israel and Hamas;

● the imposition of U.S. or international sanctions against a country, company, person, or entity with whom we do business that would restrict

or prohibit continued business with that country, company, person, or entity;

● the imposition of restrictions on the activities of foreign agents, representatives and distributors;

● scrutiny of foreign tax authorities, which could result in significant fines, penalties and additional taxes being imposed upon us;

● difficulties  in  managing  and  staffing  international  operations  and  increases  in  infrastructure  costs  including  legal,  tax,  accounting  and

information technology;

● risks  related  to  complying  with  accounting  rules  and  regulations  in  foreign  jurisdictions  and  consolidating  the  financial  statements  of  our

international subsidiaries in our financial statements;

● a shortage of high-quality international salespeople and distributors;

● loss of any key personnel who possess proprietary knowledge or are otherwise important to our success in international markets;

● changes in third-party reimbursement policy that may require some of the patients who receive our products to directly absorb medical costs

or that may necessitate our reducing selling prices for our products;

● unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;

● differing local product preferences and product requirements;

● changes in tariffs and other trade restrictions, particularly related to the exportation of our biologic products;

● difficulties in protecting, enforcing and defending intellectual property rights;

● foreign currency exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash;

● longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

● transportation delays and interruptions, including due to recent supply chain and shipping disruptions;

● national and international conflicts, including foreign policy changes, acts of war or terrorist acts;

● complex data privacy requirements and labor relations laws; and

● exposure to different legal and political standards.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operations conducted through our international subsidiaries require management attention and financial resources and exposes us to difficulties and
risks presented by international economic, political, legal, accounting and business factors.

As  a  result  of  our  recent  acquisition  of  Surgalign  Holdings’  hardware  and  biologics  business,  we  sell  certain  products  in  33  countries  through
international  subsidiaries  located  in  Europe  and  Asia.  This  recent  international  expansion  and  the  continued  management  of  business  in  international
markets requires management attention and financial resources. Additionally, the sale and shipping of products across international borders subjects us to
extensive and complicated trade regulations. Compliance with such regulations is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. Any failure to
comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil
and administrative penalties. Additionally, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our sales
activities.

Several factors, including changes to international trade agreements, foreign policy changes between countries, weakened international economic
conditions  or  the  impact  of  sovereign  debt  defaults,  could  adversely  affect  our  international  net  sales.  Additionally,  our  international  operations  require
significant  management  attention  and  financial  resources.  Our  international  operations  expose  us  to  risks  inherent  in  operating  in  foreign  jurisdictions.
These risks include:

● difficulties in managing and staffing international operations and the required infrastructure costs, including legal, tax, accounting and information

technology;

● the imposition of additional U.S. and foreign government controls or regulations, new trade restrictions and restrictions on the activities of foreign

agents, representatives and distributors;

● the imposition of the U.S. and/or international sanctions against a country, company, person or entity with whom we do business, either directly or
through our international subsidiaries, that would restrict or prohibit continued business with the sanctioned country, company, person or entity;

● international pricing pressure;

● adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations;

● longer payment cycles and difficulties enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

● national and international conflicts, including foreign policy changes;

● difficulties in enforcing or defending intellectual property rights; and

● multiple, changing and often inconsistent enforcement of laws and regulations.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and cannot provide assurances that these weaknesses will be
effectively remediated or that additional material weaknesses will not occur in the future.

If our internal control over financial reporting or its disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report

our financial results, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-
15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United  States  of  America.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,
projections of an evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, we identified certain control
deficiencies  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  constituted  two  material  weaknesses.  A  material
weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a
material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  controls  designed  surrounding  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  information  utilized  in  determining  the  open
balance  sheet  fair  value  of  inventory,  which  includes  the  establishment  of  inventory  reserves,  related  to  the  acquisition  of  the  hardware  and  biologics
business  of  Surgalign  Holdings,  Inc.  were  insufficient  and  did  not  operate  at  an  appropriate  level  of  precision.  The  resulting  material  weaknesses  are
described in greater detail under the heading Part II. Item 9A. “Controls and Procedures.”

While  we  are  taking  steps  to  remediate  the  material  weaknesses,  we  cannot  provide  any  assurance  that  such  remedial  measures,  or  any  other
remedial measures we take, will be effective. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately
report our financial results, which may, among other adverse consequences, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and
lead to a decline in our stock price. In addition, a material weakness will not be considered remediated until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient
period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are designed and operating effectively.

Biologics products are inherently difficult and time-consuming to manufacture. We have experienced and could continue to experience manufacturing
issues, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

Biologics  products  are  inherently  difficult  and  time-consuming  to  manufacture.  Our  products  are  manufactured  using  technically  complex
processes requiring specialized equipment and facilities, highly specific raw materials. Other production constraints, including the number of processors we
are  able  to  hire,  the  number  of  clean  rooms  available  in  our  facilities,  and  our  ability  to  automate  certain  processes  by  implementing  labor  saving
technology also affect the speed and extent of our production. The complexity of these processes, as well as strict company and government standards for
the manufacture and storage of our products, subjects us to production risks. A shortage of the number of processors or clean rooms or inadequate levels of
automation may cause us to be unable to operate at full production, which has in the past and could continue to negatively impact our business and results
of  operations.  For  example,  as  a  result  of  the  labor  shortage  we  experienced  in  2022  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  in  2023,  we  were  unable  to  operate  at  full
capacity from time to time, which caused us to pass on certain revenue opportunities we otherwise may have been able to pursue. To mitigate this issue in
the  future,  we  have  made  certain  operational  changes  and  continue  to  implement  processes  that  are  intended  to  automate  certain  tasks.  Additionally,  in
2023, we increased our recruiting and onboarding activities and increased our plant capacity. However, no assurance can be provided that these measures
will be successful.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prolonged inflation and supply chain disruptions could result in delayed product launches, lost revenue, higher costs and decreased profit margins.

A majority of our products are manufactured and sold inside of the United States, which increases our exposure to domestic inflation and fuel
price  increases.  Inflationary  pressures  stemming  from  supply  chain  disruptions  and  increased  demand  resulted  in  increased  fuel,  raw  material  and  other
costs in 2022. Although these conditions improved in 2023, similar issues in the future may adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, we
have experienced shortages in certain raw materials, suppliers have been unable to meet delivery schedules due to excess demand and labor shortages, and
lead times have lengthened throughout our supply chain. For example, as described elsewhere in these risk factors, in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal
2023, stem cells used to produce our OsteoVive viable cell allograft became unavailable and may remain unavailable for the foreseeable future. Our efforts
to mitigate supply chain weaknesses may not be successful or may have unfavorable effects. For example, efforts to purchase raw materials in advance for
product manufacturing may result in increased storage costs or excess supply. If our costs rise due to continuing supply chain disruptions, we may not be
able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. In addition, delays in obtaining materials from our suppliers could delay product launches or
result  in  lost  opportunities  to  sell  our  products  due  to  their  unavailability.  Increased  costs  and  decreased  product  availability  due  to  supply  chain  issues
could adversely impact our revenue and/or gross margin, and could thereby harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Many competitive products exist, and we expect more will be developed. Our operating results have suffered during the past few years due to intense
competition and we may not be able to compete successfully because we are smaller and have fewer financial resources and less ability to invest in the
development of new products.

The markets for our products are highly competitive and subject to rapid and profound technological change. Our success depends, in part, on our
ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of technologies and products for use by our customers. Many of the companies developing or
marketing competitive products enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including greater financial and human resources for product development
and sales and marketing; greater name recognition; established relationships with surgeons, hospitals and third-party payors; broader product lines and the
ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer greater discounts or incentives to gain a competitive advantage; and established sales and marketing and
distribution  networks.  Our  competitors  may  develop  and  patent  processes  or  products  earlier  than  us,  obtain  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  for
competing  products  more  rapidly  than  us,  develop  more  effective  or  less  expensive  products  or  technologies  that  render  our  technology  or  products
obsolete or non-competitive or acquire technologies and technology licenses complementary to our products or advantageous to our business, which could
adversely affect our business and operating results. Not all of our sales and other personnel have non-compete agreements. We also compete with other
organizations  in  recruiting  and  retaining  qualified  sales  and  management  personnel,  which  may  exacerbate  the  effects  of  the  labor  shortages  we  are
currently  experiencing,  as  described  above.  If  our  competitors  are  more  successful  than  us  in  these  matters,  we  may  be  unable  to  compete  successfully
against  our  existing  or  future  competitors.  Our  industry  has  been  subject  to  increasing  consolidation.  Consolidation  in  our  industry  not  involving  our
Company could result in existing competitors increasing their market share through business combinations and result in stronger competitors, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. We may be unable to compete successfully in an increasingly
consolidated industry and cannot predict with certainty how industry consolidation will affect our competitors or us.

Our efforts to integrate acquired products with our existing product line may not be favorably received, which could negatively impact our results of
operations and financial condition.

Following our acquisition of the Coflex and CoFix product lines, Surgalign Holdings’ hardware and biologics business, and the nanOss product
line,  we  have  worked  to  integrate  the  products  acquired  with  our  existing  product  line  as  applicable.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our
integration initiative will be successful, and these changes may not be favorably received by our customers, which could negatively impact our results of
operations and financial condition.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to innovate, develop, introduce and market new products and technologies, we may experience a decrease in market share or revenue
if our products become obsolete, and our business and operating results would suffer.

Due to limited funding, our research and development efforts and ability to develop new products have been constrained during the past several
years. We may be unable to compete effectively with our competitors unless we can keep up with existing or new products and technologies in the markets
in  which  we  compete.  If  we  do  not  continue  to  innovate,  develop,  introduce  and  market  new  products  and  technologies,  or  if  those  products  and
technologies  are  not  accepted,  we  may  not  be  successful.  Moreover,  research  and  development  efforts  require  a  substantial  investment  of  time  and
resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new product, technology, material, or innovation and our current and
recent annual operating plans have not provided for any significant investment in new products. Demand for our products also could change in ways we
may not anticipate due to evolving customer needs, changes in customer health insurance coverage, changing demographics, slow industry growth rates,
declines in our markets, the introduction of new products and technologies, evolving surgical philosophies, and evolving industry standards, among others.
Additionally, our competitors’ new products and technologies may beat our products to market, may be more effective or less expensive than our products,
or may render our products obsolete. It is also important that we carefully manage our introduction of new and enhanced products and technologies. If
potential  customers  delay  purchases  until  new  or  enhanced  products  are  available,  it  could  negatively  impact  our  revenue.  Our  new  products  and
technologies also could reduce demand for or render our existing products obsolete and thus adversely affect sales of our existing products and lead to
increased expense for excess and obsolete inventory.

Our private label and OEM business, which we expect to account for an increasing percentage of our revenue, involves risks and may be subject to
significant fluctuation on a product to product basis from period to period since our customers could decide to use other OEMs.

We  expect  an  increasing  portion  of  our  future  revenues  to  be  derived  from  our  private  label  and  original  equipment  manufacturer,  or  OEM,
business. This expectation is based on our plan to focus on expanding this business. We may not be successful, however, in retaining or expanding our
private label and OEM business. Our private label and OEM business, although not subject to commissions, involves lower gross margins which, if this
business increases as a percentage of our revenue, will reduce our future gross margins. In addition, our private label and OEM business involves other
additional risks. For example, we generally do not have long-term supply agreements covering this business so our customers could periodically decide to
use  other  OEMs  based  on  cost,  quality,  delivery  time,  production  capacities,  competitive  and  regulatory  considerations  or  other  factors.  Thus,  revenues
from  our  private  label  and  OEM  customers  and  the  products  we  provide  them  are  subject  to  significant  fluctuation  on  a  product  to  product  basis  from
period to period. The success of our private label and OEM business is dependent upon the success of our private label and OEM customers in creating
demand  for  and  selling  the  products  that  we  manufacture  for  them.  If  our  private  label  and  OEM  business  significantly  increases,  we  may  experience
difficulties in staffing our manufacturing facility and meeting demand.

Our growth initiatives designed to increase our revenue and scale may not be successful and involve risks.

During 2022 and 2023, we focused primarily on four key growth initiatives: (1) introduce new products; (2) expand our distribution network; (3)
penetrate adjacent markets; and (4) leverage our growth platform with technology and strategic acquisitions. In 2023, we worked towards these growth
initiatives  primarily  through  our  strategic  acquisitions  of  Surgalign  SPV,  Surgalign  Holdings’  hardware  and  biologics  business,  and  RTI’s  nanOss
production operations, which allowed us to add to our existing product line and expand our distribution network. We intend to continue to pursue these key
growth initiatives in 2024. While the intent of these four key growth initiatives is to increase our future revenues, no assurance can be provided that we will
be successful in implementing these growth initiatives or increasing our future revenues. Also our key growth initiatives involve risks, including effects on
our  product  sales  mix,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  gross  margins  and  operating  results.  For  example,  a  decrease  in  sales  of  our  hardware  products
typically  reduces  our  gross  margins.  In  addition,  margins  vary  among  our  biologics  products,  so  the  current  trend  towards  our  fiber-based  products  as
opposed to our cancellous-based products may also reduce our future gross margins.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  biologics  business  is  highly  dependent  on  the  availability  of  human  donors.  Any  disruptions  could  cause  our  customers  to  seek  alternative
providers or technologies and harm our business and operating results.

Our mission is, “honoring the gift of donation, by allowing our patients to live as full, and complete a life as possible.” Accordingly, our biologics
business is highly dependent on our ability to obtain donor cadavers as the raw material for many of our biologics products. The availability of acceptable
donors  is  relatively  limited,  and  we  compete  with  many  other  companies  for  this  limited  availability.  The  availability  of  donors  is  also  impacted  by
regulatory changes, AATB requirements, general public opinion of the donor process and our reputation for our handling of the donor process. In addition,
due to seasonal changes in the mortality rates, some scarce tissues are at times in short supply. A disruption in the supply of this crucial raw material could
have significant consequences for our revenue, operating results and continued operations.

Negative publicity concerning methods of tissue recovery and screening of donor tissue in our industry could reduce demand for our biologics products
and impact the supply of available donor tissue.

Media reports or other negative publicity concerning both alleged improper methods of tissue recovery from donors and disease transmission from
donated tissue could limit widespread acceptance of some of our biologics products. Unfavorable reports of improper or illegal tissue recovery practices,
both in the United States and internationally, as well as incidents of improperly processed tissue leading to the transmission of disease, may broadly affect
the rate of future tissue donation and market acceptance of technologies incorporating human tissue. In addition, such negative publicity could cause the
families of potential donors to become reluctant to agree to donate tissue to for-profit tissue processors.

Substantially all of our revenue is conducted through independent sales agents and distributors who we do not control.

Substantially all of our revenue is conducted through independent sales agents and distributors. Because the independent sales agent or distributor
often controls the customer relationships within its territory (and, in certain countries outside the United States, the regulatory relationship), there is a risk
that if our relationship with the independent sales agent or distributor ends, our relationship with the customer will be lost (and, in certain countries outside
the United States, that we could experience delays in amending or transferring our product registrations). Also, because we do not control the independent
sales agent or field sales agents of a distributor, there is a risk we will be unable to ensure that our sales processes, compliance, and other priorities will be
consistently communicated and executed by the sales agent or distributor. If we fail to maintain relationships with our key independent sales agents and
distributors or fail to ensure that our independent sales agent and distributors adhere to our sales processes, compliance, and other priorities, this could have
an adverse effect on our operations. Changes to or turnover within our independent sales agent or distributor organization or transitions to direct selling
models  also  could  adversely  affect  our  business  if  these  transitions  are  not  managed  effectively.  Further,  independent  sales  agents  and  distributors  of
companies we have acquired may decide not to renew or may decide to seek to terminate, change and/or renegotiate their relationships with us. A loss of a
significant number of our sales agent or distributors could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In  addition,  our  success  is  partially  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  retain  and  motivate  our  independent  sales  agents  and  distributors,  and  their
representatives to sell our products in certain territories. They may not be successful in implementing our marketing plans. Some of our independent sales
agents  and  distributors  do  not  sell  our  products  exclusively  and  may  offer  similar  products  from  other  companies.  Our  independent  sales  agents  and
distributors may terminate their contracts with us, may devote insufficient sales efforts to our products, or may focus their sales efforts on other products
that produce greater commissions or revenues for them, which could have an adverse effect on our operations and operating results.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for products, components and raw materials and losing any of these suppliers, or their inability
to provide us with an adequate supply of materials that meet our quality and other requirements or our failure to order a sufficient supply of products,
components and raw materials, could harm our business and operating results.

Outside suppliers, some of whom are sole-source suppliers, provide us with products and raw materials and components used in manufacturing
our orthobiologics and spinal implant products. We strive to maintain sufficient inventory of products, raw materials and components so that our production
will not be significantly disrupted if a particular product, raw material or component is not available to us for a period of time, including as a result of a
supplier’s  loss  of  its  ISO  or  other  certification,  long  required  lead  times,  or  other  reasons.  Despite  our  efforts,  we  sometimes  experience  an  insufficient
inventory of products, raw materials and/or components. If we fail to plan our procurement accordingly or are unable to obtain sufficient quantities of raw
materials and components used in manufacturing our orthobiologics and spinal implant products that meet our quality and other requirements on a timely
basis for any reason, we may not produce sufficient quantities of our products to meet market demand until a new or alternative supply source is identified
and qualified and, as a result, we could lose customers, our reputation could be harmed, and our business could suffer. Furthermore, an uncorrected defect
or supplier’s variation in a component or raw material that is incompatible with our manufacturing, unknown to us, could harm our ability to manufacture
products.

Although we believe there are alternative supply sources, replacing our suppliers may be impractical or difficult in many instances. For example,
we could have difficulty obtaining similar products from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities. In addition,
if we are required to transition to new suppliers for certain components or raw materials of our products, the use of components or materials furnished by
these  alternative  suppliers  could  require  us  to  alter  our  operations,  and  if  we  are  required  to  change  the  manufacturer  of  a  critical  component  of  our
products,  we  will  have  to  verify  that  the  new  manufacturer  maintains  facilities,  procedures  and  operations  that  comply  with  our  quality  and  applicable
regulatory requirements, which could further impede our ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner. Transitioning to a new supplier could be
time-consuming  and  expensive,  may  result  in  interruptions  in  our  operations  and  product  delivery,  could  affect  the  performance  specifications  of  our
products or could require that we modify the design of those systems.

We are highly dependent on the continued availability of our facilities and would be harmed if they were unavailable for any prolonged period of time.

Any failure in the physical infrastructure of our facilities or services could lead to significant costs and disruptions that could reduce our revenues
and  harm  our  business,  reputation  and  financial  results.  We  are  highly  reliant  on  our  Belgrade,  Montana  facilities.  Any  natural  or  man-made  event  that
impacts  our  ability  to  utilize  these  facilities  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  operating  results,  reputation  and  ability  to  continue  operations.  The
regulatory process for approval of facilities is time-consuming and our ability to rebuild facilities would take a considerable amount of time and expense
and  cause  a  significant  disruption  in  service  to  our  customers.  Further,  the  FDA  or  some  other  regulatory  agency  could  identify  deficiencies  in  future
inspections of our facilities or our supplies that could disrupt our business and harm our operating results.

We may be party to product liability litigation that could be expensive, and our insurance coverage may not be adequate in a catastrophic situation.

The manufacture and sale of medical devices and biologics expose us to significant risk of product liability claims, which are made against us
from  time  to  time.  We  may  incur  material  liabilities  relating  to  product  liability  claims,  including  product  liability  claims  arising  out  of  the  use  of  our
products, if the liabilities exceed or are not covered under our insurance program. No assurance can be provided that any amounts that we may be required
to pay to resolve such matters in the future will be within our insurance limits.

We also could experience a material design or manufacturing failure in our products, a quality system failure, other safety issues, or heightened
regulatory scrutiny that would warrant a recall of some of our products. Product liability lawsuits and claims, safety alerts and product recalls, regardless of
their  ultimate  outcome,  could  result  in  decreased  demand  for  our  products,  injury  to  our  reputation,  significant  litigation  and  other  costs,  substantial
monetary awards to or costly settlements with patients, product recalls, loss of revenue, increased regulatory scrutiny, and the inability to commercialize
new products or product candidates, and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation and on our ability to attract and retain
customers.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our quarterly operating results are subject to substantial fluctuations, and you should not rely on them as an indication of our annual or future results.

Our quarterly revenue and operating results have varied and in the future may vary significantly, and period-to-period comparisons of our results
of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of our annual results or future performance. Any shortfalls in
revenue or earnings from levels expected by industry analysts or investors, as a result of such quarterly fluctuations or otherwise, could have an immediate
and significant adverse effect on the market price of our common stock in any given period. Our quarterly operating results may vary significantly due to a
combination of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, among others:

● demand for our products;

● the effect of labor and staffing shortages at hospitals and other medical facilities on the number of elective procedures in which our products

are used as well as global and local labor shortages and loss of personnel;

● the effect of inflation, increased interest rates and other recessionary indicators and supply chain disruptions;

● the impact of infectious diseases, such as COVID-19, RSV or the flu, and hospital capacity on the number of elective procedures and our

business and operating results;

● the level of competition;

● the number, timing, and significance of new products and product introductions and enhancements by us and our competitors;

● our ability to develop, introduce, and market new and enhanced versions of our products on a timely basis;

● the timing of or failure to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for our products;

● changes in pricing policies by us and our competitors;

● changes in the treatment practices of our customers;

● changes in independent sales representative or distributor relationships and sales force size and composition;

● the timing of material expense- or income-generating events and the related recognition of their associated financial impact;

● the number and mix of products sold in the quarter and the geographies in which they are sold;

● the number of selling days;

● the availability and cost of components and materials;

● the timing of orders and shipments;

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● ability to obtain reimbursement for our products and the timing of patients’ use of their calendar year medical insurance deductibles;

● work stoppages or strikes in our industry;

● changes in FDA and foreign governmental regulatory policies, requirements, and enforcement practices;

● changes in accounting standards, policies, estimates, and treatments;

● restructuring, impairment, and other special charges;

● costs associated with pending and any future litigation;

● variations in cost of sales due to the amount and timing of excess and obsolete inventory charges and manufacturing variances;

● income tax fluctuations and changes in tax rules;

● general economic, social and other external factors; and

● increases of interest rates, which can increase the cost of borrowings under our credit agreements and generally affect the level of economic

activity.

Our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected by COVID-19 and other infectious diseases.

At  the  onset  of,  and  at  various  times  during,  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  hospitals  and  other  medical  facilities  cancelled  or  deferred  elective
procedures,  diverted  resources  to  patients  suffering  from  infections  and  limited  access  for  non-patients,  including  our  direct  and  indirect  sales
representatives. Additionally, hospitals and other medical facilities have since experienced high levels of staff turnover. Because of these circumstances,
surgeons and their patients occasionally deferred procedures in which our products otherwise would be used. These circumstances negatively impacted the
number of elective procedures being conducted and the ability of our employees, independent sales representatives and distributors to effectively market
and sell our products, which had a material adverse effect on our revenues. Similar conditions arising from a resurgence of COVID-19 infections, RSV, the
flu, or other infectious diseases could similarly cause surgeons and their patients to defer procedures in which our products otherwise would be used and
limit  the  ability  of  our  employees,  independent  representatives  and  distributors  to  effectively  market  and  sell  our  products,  which  could  again  have  a
material adverse effect on our revenues.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could result in declines in our earnings and changes in our foreign currency translation adjustments.

Because the functional currency of our foreign operations is the applicable local currency, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk
arising from transactions in the normal course of business. Our principal exchange rate exposure is with the Euro, the Swiss franc and the British pound
against the U.S. dollar. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could result in declines in our earnings. Any changes in foreign currency exchange
rates would be reflected as a foreign currency translation adjustment. We do not hedge against our foreign currency exchange rate risk.

Our ability to deduct interest is limited.

Our  ability  to  deduct  interest  on  indebtedness  properly  allocable  to  our  trade  or  business  (which  excludes  investment  interest)  is  limited  to  an
amount equal to the sum of (i) our business interest income during the taxable year and (ii) 30% of our adjusted taxable income for such taxable year. For
taxable  years  beginning  after  2021,  our  adjusted  taxable  income  for  purposes  of  computing  the  30%  limitation  will  be  reduced  by  depreciation,
amortization  and  depletion  deductions  thereby  causing  a  more  restrictive  limitation  than  that  which  existed  for  taxable  years  beginning  prior  to  2022.
Disallowed interest deductions may be carried forward indefinitely and treated as business interest paid or accrued in the succeeding taxable year.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A shift in performing more procedures in ambulatory surgical centers from hospitals would likely reduce the prices of our products and margins.

We anticipate that more outpatient eligible procedures may be performed in ambulatory surgery centers and that this trend will continue as a cost
control  measure  within  the  healthcare  system.  Because  ambulatory  surgery  center  facility  fee  reimbursement  is  typically  less  than  facility  fee
reimbursement for hospitals and due to surgeons’ potential ownership interests in ambulatory surgery centers, we typically experience reduced pricing of
our products by ambulatory surgery centers than by hospitals, and the average price for which we sell our products to ambulatory surgery centers is less
than the average prices we charge to hospitals. In addition, some surgeons may choose to use fewer implants due to their interest in the profitability of the
ambulatory surgery center. An accelerated shift of procedures using our products to ambulatory surgery centers could adversely impact the average selling
prices of our products and our revenues could suffer as a result.

Risks Related to Governmental Regulation

Our business is subject to extensive regulation, including requirements for regulatory clearances or approvals prior to commercial distribution of our
products.  If  we  fail  to  maintain  regulatory  clearances  and  approvals,  or  are  unable  to  obtain,  or  experience  significant  delays  in  obtaining,  FDA
clearances  or  approvals  for  our  future  products  or  product  enhancements,  our  ability  to  commercially  distribute  and  market  these  products  could
suffer.

Our  medical  device  products  and  operations  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  the  FDA  and  various  other  federal,  state  and  foreign
governmental authorities. Government regulation of medical devices is meant to assure their safety and effectiveness, and includes regulation of, among
other things:

● design, development and manufacturing;

● testing, labeling, packaging, content and language of instructions for use, and storage;

● clinical trials;

● product safety;

● premarket clearance and approval;

● marketing, sales and distribution (including making product claims);

● advertising and promotion;

● product modifications;

● recordkeeping procedures;

● reports of corrections, removals, enhancements, recalls and field corrective actions;

● post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or

serious injury;

● complying with the federal law and regulations requiring Unique Device Identifiers (“UDI”) on devices and their labeling and also requiring

the submission of certain information about each device to FDA’s Global Unique Device Identification Database (“GUDID”); and

● product import and export.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Before a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, an existing product can be marketed in the United States, it must first receive either
premarket clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, a de novo classification or a PMA, from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. The process of
obtaining  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  to  market  a  medical  device  can  be  costly  and  time-consuming,  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  these
clearances or approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

Most of our currently commercialized products have received premarket clearances under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. In the future, the FDA
may determine that our products will require the more costly, lengthy and uncertain de novo or PMA processes. If the FDA requires us to go through a
lengthier,  more  rigorous  examination  for  future  products  or  modifications  to  existing  products  than  we  had  expected,  our  product  introductions  or
modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could adversely affect our revenue. Although we do not currently market any devices under PMA and
have not gone through the de novo classification process for marketing authorization, we cannot assure you that the FDA will not demand that we obtain a
PMA or de novo classification prior to marketing or that we will be able to obtain 510(k) clearances with respect to future products.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

● we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products meet the standard of “substantial equivalence” for a 510(k) or

meet the standard for the FDA to grant a petition for de novo classification;

● we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products are safe and effective for their intended uses;

● the data from our pre-clinical studies (bench and/or animal) and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval in general

or for specific, commercially desirable indications, where required;

● the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; and

● changes in FDA clearance or approval policies or the adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

In addition, even if we do obtain clearance or approval, the FDA may not approve or clear these products for the indications that are necessary or
desirable for successful commercialization. Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearances or approvals for our products under development
could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability.

Our clinical trials involve risk and expense and may fail to demonstrate competent and reliable evidence of the safety and effectiveness of our products,
which in the case of product in development would prevent or delay their commercialization.

As a result of our acquisition of the Coflex product line, we are required by the FDA to conduct a post-market surveillance study. In addition, we
may be required to conduct other clinical studies that demonstrate competent and reliable evidence that our products are safe and effective before we can
commercialize  our  products.  Clinical  testing  is  expensive  and  can  take  many  years  to  complete,  and  its  outcome  is  inherently  uncertain.  We  cannot  be
certain that our planned clinical trials or any other future clinical trials will be successful. In addition, even if such clinical trials are successfully completed,
we cannot guarantee that the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities will interpret the results as we do, and more trials could be required before we submit
our  products  for  approval.  To  the  extent  that  the  results  of  the  trials  are  not  satisfactory  to  the  FDA  or  foreign  regulatory  authorities  for  support  of  a
marketing  application,  we  may  be  required  to  expend  significant  resources,  which  may  not  be  available  to  us,  to  conduct  additional  trials  in  support  of
potential approval of our products. Even if regulatory approval is secured for any of our products, the terms of such approval may limit the scope and use of
our  products,  which  may  also  limit  their  commercial  potential.  The  commencement  or  completion  of  any  clinical  trial  may  be  delayed  or  halted,  or  be
inadequate to support approval of a PMA application, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

● The FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold;

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate expected;

● Patients do not comply with trial protocols;

● Patient follow-up is not at the rate expected;

● Patients experience adverse events;

● Patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to the products that are part of the trial;

● Device malfunctions occur with unexpected frequency or potential adverse consequences;

● Side effects or device malfunctions of similar products already in the market that change the FDA’s view toward approval of new or similar PMAs

or result in the imposition of new requirements or testing;

● Institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject the trial protocol;

● Third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on the anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical
trial protocol, investigator agreement, investigational plan, good clinical practices, the IDE regulations, or other FDA or institutional review board
requirements;

● Third-party investigators are disqualified by the FDA;

● We or  third-party  organizations  do  not  perform  data  collection,  monitoring  and  analysis  in  a  timely  or  accurate  manner  or  consistent  with  the
clinical  trial  protocol  or  investigational  or  statistical  plans,  or  otherwise  fail  to  comply  with  the  investigational  device  exemption  regulations
governing responsibilities, records, and reports of sponsors of clinical investigations;

● Third-party  clinical  investigators  have  significant  financial  interests  related  to  us  or  our  study  such  that  the  FDA  deems  the  study  results

unreliable, or the company or investigators fail to disclose such interests;

● Regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action

or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;

● Changes in government regulations or administrative actions;

● The interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or effectiveness; or

● The FDA concludes that our trial design is unreliable or inadequate to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

We are subject, directly and indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws, and physician payment transparency
laws. Failure to comply with these laws may subject us to substantial penalties.

We are subject to federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse, and physician payment transparency, including
false  claims  laws,  anti-kickback  laws  and  physician  self-referral  laws.  Many  states  require  compliance  with  different  types  of  pricing  transparency
requirements such as having a code of conduct, as well as reporting remuneration paid to health care professionals or entities in a position to influence
prescribing behavior. Violations of these federal and state laws can result in criminal and/or civil punishment, including fines, imprisonment and, in the
United  States,  exclusion  from  participation  in  government  healthcare  programs.  Greater  scrutiny  of  marketing  practices  in  our  industry  has  resulted  in
numerous  government  investigations,  prosecutions  and  settlements  by  various  government  authorities  and  this  industry-wide  enforcement  activity  is
expected to continue. If a governmental authority were to determine that we do not comply with these laws and regulations, the Company and our directors,
officers and employees could be subject to criminal and civil penalties, including exclusion from participation in U.S. federal healthcare reimbursement
programs.

33

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Many of these healthcare laws inevitably influence company standards of conduct. Other laws tie into these standards as well, such as compliance
with  the  advertising  and  promotion  regulations  under  the  FDCA,  the  U.S.  Federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  the  Federal  False  Claims  Act,  the  Federal
Physician Payments Sunshine Act and other laws. We use many distributors and independent sales representatives in certain territories and thus rely upon
their  compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  such  as  with  the  advertising  and  promotion  regulations  or  similar  laws  under  countries  located
outside the United States and other applicable federal, state or international laws. These laws include:

● the  U.S.  Federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  which  prohibits,  among  other  things,  persons  from  knowingly  and  willfully  soliciting,  receiving,
offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase,
order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare
and Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to
violate it to have  committed  a  violation.  In  addition,  the  government  may  assert  that  a  claim  including  items  or  services  resulting  from  a
violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the U.S. Federal False Claims Act; this
may  constrain  our  marketing  practices  and  those  of  our  independent  sales  agencies,  educational  programs,  pricing,  bundling  and  rebate
policies, grants for physician-initiated trials and continuing medical education, and other remunerative relationships with healthcare providers;

● federal  false  claims  laws  (such  as  the  U.S.  Federal  False  Claims  Act)  which  prohibit,  among  other  things,  individuals  or  entities  from
knowingly  presenting,  or  causing  to  be  presented,  claims  seeking  payment  from  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  other  federal-funded  third-party
payors that are false or fraudulent; this may impact the reimbursement advice we give to our customers as it cannot be inaccurate and must
relate to on-label uses of our products;

● federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any federal healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating

to healthcare matters;

● the  Federal  Physician  Payments  Sunshine  Act,  which  requires  manufacturers  of  drugs,  devices,  biologics  and  medical  supplies  for  which
payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to
CMS, information related to  payments  or  other  “transfers  of  value”  made  to  physicians  (defined  to  include  doctors,  dentists,  optometrists,
podiatrists and  chiropractors)  and  teaching  hospitals,  and  requires  applicable  manufacturers  and  group  purchasing  organizations  to  report
annually  to  CMS  ownership  and  investment  interests  held  by  the  physicians  described  above  and  their  immediate  family  members  and
payments or other “transfers of value” to such physician owners. We are also required to collect information on payments or transfers of value
to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse-midwives for
reporting to CMS;

● analogous  state  and  foreign  law  equivalents  of  each  of  the  above  federal  laws,  such  as  state  anti-kickback  prohibitions  and  false  claims
prohibitions which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require
device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the
federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws
that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare
providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many
of which differ from each other and federal law in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts;
and

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), and its implementing regulations, which created federal
criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare
matters  and  which  also  imposes  certain  regulatory  and  contractual  requirements  regarding  the  privacy,  security  and  transmission  of
individually identifiable health information.

Certain  of  these  laws  have  exceptions  and  “safe  harbors”  which  if  met  may  protect  certain  arrangements  from  liability.  For  example,  certain
financial payments that might otherwise implicate the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute will be permitted under the state if they are structured to comply with
one of various statutory exceptions or regulatory safe harbors established by the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services. These safe harbors include, for example, the “Discount” safe harbor which allows manufacturers of goods covered by federal payor programs to
provide discounts to their customers in the form of rebates, volume discounts and the like as long as those discounts meet the express requirements of the
safe harbor. Other safe harbors under the Anti-Kickback Statute may also apply to consulting, teaching and other personal service arrangements we may
have with physicians and marketing personnel. These safe harbors are technical in nature and failure to meet any element of a safe harbor will cause an
arrangement to lose safe harbor protection. In addition, there may not be safe harbors or exceptions for every potential financial arrangement we may enter
into and, and even if there are, no assurances can be given that any of our arrangements or relationships will meet an otherwise applicable safe harbor.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that
some of our business activities, including our relationships with customers, marketing personnel, physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom
have or may have ownership interests in the Company and recommend and/or use our products, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such
laws.  We  are  also  exposed  to  the  risk  that  our  employees,  independent  contractors,  principal  investigators,  consultants,  vendors,  and  distributors  may
engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include, among other infractions or violations, intentional, reckless and/or
negligent conduct or unauthorized activity that violates FDA regulations, manufacturing standards, federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and
regulations,  laws  that  require  the  true,  complete  and  accurate  reporting  of  financial  information  or  data  or  other  commercial  or  regulatory  laws  or
requirements. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and
prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or
other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations.

In addition, state and federal healthcare regulations are constantly evolving. Existing laws and regulations are subject to new and sometimes more
restrictive  interpretations  on  a  regular  basis  so  that  arrangements  we  believe  to  be  legally  compliant  could  be  deemed  to  be  non-compliant  under  new
interpretations. Similarly, new federal and state health care laws and regulations are being adopted on a regular basis. While we endeavor to identify and
comply with these new laws and regulations, it is possible that we may be unaware of new legal requirements or interpretations which could result in our
violation of these laws and/or regulations.

There is also an increasing trend toward more criminal prosecutions and compliance enforcement activities for noncompliance with the HIPAA
and state data privacy laws as well as for data breaches involving protected health information (“PHI”). In the ordinary course of our business, we may
receive PHI. If we are unable to comply with HIPAA or experience a data breach involving PHI, we could be subject to criminal and civil sanctions and
incur substantial investigation, defense and remediation costs.

If our operations are found to violate any of the laws described above or any other laws and regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to
penalties,  including  civil  and  criminal  penalties,  damages,  fines,  the  curtailment  or  restructuring  of  our  operations,  the  exclusion  from  participation  in
federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to market our products and materially adversely
affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it,
could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. governmental regulation could restrict the use of our tissue products or our procurement of tissue.

In  the  United  States,  the  procurement  and  transplantation  of  allograft  bone  tissue  is  subject  to  federal  law  pursuant  to  the  National  Organ
Transplant Act (“NOTA”), a criminal statute which prohibits the purchase and sale of human organs used in human transplantation, including bone and
related  tissue,  for  “valuable  consideration.”  NOTA  permits  reasonable  payments  associated  with  the  removal,  transportation,  processing,  preservation,
quality control, implantation and storage of human bone tissue. We provide services in all of these areas in the United States, with the exception of removal
and  implantation,  and  receive  payments  for  all  such  services.  We  make  payments  to  certain  of  our  clients  and  tissue  banks  for  their  services  related  to
recovering allograft bone tissue on our behalf. If NOTA is interpreted or enforced in a manner which prevents us from receiving payment for services we
render, or which prevents us from paying tissue banks or certain of our clients for the services they render for us, our business could be materially and
adversely affected.

We are engaged through our marketing employees, independent sales agents and sales representatives in ongoing efforts designed to educate the
medical  community  as  to  the  benefits  of  our  products,  and  we  intend  to  continue  our  educational  activities.  Although  we  believe  that  NOTA  permits
payments  in  connection  with  these  educational  efforts  as  reasonable  payments  associated  with  the  processing,  transportation  and  implantation  of  our
products,  payments  in  connection  with  such  education  efforts  are  not  exempt  from  NOTA’s  restrictions  and  our  inability  to  make  such  payments  in
connection  with  our  education  efforts  may  prevent  us  from  paying  our  sales  representatives  for  their  education  efforts  and  could  adversely  affect  our
business and prospects. No federal agency or court has determined whether NOTA is, or will be, applicable to every allograft bone tissue-based material
which our processing technologies may generate. Assuming that NOTA applies to our processing of allograft bone tissue, we believe that we comply with
NOTA, but there can be no assurance that more restrictive interpretations of, or amendments to, NOTA will not be adopted in the future which would call
into question one or more aspects of our method of operations.

Outside of the United States, our medical devices must comply with the laws and regulations of the foreign countries in which they are marketed, and
compliance  may  be  costly  and  time-consuming.  Failure  to  obtain  and  maintain  regulatory  approvals  in  jurisdictions  outside  the  United  States  will
prevent us from marketing our products in such jurisdictions.

We currently market, and intend to continue to market, our products outside the United States. To market and sell our product in countries outside
the United States, we must seek and obtain regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations and comply with the laws and regulations of those countries.
These laws and regulations, including the requirements for approvals, certifications or registrations and the time required for regulatory review, vary from
country to country. Obtaining and maintaining foreign regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations are expensive, and we cannot be certain that we
will receive regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations in any foreign country in which we plan to market our products. The regulatory approval
process outside the United States may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval in addition to other risks.

In  order  to  market  our  products  in  the  Member  States  of  the  European  Economic  Area  (“EEA”),  our  devices  are  required  to  comply  with  the
essential  requirements  of  the  EU  Medical  Devices  Regulation  2017/745,  which  became  effective  in  spring  2020  and  implemented  stricter  control,
transparency, and enforcement and strengthened post market surveillance requirements.

Compliance  with  these  requirements  entitles  us  to  affix  the  CE  conformity  mark  to  our  medical  devices,  without  which  they  cannot  be
commercialized in the EEA. In order to demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE conformity mark we
must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low risk medical
devices (Class I), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the
essential requirements of the Medical Devices Directives, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a “Notified Body”, which is an
organization  accredited  by  a  Member  State  of  the  EEA  to  conduct  conformity  assessments.  The  Notified  Body  would  typically  audit  and  examine  the
quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices before issuing a certification demonstrating compliance with the essential
requirements. Based on this certification we can draw up an EC Declaration of Conformity, which allows us to affix the CE mark to our products.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not obtain regulatory approvals or certifications outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Clearance or approval by the FDA
does  not  ensure  approval  or  certification  by  regulatory  authorities  or  Notified  Bodies  in  other  countries,  and  approval  or  certification  by  one  foreign
regulatory authority or Notified Body does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or by the FDA. We may be required to perform
additional pre-clinical or clinical studies even if FDA clearance or approval, or the right to bear the CE mark, has been obtained. If we fail to obtain or
maintain  regulatory  approvals,  certifications  or  registrations  in  any  foreign  country  in  which  we  plan  to  market  our  products,  our  business,  financial
condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

In  the  EEA,  we  must  comply  with  the  EU  Medical  Device  Vigilance  System,  the  purpose  of  which  is  to  improve  the  protection  of  health  and
safety  of  patients,  users  and  others  by  reducing  the  likelihood  of  reoccurrence  of  incidents  related  to  the  use  of  a  medical  device.  Under  this  system,
incidents must be reported to the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA. An incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration in the
characteristics and/or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead
to or might have led to the death of a patient or user or of other persons or to a serious deterioration in their state of health. Incidents are evaluated by the
EEA competent authorities to whom they have been reported, and where appropriate, information is disseminated between them in the form of National
Competent  Authority  Reports.  The  Medical  Device  Vigilance  System  is  further  intended  to  facilitate  a  direct,  early  and  harmonized  implementation  of
Field Safety Corrective Actions (“FSCAs”) across the Member States of the EEA where the device is in use. An FSCA is an action taken by a manufacturer
to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration in the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed on the market. An
FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the device. FSCAs must be communicated by the manufacturer or its
legal representative to its customers and/or to the end users of the device through Field Safety Notices.

Further, the advertising and promotion of our products is subject to EEA Member States Medical Device related laws including 2017/745, the new
Medical  Device  Regulation,  or  the  2006/114/EC  concerning  misleading  and  comparative  advertising,  as  amended,  or  Directive  2005/29/EC  on  unfair
commercial practices, as amended, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. These laws
may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with
healthcare professionals. Our failure to comply with all these laws and requirements may harm our business and operating results.

We  may  also  be  required  to  perform  post  market  clinical  follow  up  studies  to  periodically  evaluate  the  safety  and  performance  of  previously
approved products. The results of these studies may cause us to lose our approvals, to market the product or require us to modify our products to address
deficiencies in order to preserve our approvals to market the product.

Modifications to our products may require new regulatory clearances or approvals or may require us to recall or cease marketing our products until
clearances or approvals are obtained.

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, including significant changes to a device’s
design, materials, chemical composition, energy source, or manufacturing process, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, may require
a new 510(k) clearance, a de novo classification, or possibly a PMA. Modifications to our products that were implemented without obtaining clearance or
approval and for which FDA subsequently concludes that clearance or approval was required, may require us to recall or cease marketing the modified
devices until clearance or approval is obtained. The FDA requires device manufacturers to initially make and document a determination of whether or not a
modification  requires  a  new  approval,  supplement  or  clearance.  To  do  that,  a  manufacturer  must  determine  if  a  change/modification  to  labeling  of  the
device is a “major” change to the intended use statement (previously cleared by the FDA) or if a physical change/modification to the device itself “could
significantly affect safety or effectiveness.” If the labeling change is major and/or the physical change significantly affects safety and effectiveness, the
manufacturer must file for an additional 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or PMA for those changes before the modified device can be lawfully
marketed.  If  the  Company  concludes  in  its  own  self-determination  that  the  changes  do  not  meet  either  of  the  thresholds  of  “major  “or  “significantly
affects,”  it  may  simply  document  those  changes  by  way  of  an  internal  letter-to-file  as  part  of  the  manufacturer’s  quality  system  recording  keeping.
However, the FDA can review a manufacturer’s decision and may disagree. The FDA will normally review a decision made by a manufacturer in a letter-
to-file during a routine plant inspection, which FDA targets to conduct every two years for high-risk (Class III) device manufacturers and certain low and
moderate risk (Class I and II) device manufacturers. In such a review the FDA may determine that a new clearance or approval was required before the
device was put into commercial distribution.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  have  made  modifications  to  our  products  in  the  past  that  we  concluded  did  not  require  a  new  clearance  or  approval,  and  we  may  make
additional modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearances or approvals. No assurance can be given that the FDA
would agree with any of our decisions not to seek 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or PMA approval. The issue of whether a product modification
requires clearance or approval, as opposed to a “letter-to-file” documenting the change, is not always clear and companies rely on FDA guidance to assist
in making such decisions.

If the FDA requires us to cease marketing and recall a modified device until we obtain a new 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or PMA,
our business, financial condition, operating results and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Further, our products could be
subject to recall if the FDA determines, for any reason, that our products are not safe or effective. Any recall or FDA requirement that we seek additional
approvals or clearances could result in significant delays, fines, increased costs associated with modification of a product, loss of revenue and potential
operating restrictions imposed by the FDA. Obtaining clearances and approvals can be a time-consuming process, and delays in obtaining required future
clearances or approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future
growth.

Our  manufacturing  operations  are  required  to  comply  with  the  FDA’s  and  other  governmental  authorities’  laws  and  regulations  regarding  the
manufacture and production of medical devices, which is costly and could subject us to enforcement action.

We  and  certain  of  our  third-party  manufacturers  and  suppliers  are  required  to  comply  with  the  FDA’s  current  Good  Manufacturing  Practices
(“cGMP”)  requirements  and  Quality  System  Regulations  (“QSR”),  set  to  be  replaced  by  the  Quality  Management  System  Regulation  (“QMSR”)  in
February  2026,  which  cover,  among  other  things,  the  methods  of  documentation  of  the  design,  testing,  production,  control,  quality  assurance,  labeling,
packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our products. We and certain of our suppliers also are subject to the regulations of foreign jurisdictions
regarding  the  manufacturing  process  for  our  products  marketed  outside  of  the  United  States.  The  FDA  enforces  the  QSR  through  periodic  announced
(routine)  and  unannounced  (for  cause  or  directed)  inspections  of  manufacturing  facilities.  The  failure  by  us  or  one  of  our  third-party  manufacturers  or
suppliers to comply with applicable statutes and regulations administered by the FDA and other regulatory bodies, or the failure to timely and adequately
respond to any adverse inspectional observations or product safety issues, could result in, among other things, any of the following enforcement actions:

● untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, disgorgement of profits, criminal and civil penalties;

● customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products;

● operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

● refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or PMA approval of new products or modified products;

● withdrawing 510(k) clearances, de novo classifications, or PMAs that have already been granted;

● refusal to grant export certificates for our products; or

● criminal prosecution.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any  of  these  actions  could  impair  our  ability  to  produce  our  products  in  a  cost-effective  and  timely  manner  in  order  to  meet  our  customers’
demands. We also may be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future revenue and other operating
results.  Furthermore,  our  key  component  suppliers  may  not  currently  be  or  may  not  continue  to  be  in  compliance  with  all  applicable  regulatory
requirements, which could result in our failure to produce our products on a timely basis and in the required quantities, if at all.

Even if our medical device products are cleared or approved by regulatory authorities, if we or our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing FDA or other
foreign regulatory authority requirements, or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, these products could be subject to restrictions
or withdrawal from the market.

Any product that we market will be subject to continued regulatory review, oversight and periodic inspections by the FDA and other domestic and
foreign  regulatory  bodies.  Such  oversight  will  cover,  among  other  things,  the  product’s  design  and  manufacturing  processes,  our  quality  system  and
compliance  with  reporting  requirements,  our  compliance  with  post-approval  clinical  data  requirements,  and  our  promotional  activities  related  to  our
products.

Even if regulatory clearance or approval of a product is granted, such clearance or approval may be subject to limitations on the intended uses for
which the product may be marketed and reduce our potential to successfully commercialize the product and generate revenue from the product. If the FDA
determines  that  our  promotional  materials,  labeling,  training  or  other  marketing  or  educational  activities  constitute  promotion  of  an  unapproved  use,  it
could request that we cease or modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions. It is also possible that other
federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our training or other promotional materials to constitute promotion of an
unapproved  use,  which  could  result  in  significant  fines  or  penalties  under  other  statutory  authorities,  such  as  laws  prohibiting  false  claims  for
reimbursement.

In addition, we may be required to conduct costly post-market testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or effectiveness of our products. Later
discovery  of  previously  unknown  problems  with  our  products,  including  unanticipated  adverse  events  or  adverse  events  of  unanticipated  severity  or
frequency, manufacturing problems, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements such as QSR or QMSR, may result in, among other things, changes
to labeling, restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes, product corrections, removal of the products from the market, voluntary or mandatory
recalls, a requirement to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device we manufacture or distribute, fines, withdrawal of regulatory clearance or
approvals, delays in or refusals of new 510(k)s, de novo requests or PMA applications, untitled letters, warning letters, refusal to grant export certificates
for our products, product seizures, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties which would adversely affect our business, operating results
and prospects.

The use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our image in the marketplace or result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which
could be costly to our business or result in FDA sanctions if we are deemed to have engaged in improper promotion of our products.

Our products currently marketed in the United States have been cleared through the FDA’s 510(k) process for use under specific circumstances.
Our  promotional  materials  and  training  methods  must  comply  with  FDA  and  other  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  including  the  prohibition  on  the
promotion of a medical device for a use that has not been cleared or approved by the FDA. We believe that the specific surgical procedures for which our
products  are  marketed  fall  within  the  general  intended  use  of  the  surgical  applications  that  have  been  cleared  by  the  FDA.  However,  the  FDA  could
disagree and require us to stop promoting our products for those specific indications/procedures until we obtain FDA clearance or approval for them. Use
of a device outside of its cleared or approved indication is known as “off-label” use. We cannot prevent a surgeon from using our products for off-label use,
as  the  FDA  does  not  restrict  or  regulate  a  physician’s  choice  of  treatment  within  the  practice  of  medicine.  However,  if  the  FDA  determines  that  our
promotional  activities,  reimbursement  advice  or  training  of  sales  representatives  or  physicians  constitute  promotion  of  an  off-label  use,  the  FDA  could
request that we modify our training or promotional or reimbursement materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including, among other
things, the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, disgorgement of profits, a civil fines and criminal penalties. Other federal,
state or foreign governmental authorities also might take action if they consider our promotion or training materials to constitute promotion of an uncleared
or  unapproved  use,  which  could  result  in  significant  fines  or  penalties  under  other  statutory  authorities,  such  as  laws  prohibiting  false  claims  for
reimbursement. For example, the government may take the position that off-label promotion resulted in inappropriate reimbursement for an off-label use in
violation of the Federal False Claims Act for which it might impose a civil fine and even pursue criminal action. In those possible events, our reputation
could be damaged, and adoption of the products would be impaired. Although we train our sales force not to promote our products for off-label uses, and
our instructions for use in all markets specify that our products are not intended for use outside of those indications cleared for use, the FDA or another
regulatory agency could conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There may be increased risk of injury and product liability if surgeons attempt to use our products off-label, misuse our products or do not follow
recommended user techniques and guidelines. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management’s attention and result in
substantial damage awards against us. Furthermore, the use of our products for indications other than those indications for which our products have been
cleared by the FDA may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among surgeons and patients. Any of
these events could harm our business and operating results.

If  our  products  cause  or  contribute  to  a  death  or  serious  injury,  or  malfunction  in  certain  ways,  we  will  be  subject  to  medical  device  reporting
regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency or other governmental enforcement actions.

Under the FDA medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign governmental regulations, medical device manufacturers are required to
report  to  the  FDA  or  other  governmental  agencies  information  that  a  device  has  or  may  have  caused  or  contributed  to  a  death  or  serious  injury  or  has
malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction of the device or one of our similar devices were
to recur. Under the FDA’s reporting regulations applicable to HCT/Ps, we are required to report all adverse reactions involving a communicable disease if it
is fatal, life threatening, results in permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to body structure, or necessitates medical or surgical
intervention,  including  hospitalization.  If  we  fail  to  report  these  events  to  the  FDA  within  the  required  timeframes,  or  at  all,  the  FDA  could  take
enforcement action against us. Any such adverse event involving our products also could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or
customer notifications, or agency action, such as mandatory recalls, destruction, cessation of manufacturing, inspection or other enforcement action. Any
corrective  action,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary,  as  well  as  defending  ourselves  in  a  lawsuit,  would  require  the  dedication  of  our  time  and  capital,
distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results. We are currently subject to certain product liability
litigation, which could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations, especially if this litigation requires payments in amounts that exceed
our product liability insurance coverage.

Any  future  product  recall  or  voluntary  market  withdrawal  of  a  product  due  to  defects,  enhancements  and  modifications  or  other  reasons  would
significantly increase our costs.

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products. In addition, foreign
governmental  bodies  have  the  authority  to  require  the  recall  of  our  products  in  the  event  of  material  deficiencies  or  defects  in  design  or  manufacture.
Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found or for other reasons. A government-mandated
or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other
deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and could have an adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations. The FDA requires that certain recalls undertaken to reduce a risk to health be reported to the FDA within 10 working
days after the recall is initiated. Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate
voluntary  recalls  involving  our  products  in  the  future  that  we  determine  do  not  require  notification  of  the  FDA.  If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  our
determinations, they could require us to report those actions as recalls. In addition, the FDA could take enforcement action for failing to report the recalls
when they were conducted.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we or our suppliers fail to comply with regulations pertaining to human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products or are deemed to be
biological  products  requiring  approval  of  a  BLA  prior  to  being  marketed,  these  products  could  be  subject  to  withdrawal  from  the  market  or  other
enforcement action.

Certain of our products are regulated as HCT/Ps. Section 361 of the PHSA authorizes the FDA to issue regulations to prevent the introduction,
transmission or spread of communicable disease. HCT/Ps regulated as “361” HCT/Ps are subject to requirements relating to registering facilities and listing
products with the FDA; screening and testing for tissue donor eligibility; and current Good Tissue Practice (“cGTPs”), when processing, storing, labeling,
and  distributing  HCT/Ps,  including  required  labeling  information,  stringent  record  keeping,  and  adverse  event  reporting,  among  other  applicable
requirements  and  laws.  The  FDA  regulations  also  have  additional  requirements  that  address  sub-contracted  tissue  services,  tracking,  and  donor  records
review.  If  a  tissue-based  product  is  considered  human  tissue,  the  FDA  requirements  focus  on  preventing  the  introduction,  transmission  and  spread  of
communicable diseases. A product regulated solely as a 361 HCT/P is not required to undergo 510(k) premarket clearance, de novo classification or PMA.

The  FDA  may  inspect  facilities  engaged  in  manufacturing  361  HCT/Ps  and  may  issue  untitled  letters,  warning  letters,  or  otherwise  authorize
orders of retention, recall, destruction and cessation of manufacturing if the FDA has reasonable grounds to believe that an HCT/P or the facilities where it
is  manufactured  are  in  violation  of  applicable  regulations.  There  also  are  requirements  relating  to  the  import  of  HCT/Ps  that  allow  the  FDA  to  make  a
decision as to the HCT/Ps’ admissibility into the United States.

An HCT/P is eligible for regulation solely as a 361 HCT/P if it is: (i) minimally manipulated; (ii) intended for homologous use as reflected by
labeling, advertising or other indications of the manufacturer’s objective intent; (iii) the manufacture does not involve the combination of the HCT/P with
another article, except for water, crystalloids or a sterilizing, preserving, or storage agent (not raising new clinical safety concerns for the HCT/P); and (iv)
it does not have a systemic effect and is not dependent upon the metabolic activity of living cells for its primary function or, if it has a systemic effect or is
dependent upon the metabolic activity of living cells for its primary function, it is intended for autologous use or allogeneic use in a first or second degree
relative or for reproductive use. If any of these requirements are not met, then the HCT/P is also subject to applicable biologic, device, or drug regulation
under the FDCA or the PHSA. These biologic, device or drug HCT/Ps must comply with the requirements exclusively applicable to 361 HCT/Ps and, in
addition, with requirements applicable to biologics under the PHSA, or devices or drugs under the FDCA, including licensure, clearance or approval, as the
case may be.

Over the course of several years, the FDA issued regulations that address manufacturer activities associated with HCT/Ps. The first requires that
companies that manufacture HCT/Ps register with the FDA. This set of regulations also includes the criteria that must be met in order for the HCT/P to be
eligible for regulation solely under Section 361 of the PHSA and the regulations in 21 CFR Part 1271, rather than under the drug or device provisions of
the FDCA or the biological product licensing provisions of the PHSA. The second set of regulations provides criteria that must be met for donors to be
eligible to donate tissues and is referred to as the “Donor Eligibility” rule. The third rule governs the processing and distribution of the tissues and is often
referred to as the cGTP rule. The cGTP rule covers all stages of allograft processing, from procurement of tissue to distribution of final allografts. Together
these regulations are designed to ensure that sound, high quality practices are followed to reduce the risk of tissue contamination and of communicable
disease transmission.

At  the  time  they  came  into  effect  approximately  20  years  ago,  these  regulations  increased  regulatory  scrutiny  within  the  industry  in  which  we
operate and have led to increased enforcement action which affects the conduct of our business. In addition, these regulations can increase the cost of tissue
recovery  activities.  The  FDA  periodically  inspects  tissue  processors  to  determine  compliance  with  these  requirements.  Allegations  of  violations  of
applicable regulations noted by the FDA during facility inspections could adversely affect the continued marketing of our products. We believe we comply
with all aspects of 21 CFR Part 1271 that we are required to comply with, although there can be no assurance that we will be deemed by FDA to be in
compliance. Entities that provide us with allograft bone tissue are responsible for performing donor recovery, donor screening and donor testing and our
compliance with those aspects of the cGTP regulations that regulate those functions are dependent upon the actions of these independent entities. If our
suppliers  fail  to  comply  with  applicable  requirements,  our  products  and  our  business  could  be  negatively  affected.  If  the  FDA  determines  that  we  have
failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can impose a variety of regulatory actions, or enforcement actions from public warning letters,
fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties to suspension or delayed issuance of approvals, seizure of our products, total or partial shutdown of
our production, withdrawal of approvals, and criminal prosecutions. If any of these events were to occur, it could materially adversely affect us.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, the FDA could disagree with our conclusion that one or more of our HCT/Ps meet the criteria for marketing solely under Section 361
of the PHSA, and therefore that one or more of the HCT/Ps require licensure, approval or clearance of a marketing application. The FDA could conclude
that  the  tissue  is  more  than  minimally  manipulated,  that  the  product  is  intended  for  a  non-homologous  use,  that  the  product  is  combined  with  another
article,  or  that  the  product  has  a  systemic  effect  or  is  dependent  on  the  metabolic  activity  of  living  cells  for  its  primary  function.  The  FDA  could  also
determine that a modification to an HCT/P makes it ineligible for regulation solely as a 361 HCT/P. If the FDA were to draw these conclusions, it would
likely  require  clinical  studies  conducted  pursuant  to  an  investigational  new  drug  application  (“IND”)  and  the  submission  and  licensure,  approval  or
clearance of a marketing application in order for us to continue to market the product. Such an action by the FDA could cause negative publicity, decreased
or discontinued product sales, and significant expense in obtaining required marketing licensure, approval or clearance.

Other regulatory entities with authority over our products and operations include state agencies enforcing statutes and regulations covering tissue
banking. Regulations issued by Florida, New York, California and Maryland are particularly relevant to our business. Most states do not currently have
tissue  banking  regulations.  It  is  possible  that  others  may  make  allegations  against  us  or  against  donor  recovery  groups  or  tissue  banks  about  non-
compliance with applicable FDA regulations or other relevant statutes or regulations. Allegations like these could cause regulators or other authorities to
take investigative or other action or could cause negative publicity for our business and the industry in which we operate.

Loss of AATB accreditation would have a material adverse effect on us.

We are accredited with the American Association of Tissue Banks, a private non-profit organization that accredits tissue banks and sets industry
standards.  Although  AATB  accreditation  is  voluntary  and  not  required  by  law,  as  a  practical  matter,  many  of  our  customers  would  not  purchase  our
products if we failed to maintain our AATB accreditation. Although we make every effort to maintain our AATB accreditation, the accreditation process is
somewhat subjective and lacks regulatory oversight. There can be no assurance that we will continue to remain accredited with the AATB and any loss of
our AATB accreditation would adversely affect our business and operating results.

Federal regulatory reforms may adversely affect our business and our ability to sell our products.

From  time  to  time,  legislation  is  drafted  and  introduced  in  Congress  that  could  significantly  change  the  statutory  provisions  governing  the
regulatory approval, manufacture and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often
revised  or  reinterpreted  by  the  FDA  in  ways  that  may  significantly  affect  our  business  and  our  products.  For  example,  the  FDA  issued  a  final  rule  in
February 2024 replacing the QSR with the QMSR, which incorporates by reference the quality management system requirements of ISO 13485:2016. The
FDA has stated that the standards contained in ISO 13485:2016 are substantially similar to those set forth in the existing QSR. This final rule does not go
into  effect  until  February  2026.  Any  new  regulations  or  revisions  or  reinterpretations  of  existing  regulations  may  impose  additional  costs  or  lengthen
review times of future products. FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our
business and our products. Additionally, if the Supreme Court reverses or curtails the Chevron doctrine, which gives deference to regulatory agencies in
litigation  against  FDA  and  other  agencies,  more  companies  may  bring  lawsuits  against  FDA  to  challenge  longstanding  decisions  and  policies  of  FDA,
which could undermine FDA’s authority, lead to uncertainties in the industry, and disrupt FDA’s normal operations, which could adversely affect our ability
to  sell  our  products.  It  is  impossible  to  predict  whether  legislative  or  other  changes  will  be  enacted  or  FDA  regulations,  guidance  or  interpretations
changed, and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Our revenues depend upon prompt and adequate coverage and reimbursement from public and private insurers and national health systems.

The ability of healthcare providers to purchase our products depends in part on the extent to which reimbursement for the costs of such materials
and related treatments is and will continue to be available from governmental health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other
organizations. In the United States, healthcare providers who purchase our products generally rely on these third-party payors to pay for all or a portion of
the cost of our products as a component of a single bundled payment amount for the procedures in which the products are used. Because there is often no
separate  third-party  payor  reimbursement  to  the  provider  for  our  products,  the  additional  cost  associated  with  purchasing  our  products  can  impact  the
provider’s  profit  margin  for  delivering  the  treatment  that  includes  are  product  as  a  component.  If  third-party  payor  reimbursement  to  providers  for
procedures involving our products is eliminated or reduced, some of our target customers may be unwilling to purchase our products and may choose to
instead  purchase  less  expensive  alternatives  from  our  competitors.  In  addition,  third-party  payors  for  hospital  services  and  hospital  outpatient  services,
including  Medicare,  Medicaid  and  private  healthcare  insurers,  typically  revise  their  coverage  and  payment  policies,  methodologies  and  amounts  on  an
annual basis, which can result in noncoverage, stricter standards for reimbursement of hospital charges for certain medical procedures or the elimination of
or reduction in reimbursement. Further, Medicare, Medicaid and private healthcare insurer cutbacks could create downward price pressure on our products.
Healthcare  reform  legislation  at  the  federal  and  state  levels  could  result  in  changes  in  coverage  of  and  reimbursement  for  our  products.  Finally,  our
revenues also depend upon timely reimbursement data input from our independent agents. All of these factors could adversely affect our business.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business is subject to complex and evolving U.S. and international laws and regulation regarding privacy and data protection. Many of these laws
and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation and could result in claims, changes to our business practices, penalties, increased
cost of operations, or otherwise harm our business.

Regulatory authorities around the world have enacted laws and regulations or are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals
concerning data protection. The interpretation and application of consumer and data protection laws in the United States, the EU and elsewhere are often
uncertain and subject to change. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data practices. Failure
to  comply  with  any  of  these  laws  and  regulations  could  result  in  enforcement  action  against  us,  including  fines,  public  censure,  claims  for  damages  by
affected  individuals,  damage  to  our  reputation  and  loss  of  goodwill,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of
operations, and financial condition.

Legal developments in Europe have created compliance uncertainty regarding certain transfers of personal data from Europe to the United States.
For  example,  the  General  Data  Protection  Regulation  (EU  2016/679)  (“GDPR”),  which  became  effective  in  the  EU  on  May  25,  2018,  applies  to  our
activities conducted from an establishment in the EU or related to products and services that we offer to EU customers. The GDPR created a range of new
compliance obligations, which could cause us to change our business practices, and will significantly increase financial penalties for noncompliance. In
addition, the European Commission in July 2016 and the Swiss Government in January 2017 approved the EU-U.S. and the Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield
frameworks,  respectively,  which  are  designed  to  allow  U.S.  companies  that  self-certify  to  the  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce  and  publicly  commit  to
comply with the Privacy Shield requirements to freely import personal data from the EU and Switzerland. However, these frameworks have faced a number
of legal challenges, and their validity remains subject to legal, regulatory and political developments in both the EU and the United States.

Risks Related to Human Capital Management

Our  business  is  dependent  upon  a  sufficient  number  of  qualified  workers,  and  competition  for  such  talent  is  intense,  especially  around  Belgrade,
Montana,  where  the  population  is  small  and  the  labor  market  is  tight.  If  we  cannot  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel  or  if  we  must  increase
substantially  our  labor  costs  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel,  the  growth  and  success  of  our  business,  as  well  as  our  operating  results  and
financial condition, may be adversely affected.

The population around Belgrade, Montana, where our headquarters and production facilities are located, is small, and as a result, there is a limited
number of qualified personnel available in all functional areas, which has made it difficult for us to attract and retain the qualified personnel necessary for
the development, operation and growth of our business. We have been further impacted by the recent labor shortage. Additionally, the rising cost of living
in  Belgrade,  Montana  and  surrounding  areas  has  caused  some  members  of  the  labor  force  to  leave  these  areas  in  search  of  more  affordable  living
arrangements, which has worsened our local labor shortage. Our ability to maintain our productivity at competitive levels and increase production in the
future may be limited by our ability to employ, train and retain personnel necessary to meet our requirements. Companies in our industry, including us, are
dependent  upon  an  available  labor  pool  of  qualified  employees.  We  compete  for  qualified  personnel  with  other  companies,  academic  institutions,
governmental entities, and other organizations. A shortage in the labor pool of workers, which we believe currently exists in Belgrade, Montana, and which
has  worsened  in  the  past  year,  has  made  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel.  We  cannot  be  certain  that  we  will  be  able  to
maintain an adequate qualified labor force necessary to operate efficiently and to support our growth strategy and operations. During 2022 and to a lesser
degree during 2023, these labor shortages contributed to production shortages and, from time to time, an inability for us to operate at full capacity. The tight
labor market in the Belgrade, Montana, area also has required us to enhance our wages and benefit packages to attract a sufficient number of workers, and
it is possible that these increased labor costs may not be effective in recruiting and retaining a sufficient number of qualified personnel. During 2023, we
increased our recruiting and onboarding activities to combat these issues. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in retaining our
current personnel or in hiring or retaining a sufficient number of qualified personnel in the future. If we cannot attract and retain qualified personnel or if
we must increase substantially our labor costs to attract and retain qualified personnel, the growth and success of our business, as well as our operating
results and financial condition, will be adversely affected.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have limited staffing and are dependent upon key employees.

Our  success  is  dependent  upon  the  efforts  of  a  relatively  small  management  team  and  staff.  We  have  experienced  a  high  level  of  employee
turnover in past years, including members of our management team. We have employment arrangements in place with our executive and other officers, but
none of these executive and other officers are bound legally to remain employed with Xtant for any specific term. We do not have key person life insurance
policies covering our executive and other officers or any of our other employees. If key individuals were to leave Xtant, our business could be affected
adversely if suitable replacement personnel are not recruited quickly.

Risks Related to Our Outstanding Indebtedness, Need for Additional Financing and Financial Condition

We have incurred significant losses, expect to continue to incur losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We have a history of incurring net losses, and at December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $243.0 million. However, during the year
ended December 31, 2023, we recognized net income of $660 thousand. Our ability to achieve profitability will be influenced by many factors, including,
among others, the level and timing of future revenues and expenditures; development, commercialization, market acceptance and availability and supply of
our products; competing technologies and market developments; our ability to develop and introduce new products; regulatory requirements and delays; the
strength of our relationships with our independent sales agents and distributors; and our ability to attract and retain key personnel. As a result, we may
continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future. These losses will continue to have an adverse impact on our stockholders’ equity, and we may
never achieve or sustain profitability.

We may need additional financing to satisfy our anticipated future liquidity requirements, which financing may not be available on favorable terms, or
at all, at the time it is needed and which could reduce our operational and strategic flexibility.

Although it is difficult for us to predict our future liquidity requirements, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash balance
of approximately $5.6 million as of December 31, 2023, together with existing credit availability under our Amended and Restated Credit, Security and
Guarantee  Agreement  (Term  Loan),  (the  “Term  Credit  Agreement”),  and  Amended  and  Restated  Credit,  Security  and  Guaranty  Agreement  (Revolving
Loan), (the “Revolving Credit Agreement” and, together with the Term Credit Agreement, the “Credit Agreements”), with MidCap Financial Trust and
MidCap  Funding  IV  Trust  (together,  “MidCap”),  each  in  its  respective  capacity  as  agent,  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  anticipated  cash  requirements
through at least the end of March 2025. Although we have availability under our Term Credit Agreement, our ability to obtain additional term loans under
this agreement is in the sole and absolute discretion of MidCap and the lenders. Additionally, although we have availability under our Revolving Credit
Agreement, the availability of such funds is determined based on a borrowing base equal to percentages of certain accounts receivable and inventory. These
credit  facilities  have  a  maturity  date  of  March  1,  2029,  and  all  of  our  indebtedness  thereunder  matures  on  such  date.  We  may  require  or  we  may  seek
additional funds to fund our future operations and business strategy prior to March 2025. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we will not need or seek
additional  funding  at  any  time.  We  may  elect  to  raise  additional  funds  even  before  we  need  them  if  market  conditions  for  raising  additional  capital  are
favorable. We may seek to raise additional funds through various sources, such as equity and debt financings, additional debt restructurings or refinancings,
or  through  strategic  collaborations,  license  agreements  or  acquisition  transactions.  We  can  give  no  assurances  that  we  will  be  able  to  secure  additional
sources of funds to support our operations, or if such funds are available to us, that such additional financing will be sufficient to meet our needs or on
terms  acceptable  to  us.  This  is  particularly  true  if  economic  and  market  conditions  deteriorate.  Any  failure  by  us  to  raise  additional  funds  on  terms
favorable to us, or at all, could result in our inability to pay our expenses as they come due, limit our ability to expand our business operations, and harm
our overall business prospects. If adequate funds are not otherwise available, we could be required to curtail operations significantly, including reducing our
sales  and  marketing  expenses,  which  could  negatively  impact  product  sales,  delaying  new  product  initiatives,  and  we  could  even  be  required  to  cease
operations, liquidate our assets and possibly seek bankruptcy protection.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To  the  extent  we  raise  additional  financing  through  the  sale  of  equity  or  convertible  debt  securities  or  the  restructuring  or  refinancing  of  our
outstanding debt, the interests of our current stockholders may be diluted, and the terms may include discounted equity purchase prices, warrant coverage,
or liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our current stockholders. If we issue common stock, we may do so at purchase prices
that represent a discount to our trading price and/or we may issue warrants to purchasers, which could dilute our current stockholders. If we issue preferred
stock,  it  could  affect  the  rights  of  our  stockholders  or  reduce  the  value  of  our  common  stock.  In  particular,  specific  rights  granted  to  future  holders  of
preferred  stock  may  include  voting  rights,  preferences  as  to  dividends  and  liquidation,  conversion  and  redemption  rights,  sinking  fund  provisions,  and
restrictions  on  our  ability  to  merge  with  or  sell  our  assets  to  a  third  party.  Additional  debt  financing,  if  available,  may  involve  agreements  that  include
covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.
Prior to raising additional equity or debt financing, we must obtain the consent of MidCap and ROS and Royalty Opportunities, and no assurance can be
provided that MidCap, ROS or Royalty Opportunities would provide such consent, which could limit our ability to raise additional financing.

We  have  indebtedness  which  matures  on  March  1,  2029.  We  may  not  be  able  to  extend  the  maturity  date  of  or  replace  our  Credit  Agreements  or
generate  enough  cash  flow  from  our  operations  to  service  our  indebtedness,  and  we  may  incur  additional  indebtedness  in  the  future,  which  could
adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

As of December 31, 2023, we had $21.6 million of principal outstanding under our Credit Agreements, which indebtedness matures on March 1,
2029.  Although  we  believe  that  we  will  be  able  to  refinance  or  pay  off  our  outstanding  indebtedness  or  extend  the  maturity  date  of  that  facility  at  the
appropriate  time,  no  assurance  can  be  provided  that  we  will  do  so  on  terms  that  are  favorable  to  us  or  at  all.  Our  ability  to  make  payments  on,  and  to
refinance, our indebtedness, and our ability to fund planned capital expenditures, contractual cash obligations, known and unknown liabilities, research and
development efforts, working capital, any future acquisitions and business combinations, and other general corporate purposes depends on our ability to
generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors, some of
which  are  beyond  our  control.  If  we  do  not  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  from  operations  or  if  future  borrowings  are  not  available  to  us  in  an  amount
sufficient  to  pay  our  indebtedness  or  to  fund  our  liquidity  needs,  we  may  be  forced  to  refinance  all  or  a  portion  of  our  indebtedness  on  or  before  the
maturity dates thereof, sell assets, reduce or delay capital expenditures, seek to raise additional capital, or take other similar actions. We may not be able to
execute any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our financial condition at
the  time,  the  restrictions  in  the  instruments  governing  our  indebtedness,  the  consent  of  our  lender,  and  other  factors,  including  market  conditions.  Our
inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure our obligations on commercially reasonable
terms or at all, would likely have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

In addition, our significant indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have other important

consequences. For example, it could:

● make  us  more  vulnerable  to  adverse  changes  in  general  U.S.  and  worldwide  economic,  industry,  and  competitive  conditions  and  adverse

changes in government regulation;

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;

● restrict our ability to make strategic acquisitions, business combinations or dispositions or to exploit business opportunities;

● place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less debt; and

● limit our ability to borrow additional amounts or raise financing for working capital, capital expenditures, contractual obligations, research
and  development  efforts,  acquisitions  or  business  combinations,  debt  service  requirements,  execution  of  our  business  strategy,  or  other
purposes.

Any  of  these  factors  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  and  operating  results.  In  addition,  we  may  incur

additional indebtedness, and if we do, the risks related to our business and our ability to service our indebtedness would increase.

A  failure  to  comply  with  the  covenants  and  other  provisions  of  our  Credit  Agreements  may  cause  suspension  or  termination  of  the  Credit
Agreements and/or require the immediate repayment of our outstanding indebtedness. If we are at any time unable to generate sufficient cash flows from
operations to service our indebtedness when payment is due, we may be required to attempt to renegotiate the terms of the Credit Agreements, seek to
refinance all or a portion of the indebtedness, or obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully renegotiate such
terms, that any such refinancing would be possible, or that any additional financing could be obtained on terms that are favorable or acceptable to us.

The terms of our Credit Agreements substantially limit our ability to conduct and invest in our business, take advantage of business opportunities, and
respond to changing business, market, and economic conditions.

Our  Credit  Agreements  include  a  number  of  significant  financial  and  operating  restrictions.  For  example,  the  Credit  Agreements  require  us  to
maintain net product revenue at or above minimum levels and to maintain a minimum liquidity threshold, in each case at levels specified in the Credit
Agreements. The Credit Agreements also contain provisions that restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to, among other things:

● create, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any debt, except for permitted debt;

● create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any contingent obligations, except for permitted contingent obligations;

● purchase, redeem, defease or  prepay  any  principal  of,  premium,  if  any,  interest  or  other  amount  payable  in  respect  of  any  debt  prior  to  its

scheduled maturity;

● create, assume or suffer to exist any lien on our assets;

● declare, order, pay, make or set apart any sum for any distribution, except for permitted distributions;

● enter into or assume any agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of any lien upon our properties or assets or create or otherwise

cause or suffer to exist or become effective certain consensual encumbrances or restrictions of any kind;

● declare, pay, make or set aside any amount for payment in respect of subordinated debt;

● engage in mergers or consolidations;

● acquire, make, own, hold or otherwise consummate any investment, other than permitted investments;

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

● amend or otherwise modify any organizational documents; and

● make certain amendments or modifications to certain material contracts.

We may be unable to comply with these covenants, which could result in a default under the Credit Agreements. In addition, these provisions may
limit our ability to conduct and invest in our business, take advantage of business opportunities, and respond to changing business, market, and economic
conditions. In addition, they may place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to other companies that may be subject to fewer, if any, restrictions or may
otherwise  adversely  affect  our  business.  Transactions  that  we  may  view  as  important  opportunities,  such  as  significant  acquisitions  or  business
combinations, may be subject to the consent of the lenders, which consent may be withheld or granted subject to conditions specified at the time that may
affect the attractiveness or viability of the transaction. In addition, our Investor Rights Agreement with ROS and Royalty Opportunities (as amended, the
“Investor  Rights  Agreement”)  further  substantially  limits  the  operation  of  our  business  and  the  ability  of  our  management  to  conduct  and  invest  in  our
business.

Our Credit Agreements involve additional risks that may adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations, and financial condition.

Availability of additional term loans under the Term Credit Agreement is based solely on the discretion of MidCap and the lenders, and additional
funds are for the purposes agreed to between us, the borrowers and the lenders in advance of the making of loans under this additional tranche. Availability
of additional funds under the Revolving Credit Agreement is determined based on a borrowing base equal to percentages of certain accounts receivable and
inventory  of  the  borrowers  in  advance  with  a  formula  set  forth  in  the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement. As  a  result,  our  access  to  credit  under  the  Credit
Agreements is subject to the discretion of MidCap and the lenders as well as fluctuations to our accounts receivable and inventory. Our inability to borrow
additional  amounts  under  the  Credit  Agreements  if  and  when  we  need  them  may  adversely  affect  our  liquidity,  results  of  operations,  and  financial
condition.

Our outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Agreements bears interest at variable rates, which subjects us to interest rate risk and could increase
the cost of servicing our indebtedness. The impact of increases in interest rates, such as interest rate increases stemming from the Federal Reserve’s recent
and planned increases to the target range for the federal funds rate, could be more significant for us than it would be for some other companies because of
the amount of our outstanding indebtedness, thereby affecting our profitability.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default under the Credit Agreements, MidCap may terminate its commitments to
lend  additional  money  thereunder  and  declare  all  amounts  outstanding  thereunder  to  be  immediately  due  and  payable.  Subject  to  certain  exceptions,
amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreements are secured by a senior first priority security interest in substantially all existing and after-acquired assets
of our Company and each borrower. Accordingly, under certain circumstances, MidCap could seek to enforce security interests in our assets securing our
indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Agreements,  including  restricting  our  access  to  collections  on  our  accounts  receivable.  Any  acceleration  of  amounts  due
under our Credit Agreements or the exercise by MidCap of its rights under the security documents, would have a material adverse effect on us.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we lose any future intellectual property lawsuits, a court could require us to pay significant damages or prevent us from selling our products.

The medical device industry is litigious with respect to patents and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the medical device industry
have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage. Legal proceedings, regardless of the outcome, could drain our financial resources
and divert the time and effort of our management. If we lose this litigation or any other similar legal proceedings of which we may become subject, a court
could require us to pay significant damages to third parties, indemnify third parties from loss, require us to seek licenses from third parties, pay ongoing
royalties, redesign our products, or prevent us from manufacturing, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing our products. While we do not believe that
any of our products infringe any valid claims of patents or other proprietary rights held by others, we have been subject to patent infringement claims in the
past. There can be no assurances that we do not infringe any patents or other proprietary rights. In addition to being costly, protracted litigation to defend or
prosecute our intellectual property rights could result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of the affected
products until resolution of the litigation.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our products, we may lose market share to our competitors and be unable
to operate our business profitably.

We rely on patents, trade secrets, copyrights, know-how, trademarks, license agreements, and contractual provisions to establish our intellectual
property  rights  and  protect  our  products.  These  legal  means,  however,  afford  only  limited  protection  and  may  not  completely  protect  our  rights.  For
example,  competitors  may  be  able  to  design  around  some  of  our  intellectual  property  rights  to  develop  competing  but  non-infringing  technologies.  In
addition,  we  cannot  be  assured  that  any  of  our  pending  patent  applications  will  issue.  The  U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  (or  an  applicable  foreign
intellectual property office) may deny or require a significant narrowing of the claims in its pending patent applications and the patents issuing from such
applications.  Any  patents  issuing  from  pending  patent  applications  may  not  provide  us  with  significant  commercial  protection  or  sufficient  commercial
protection to prevent competitors from utilizing similar but non-infringing technologies. We could incur substantial costs in proceedings before the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions as to the priority of our inventions and the narrowing or invalidation of
claims in issued patents. In addition, the laws of some of the countries in which our products are or may be sold may not protect our intellectual property to
the same extent as U.S. laws or at all. We also may be unable to protect our rights in trade secrets and unpatented proprietary technology in these countries.
Additionally,  patents  and  certain  other  intellectual  property  rights  are  not  perpetual,  and  third  parties  will  be  able  to  utilize  the  subject  rights  upon
expiration.

In addition, we hold licenses from third parties that are necessary to utilize certain technologies used in the design and manufacturing of some of
our products. The loss of such licenses could prevent us from manufacturing, marketing, and selling these products, which could harm our business. If we,
or the other parties from whom we would license intellectual property, fail to obtain and maintain adequate patent or other intellectual property protection
for intellectual property used in our products, or if any protection is reduced or eliminated, others could use the intellectual property used in our products,
resulting in harm to our competitive business position.

We seek to protect our trade secrets, know-how, and other unpatented proprietary technology, in part, with confidentiality agreements with our
employees, independent distributors, and consultants. We cannot be assured, however, that the agreements will not be breached, adequate remedies for any
breach  would  be  available,  or  our  trade  secrets,  know-how,  and  other  unpatented  proprietary  technology  will  not  otherwise  become  known  to  or
independently developed by our competitors.

We may not be able to obtain or protect our proprietary rights relating to our products without resorting to costly and time-consuming litigation.

We may not be able to obtain, maintain and protect certain proprietary rights necessary for the development and commercialization of our products
or product candidates. Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent protection on our products, successfully asserting
these  patents  against  competitors  employing  infringing  technology,  and  successfully  defending  these  patents  against  third-party  challenges.  Even  if  our
patents cover a competing technology, a competitor may not accede to our demands to cease and desist or license our patent rights, which will then require
us to pursue costly and time-consuming litigation. Even if we were successful in any such litigation, a court may not issue an injunction, or the infringing
competitor may alter its technology to no longer infringe. Our ability to commercialize our products will also depend in part on the patent positions of third
parties,  including  those  of  our  competitors.  The  patent  positions  of  medical  device  and  biotechnology  companies  can  be  highly  uncertain  and  involve
complex legal and factual questions. Accordingly, we cannot predict with certainty the scope and breadth of patent claims that may be afforded to other
companies’ patents. We could incur substantial costs in litigation if we are required to defend against patent suits brought by third parties, or if we initiate
suits to protect our patent rights. Such suits that we may need to defend extend beyond suits by our competitors and may include patent assertion entities,
which  acquire  and  assert  patents  as  a  means  to  generate  income,  due  to  the  expensive  nature  of  patent  litigation.  In  the  ordinary  course  of  litigation,
attorney fees are not recoverable.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition  to  the  risks  involved  with  patent  protection,  we  also  face  the  risk  that  our  competitors  will  infringe  on  our  trademarks.  Any
infringement could lead to a likelihood of confusion and could result in lost sales. Similarly, while we are cautious to avoid infringing the rights of third
parties, we cannot control a third party asserting its trademarks against us. There can be no assurance that we will prevail in any claims we make to protect
our intellectual property, or in defense of any claims brought against us.

Future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain which may impact our ability to successfully compete in our industry. The degree of future

protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain. We cannot ensure that:

● we were the first to make the inventions covered by each of our patent applications;

● we were the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

● others will not independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies;

● any of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents;

● any of our issued patents or those of our licensors will be valid and enforceable;

● any patents issued to us or our collaborators will provide a basis for commercially viable products or will provide us with any competitive

advantages or will not be challenged by third parties;

● any of our patent or other intellectual property rights in the U.S. and the technologies embodied therein will provide or be subject to similar or

any protection in foreign markets;

● we will develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

● the patents of others will not have a material adverse effect on our business rights; or

● the measures we rely on to protect the intellectual property underlying our products will be adequate to prevent third parties from using our

technology, all of which could harm our ability to compete in the market.

Risks Related to Information Technology, Cybersecurity and Data Protection

We are dependent on various information technology (“IT”) systems, and failures of, interruptions to, or unauthorized tampering with those systems
could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We  rely  extensively  on  IT  systems  to  conduct  business.  These  systems  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  ordering  and  managing  materials  from
suppliers,  converting  materials  to  finished  products,  invoicing  and  shipping  products  to  customers,  processing  transactions,  summarizing  and  reporting
results  of  operations,  complying  with  regulatory,  legal  or  tax  requirements,  and  providing  data  security  and  other  processes  necessary  to  manage  our
business. During 2022, we implemented an upgrade to our enterprise resource planning system. In 2022 and 2023, we installed a new firewall to better
protect from network intrusions, hired a Network and Security Administrator, and engaged a third-party service provider to perform an internal penetration
test in order to identify and address vulnerabilities. Additionally, we introduced always-on VPN in an effort to better restrict off-campus network access in
light of the increase in the number of our employees working remotely in recent years, enhanced our monitoring and control capabilities, and hardened our
cloud computing cyber security footprint. However, if our systems are damaged or cease to function properly due to any number of causes, ranging from
catastrophic events to power outages to security breaches, and our business continuity plans do not effectively compensate for these events on a timely
basis, we may suffer interruptions in our ability to manage operations. Increased global cybersecurity vulnerabilities, threats and more sophisticated and
targeted  cybersecurity  attacks  pose  a  risk  to  the  security  of  our  systems  and  networks  and  those  of  our  customers,  suppliers,  independent  sales  agents,
distributors  and  third-party  service  providers,  and  the  confidentiality,  availability  and  integrity  of  any  underlying  information  and  data.  Our  work  from
home arrangements, as well as those of our third-party service providers, may increase cybersecurity risks related to phishing, malware, and other similar
cybersecurity attacks. We have programs, processes and technologies in place to prevent, detect, contain, respond to and mitigate security related threats
and  potential  incidents.  We  undertake  considerable  ongoing  improvements  to  our  IT  systems  in  order  to  minimize  vulnerabilities,  in  accordance  with
industry and regulatory standards. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently and can be difficult to detect, anticipating,
identifying  or  preventing  these  intrusions  or  mitigating  them  if  and  when  they  occur  may  be  challenging.  Although  we  have  been  the  target  of  cyber
incidents in the past, the aggregate impact of these incidents on our operations and financial condition has not been material to date. However, in light of
the  fact  that  cybersecurity  threats  have  been  rapidly  evolving  in  sophistication  and  prevalence,  no  assurance  can  be  provided  that  we  will  not  become
subject  to  future  attacks,  especially  when  our  cybersecurity  protection  is  dependent  at  least  to  some  extent  on  the  lack  of  human  error.  New  SEC  rules
related to cybersecurity risk management may further increase our regulatory burden and the cost of compliance in such events.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  IT  systems  require  an  ongoing  commitment  of  significant  resources  to  maintain,  protect  and  enhance  existing  systems  and  develop  new
systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving systems and regulatory standards. We also outsource certain
elements of our IT systems to third parties that, as a result of this outsourcing, could have access to certain confidential information and whose systems
may also be vulnerable to these types of attacks or disruptions. There can be no assurance that our protective measures or those of these third parties will
prevent or detect security breaches that could have a significant impact on our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition. The failure of
these systems to operate or integrate effectively with other internal, customer, supplier or third-party service provider systems and to protect the underlying
IT system and data integrity, including from cyber-attacks, intrusions or other breaches or unauthorized access of these systems, or any failure by us to
remediate  any  such  attacks  or  breaches,  may  also  result  in  damage  to  our  reputation  or  competitiveness,  delays  in  product  fulfillment  and  reduced
efficiency  of  our  operations,  and  could  require  significant  capital  investments  to  remediate  any  such  failure,  problem  or  breach,  all  of  which  could
adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. We maintain cyber liability insurance; however, this insurance may not be sufficient
to cover the financial, legal, business or reputational losses that may result from an interruption or breach of our systems.

Risks Related to Our Controlled Company Status

Funds affiliated with OrbiMed own a significant percentage of our common stock, have the right to designate a majority of our Board of Directors, and
are able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval, preventing other stockholders and new investors from influencing
significant corporate decisions.

ROS  and  Royalty  Opportunities  collectively  owned  approximately  56.2%  of  our  outstanding  common  stock  as  of  December  31,  2023.  We  are
party to the Investor Rights Agreement, under which ROS and Royalty Opportunities are permitted to nominate a majority of the directors and designate
the chairperson of our Board of Directors at subsequent annual meetings, as long as they maintain an ownership threshold in our Company of at least 40%
of our then outstanding common stock. If ROS and Royalty Opportunities are unable to maintain this ownership threshold, the Investor Rights Agreement
contemplates a reduction of nomination rights commensurate with their ownership interests. In addition, under the Investor Rights Agreement, for so long
as the ownership threshold is met, we must obtain the approval of a majority of our common stock held by ROS and Royalty Opportunities to proceed with
the following actions: (i) issue new securities; (ii) incur over $250,000 of debt in a fiscal year; (iii) sell or transfer over $250,000 of our assets or businesses
or  our  subsidiaries  in  a  fiscal  year;  (iv)  acquire  over  $250,000  of  assets  or  properties  in  a  fiscal  year;  (v)  make  capital  expenditures  over  $125,000
individually, or $1,500,000 in the aggregate during a fiscal year; (vi) approve our annual budget; (vii) appoint or remove the chairperson of our Board of
Directors;  and  (viii)  make  loans  to,  investments  in,  or  purchase,  or  permit  any  subsidiary  to  purchase,  any  stock  or  other  securities  in  another  entity  in
excess of $250,000 in a fiscal year. The Investor Rights Agreement also grants ROS and Royalty Opportunities the right to purchase from us a pro rata
amount of any new securities that we may propose to issue and sell.

Because  of  their  significant  share  ownership  and  control,  OrbiMed  has  the  ability  to  exert  substantial  influence  or  actual  control  over  our
management  and  affairs  and  over  substantially  all  matters  requiring  action  by  our  stockholders  and  Board  of  Directors,  including  amendments  to  our
Charter,  Third  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  (“Bylaws”),  election  and  removal  of  directors,  future  issuances  of  our  common  stock  or  other  securities,
payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock, the incurrence or modification of indebtedness by us, any proposed merger, consolidation or sale of all
or substantially all of our assets and other corporate transactions, as well as certain day-to-day decisions involved in operating our business, such as annual
operating plans, capital expenditures and other investments in our business. The interests of OrbiMed may not be aligned with management’s views on the
operation of our business or the interests of our other stockholders. In addition, OrbiMed and their affiliates may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions,
divestitures and other transactions or not pursuing such transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance or reduce their investment, even though such
transactions might involve risks to our other stockholders. For example, OrbiMed could cause us to make acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or
cause us to sell revenue-generating assets. In addition, OrbiMed and their affiliates are able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder
approval and are able to cause or prevent a change of control of our Company or a change in the composition of our Board of Directors and could preclude
any acquisition of our Company. This concentration of voting control could deprive our other stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their
shares of common stock as part of a sale of our Company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  are  a  “controlled  company”  within  the  meaning  of  the  NYSE  American  rules  and  rely  on  exemptions  from  various  corporate  governance
requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.

We are a “controlled company” as defined in section 801(a) of the NYSE American Company Guide because more than 50% of the combined
voting power of all of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by OrbiMed Advisors LLC. As a “controlled company,” we are exempt from
certain NYSE American rules requiring our Board of Directors to have a majority of independent members, a compensation committee composed entirely
of independent directors and a nominating committee composed entirely of independent directors. These independence standards are intended to ensure that
directors who meet those standards are free of any conflicting interest that could influence their actions as directors. While we currently have a majority of
independent directors on the Board of Directors, an independent nomination and governance committee or an independent compensation committee, we
may  in  the  future  elect  to  rely  on  NYSE  American’s  controlled  company  exemptions.  Accordingly,  our  stockholders  do  not  have  the  same  protections
afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE American rules.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Shares of our common stock are equity securities and are subordinate to our outstanding indebtedness.

Shares of our common stock are common equity interests. This means that our common stock will rank junior to any outstanding shares of our
preferred stock that we may issue in the future or to the indebtedness under our Credit Agreements and any future indebtedness we may incur and to all
creditor  claims  and  other  non-equity  claims  against  us  and  our  assets  available  to  satisfy  claims  on  us,  including  claims  in  a  bankruptcy  or  similar
proceeding.  Additionally,  unlike  indebtedness,  where  principal  and  interest  customarily  are  payable  on  specified  due  dates,  in  the  case  of  our  common
stock,  (i)  dividends  are  payable  only  when  and  if  declared  by  our  Board  of  Directors,  and  (ii)  as  a  corporation,  we  are  restricted  to  making  dividend
payments and redemption payments out of legally available assets. We have never paid a dividend on our common stock and have no current intention to
pay dividends in the future. In addition, our Credit Agreements preclude us from paying dividends. Furthermore, our common stock places no restrictions
on  our  business  or  operations  or  on  our  ability  to  incur  indebtedness  or  engage  in  any  transactions,  subject  only  to  the  voting  rights  available  to
stockholders generally.

Our inability to comply with the continued listing requirements of the NYSE American could result in our common stock being delisted, which could
affect its market price and liquidity and reduce our ability to raise capital.

We are required to meet certain qualitative and financial tests to maintain the listing of our common stock on the NYSE American. If we do not
maintain  compliance  with  the  continued  listing  requirements  for  the  NYSE  American  within  specified  periods  and  subject  to  permitted  extensions,  our
common stock may be recommended for delisting (subject to any appeal we would file). No assurance can be provided that we will continue to comply
with these continued listing requirements. If our common stock were delisted, it could be more difficult to buy or sell our common stock and to obtain
accurate quotations, and the price of our stock could suffer a material decline. Delisting would also impair our ability to raise capital.

51

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The market price of our common stock is extremely volatile, which may affect our ability to raise capital in the future and may subject the value of the
investment of our stockholders to sudden decreases.

The  market  price  for  securities  of  medical  device  and  biotechnology  companies,  including  ours,  historically  has  been  highly  volatile,  and  the
market from time to time has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. The
trading  volume  and  prices  of  our  common  stock  have  been  and  may  continue  to  be  volatile  and  could  fluctuate  widely  due  to  factors  both  within  and
beyond our control. During 2023, the sale price of our common stock ranged from $0.58 to $1.39 per share, and our daily trading volume ranged from 1
thousand to 790 thousand shares. Such volatility may be the result of broad market and industry factors. Future fluctuations in the trading price or liquidity
of our common stock may harm the value of the investment of our stockholders in our common stock. Factors that may have a significant impact on the
market price and marketability of our common stock include, among others:

● the terms of any potential future transaction(s) related to debt financing, debt restructuring or capital raising;

● our ability to make interest payments under our Credit Agreements;

● our observance of covenants under our Credit Agreements;

● announcements of technological innovations or new commercial products by us or our present or potential competitors;

● developments or disputes concerning patent or other proprietary rights;

● developments in our relationships with employees, suppliers, distributors, sales representatives and customers;

● acquisitions or divestitures;

● litigation and government proceedings;

● adverse legislation, including changes in governmental regulation;

● third-party reimbursement policies;

● additions or departures of key personnel;

● sales of our equity securities by our significant stockholders or management or sales of additional equity securities by our Company;

● changes in securities analysts’ recommendations;

● short selling;

● changes in health care policies and practices;

● the delisting of our common stock or halting or suspension of trading in our common stock by the NYSE American;

● economic,  social  and  other  external  factors,  such  as  epidemics  or  pandemics,  supply  chain  disruptions,  labor  shortages  and  persistent

inflation; and

● general market conditions.

52

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted.
These lawsuits often seek unspecified damages, and as with any litigation proceeding, one cannot predict with certainty the eventual outcome of pending
litigation.  Furthermore,  we  may  have  to  incur  substantial  expenses  in  connection  with  any  such  lawsuits  and  our  management’s  attention  and  resources
could be diverted from operating our business as we respond to any such litigation. We maintain insurance to cover these risks for us and our directors and
officers, but our insurance is subject to high deductibles to reduce premium expense, and there is no guarantee that the insurance will cover any specific
claim that we currently face or may face in the future, or that it will be adequate to cover all potential liabilities and damages.

Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our guidance, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We  recently  initiated  the  issuance  of  guidance  regarding  our  future  performance,  such  as  our  anticipated  annual  revenue,  that  represents  our
management’s  estimates  as  of  the  date  of  release.  This  guidance,  which  consists  of  forward-looking  statements,  is  prepared  by  our  management  and  is
qualified by, and subject to, the assumptions and the other information contained or referred to in the release. Our guidance is not prepared with a view
toward  compliance  with  published  guidelines  of  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants,  and  neither  any  independent  registered  public
accounting firm nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles, examines or reviews the guidance and, accordingly, no such person expresses
any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

Guidance is based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, is inherently subject to significant
business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control and are based upon specific assumptions with
respect  to  future  business  decisions,  some  of  which  will  change.  We  generally  state  possible  outcomes  as  high  and  low  ranges  which  are  intended  to
provide  a  sensitivity  analysis  as  variables  are  changed  but  are  not  intended  to  represent  that  actual  results  could  not  fall  outside  of  these  ranges.  The
principal reason that we release this data is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not
accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such persons.

Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions of the guidance furnished by us will not
materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the
date of release. Actual results will vary from the guidance and the variations may be material. Investors should also recognize that the reliability of any
forecasted financial data will diminish the farther in the future that the data are forecast. In light of the foregoing, investors are urged to put the guidance in
context and not to place undue reliance on it.

Any  failure  to  successfully  implement  our  operating  strategy  or  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  events  or  circumstances  set  forth  in  this  Annual
Report on Form 10-K could result in the actual operating results being different than our guidance, and such differences may be adverse and material. The
failure to achieve such guidance could disappoint investors and analysts and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We may issue additional common stock resulting in stock ownership dilution.

From time to time, we issue equity securities to raise additional financing and in connection with debt restructurings. During 2023, we issued in a
private placement approximately 20.0 million shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.75 per share. Future dilution may occur due to additional
future equity issuances and/or equity financing events by us, including any potential future restructuring of our outstanding indebtedness. In addition, we
may raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, which would further dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders.
As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  outstanding  warrants  to  purchase  approximately  12,187,470  shares  of  our  common  stock,  stock  options  to  purchase
1,472,013  shares  of  our  common  stock,  restricted  stock  unit  awards  covering  1,102,473  shares  of  our  common  stock  and  deferred  stock  unit  awards
covering 653,310 shares of our common stock under the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, stock options to purchase 3,403,192
shares  of  our  common  stock  and  restricted  stock  unit  awards  covering  3,403,192  shares  of  our  common  stock  under  the  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.
Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, options to purchase 623 shares of our common stock under our prior equity compensation plan,
and 9,968,106 shares available for issuance under the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan. If these or any future warrants, options or
restricted stock units are exercised or otherwise converted into shares of our common stock, our stockholders will experience additional dilution.

53

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our common stock or other equity securities could adversely affect the market price of our
common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock or a preferred stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could
adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. We
cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities beneficially owned by OrbiMed or any other stockholder or the availability of these securities
for future sale will have on the market price of our common stock.

If securities analysts stop publishing research or reports about us or our business, or if they downgrade our common stock, the trading volume and
market price of our common stock could decline.

The market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We
do  not  control  these  analysts.  If  any  analyst  who  covers  us  downgrades  our  stock  or  lowers  its  future  stock  price  targets  or  estimates  of  our  operating
results, our stock price could decline rapidly. Furthermore, if any analyst ceases to cover our Company, we could lose visibility in the market. Each of these
events could, in turn, cause our trading volume and the market price of our common stock to decline.

Anti-takeover  provisions  in  our  organizational  documents  and  agreements  may  discourage  or  prevent  a  change  in  control,  even  if  a  sale  of  the
Company could be beneficial to our stockholders, which could cause our stock price to decline and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or
remove our current management.

Several provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Charter”) and Third Amended and Restated Bylaws (“Bylaws”) and our Investor
Rights Agreement could make it difficult for our stockholders to change the composition of our Board of Directors, preventing them from changing the
composition of management. In addition, several provisions of our Charter and Bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our
stockholders may consider favorable. These provisions include:

● We  have  shares  of  common  stock  and  preferred  stock  available  for  issuance  without  stockholder  approval.  The  existence  of  unissued  and
unreserved common stock and preferred stock may enable the Board of Directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management or
to issue preferred stock with terms that could render more difficult or discourage a third-party attempt to obtain control of us by means of a
merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, thereby protecting the continuity of our management.

● Shares of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors, so our stockholders holding a majority of the

shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors.

● Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors, the chair of the Board of Directors or the chief executive

officer.

● The Board of Directors may adopt, alter, amend or repeal our Bylaws without stockholder approval.

● Unless otherwise provided by law, any newly created directorship or any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors for any cause may be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors even if such majority is less than a quorum,
and any director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced or until his or
her successor is elected and qualified.

54

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Prior to July 26, 2030, fixing the number of directors at more than seven directors requires the approval of at least 75% of our directors then

holding office.

● The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, is required to amend or repeal the provisions of our Charter related to
the amendment of our Bylaws, the Board of Directors and our stockholders as well as the general provisions of our Charter.

● Stockholders must follow advance notice procedures to submit nominations of candidates for election to the Board of Directors at an annual
or  special  meeting  of  our  stockholders,  including  director  election  contests  subject  to  the  SEC’s  universal  proxy  rules,  and  must  follow
advance notice procedures to submit other proposals for business to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders.

● Unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, (or, if the Court of Chancery of the
State of Delaware does not  have  subject  matter  jurisdiction,  a  state  court  located  within  the  State  of  Delaware  or,  if  no  state  court  located
within the State of Delaware has subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), will be the exclusive forum
for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any
director,  officer  or  other  employee  to  us  or  our  stockholders,  (iii)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  arising  under  any  provision  of  the  General
Corporation  Law  of  the  State  of  Delaware  (“DGCL”),  our  Charter  or  our  Bylaws,  or  (iv)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  governed  by  the
internal-affairs doctrine; provided, however, that unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United
States of America shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting
a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

● The Investor Rights Agreement includes director nomination rights, which provide that so long as the Ownership Threshold (as defined in the
Investor  Rights  Agreement)  is  met,  Royalty  Opportunities  and  ROS  are  entitled  to  nominate  such  individuals  to  the  Board  of  Directors
constituting a majority of the directors. In addition, under the Investor Rights Agreement, so long as the Ownership Threshold is met, certain
matters  require  the  approval  of  Royalty  Opportunities  and  ROS  to  proceed  with  such  a  transaction,  including  without  limitation,  the  sale,
transfer or other disposition of our assets or businesses or our subsidiaries with a value in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate during any
fiscal year (other than sales of inventory or supplies in the ordinary course of business, sales of obsolete assets (excluding real estate), sale-
leaseback transactions and accounts receivable factoring transactions).

● The Letter Agreement between us and Mr. Stavros Vizirgianakis includes director nomination rights, which terminate on the earlier of (i) the
date on which Mr. Vizirgianakis ceases to hold at least 75% of the shares of common stock purchased by him in our 2022 private placement,
(ii) October 7, 2024, or (iii) upon written notice of Mr. Vizirgianakis to us.

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of our stockholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, could

materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the ability of our stockholders to realize any potential change-in-control premium.

Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock without stockholder approval.

Our Charter authorizes our Board of Directors, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue up to 10 million shares of our preferred stock,
subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our Charter, as shares of preferred stock in series, to establish
from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each
such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers, preferences and rights of these series of preferred stock may be senior to
or on parity with our common stock, which may reduce its value.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  Charter  designates  the  Court  of  Chancery  of  the  State  of  Delaware  as  the  exclusive  forum  for  certain  litigation  that  may  be  initiated  by  our
stockholders, which could limit the ability of our stockholders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our Charter provides that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, (or, if the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have subject matter jurisdiction, a state court located within the State of Delaware or, if no state court located
within the State of Delaware has subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), will be the exclusive forum for (i) any
derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other
employee to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising under any provision of the DGCL, our Charter or our Bylaws, or (iv) any
action asserting a claim governed by the internal-affairs doctrine. Furthermore, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the federal district
courts of the United States of America shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint
asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of Xtant will
be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. This provision may limit the ability of our stockholders to obtain a favorable judicial forum
for disputes with us.

We have never paid dividends and do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. The payment of dividends in the future will be dependent on our earnings
and financial condition and on such other factors as our Board of Directors considers appropriate. Unless and until we pay dividends, stockholders may not
receive a return on their shares of our common stock. There is no present intention by our Board of Directors to pay dividends on our common stock. We
currently  intend  to  retain  all  of  our  future  earnings,  if  any,  to  finance  the  growth  and  development  of  our  business.  In  addition,  the  terms  of  our  Credit
Agreements preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, appreciation, if any, in the market price of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for
our stockholders for the foreseeable future.

General Risk Factors

Worldwide  economic  and  market  conditions,  including  with  respect  to  financial  institutions,  and  social  unrest  could  adversely  affect  our

revenue, liquidity, financial condition, or results of operations.

The health of the global economy, and the credit markets and the financial services industry in particular, as well as the stability of the social fabric
of our society, affects our business and operating results. Economic slowdowns, periods of high inflation, periods of rising interest rates and recessions, as
well as disruptions in access to bank deposits or lending commitments due to bank failures, could materially and adversely affect our revenue, liquidity,
financial condition and results of operations. For example, the 2023 closures of Silicon Valley Bank, Signature Bank and First Republic Bank and their
placement into receivership with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) created bank-specific and broader financial institution liquidity risk
and  concerns.  Although  depositors  at  these  institutions  continued  to  have  access  to  their  funds,  future  adverse  developments  with  respect  to  specific
financial institutions or the broader financial services industry may lead to market-wide liquidity shortages. The failure of any bank with which we deposit
our funds or otherwise do business could reduce the amount of cash we have available for our operations or delay our ability to access such funds. Any
such  failure  may  increase  the  possibility  of  a  sustained  deterioration  of  financial  market  liquidity,  or  illiquidity  at  clearing,  cash  management  and/or
custodial financial institutions. In the event we have a commercial relationship with a bank that fails or is otherwise distressed, we may experience delays
or other issues in meeting our financial obligations. If other banks and financial institutions enter receivership or become insolvent in the future in response
to  financial  conditions  affecting  the  banking  system  and  financial  markets,  our  ability  to  access  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  investments  may  be
threatened and could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Additionally, the credit and financial markets may be adversely
affected by the war between Russia and Ukraine and measures taken in response thereto, as well as the war between Israel and Hamas. If the credit markets
are not favorable, we may be unable to raise additional financing when needed or on favorable terms. Our customers may experience financial difficulties
or be unable to borrow money to fund their operations, which may adversely impact their ability to purchase our products or to pay for our products on a
timely  basis,  if  at  all.  In  addition,  adverse  economic  conditions,  such  as  the  lingering  economic  impacts  of  COVID-19,  supply  chain  disruptions,  labor
shortages  and  persistent  inflation,  and  measures  taken  in  response  thereto,  including  interest  rate  increases,  could  also  adversely  impact  our  suppliers’
ability  to  provide  us  with  materials  and  components,  which  may  negatively  impact  our  business.  As  with  our  customers  and  vendors,  these  economic
conditions make it more difficult for us to accurately forecast and plan our future business activities.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Climate  change,  or  legal,  regulatory  or  market  measures  to  address  climate  change,  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and
business operations.

Climate change resulting from increased concentrations of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere could present risks to our
future operations from natural disasters and extreme weather conditions, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires or flooding. Concern over climate change
could  result  in  new  legal  or  regulatory  requirements  designed  to  report,  reduce  or  mitigate  the  effects  of  greenhouse  gases,  as  well  as  more  stringent
regulation of water rights. For example, in March 2024, the SEC adopted new climate disclosure rules, which require new disclosure in certain SEC filings
about  material  climate-related  risks,  activities  to  mitigate  or  adapt  to  such  risks,  board  oversight  of  climate-related  risks  and  management’s  role  in
managing  material  climate-related  risks,  and  climate-related  targets  and  goals.  The  new  climate  disclosure  rules  have  been  the  subject  of  multiple  legal
challenges, so the extent to which the new rules will go into effect remains uncertain. We are currently assessing the impact of the new rules, but at this
time, we cannot predict the costs of implementation or any potential adverse impacts resulting from the new rules. However, we may incur increased costs
relating to the assessment and disclosure of climate-related risks and increased litigation risks related to disclosures made pursuant to the new rules, either
of which could materially and adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, inconsistency of regulations at the state
level in the states in which we operate may affect the costs of compliance with such legal or regulatory requirements.

In  addition,  public  company  stockholders  are  increasingly  sensitive  to  the  climate  change  impacts  and  mitigation  efforts  of  companies,  are
increasingly seeking enhanced disclosure on the risks, challenges, governance implications, and financial impacts of climate change faced by companies
and are demanding that companies take a proactive approach to addressing perceived environmental risks, including risks associated with climate change,
relating to their operations. Adverse publicity or climate-related litigation that impacts us could have a negative impact on our business.

Changes in accounting standards, policies, or assumptions utilized in determining accounting estimates could adversely affect our financial statements,
including our operating results and financial condition.

In preparing our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we must make
decisions that impact our results of operations and/or financial condition. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be
applied  and  the  assumptions  on  which  to  base  accounting  estimates.  In  reaching  such  decisions,  we  apply  judgments  based  on  our  understanding  and
analysis  of  the  relevant  circumstances,  historical  experience,  and  expert  valuations,  as  appropriate.  As  a  result,  actual  amounts  could  differ  from  those
estimated at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. Our critical accounting estimates are described later in this report under Part II.
Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations.  In  addition,  various  authoritative  accounting  or
regulatory  entities,  including  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”),  and  the  SEC  may  amend,  expand,  and/or  eliminate  the  financial
accounting  or  reporting  standards  that  govern  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  or  could  reverse  their  previous  interpretations  or
positions on how various financial accounting and/or reporting standards should be applied. We disclose the impact of accounting pronouncements that
have been issued but not yet adopted within our Annual and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, respectively. However, we do not provide an
assessment  of  proposed  accounting  pronouncements,  as  such  proposals  are  subject  to  change  through  the  exposure  process  and  therefore,  we  cannot
meaningfully assess their effects on our consolidated financial statements. Future changes to accounting standards could modify the accounting policies and
procedures that are currently utilized in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Such changes may be difficult to predict and implement
and could materially, or otherwise, impact how we prepare and report our consolidated financial statements, results of operations, and financial condition.

57

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE American, may strain our resources and divert management’s attention, and we may be unable to comply with these
requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the corporate governance standards of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act and the NYSE American. These requirements place a strain on our management, systems and resources and we will continue to incur significant
legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses. The Exchange Act requires us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and
financial condition within specified time periods and to prepare a proxy statement with respect to our annual meeting of stockholders. The Sarbanes-Oxley
Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. The NYSE American requires that
we  comply  with  various  corporate  governance  requirements.  To  maintain  and  improve  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and
internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  and  comply  with  the  Exchange Act  and  NYSE  American  requirements,  significant  resources  and  management
oversight  are  required.  This  may  divert  management’s  attention  from  other  business  concerns  and  lead  to  significant  costs  associated  with  compliance,
which could have a material adverse effect on us and the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, as we grow our business both organically and
through acquisitions, our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will become more complex, and we may require
significantly more resources to ensure that these controls and procedures remain effective. For example, as a result of the control deficiencies in the design
and implementation of our internal control over financial reporting that related to our recent acquisitions, which constituted two material weaknesses, we
will  be  allocating  additional  resources  to  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  described  in  greater  detail  under  the  heading  Part  II.  Item  9A.
“Controls and Procedures.”

These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer
liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar
coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors or its
committees  or  as  our  executive  officers.  Advocacy  efforts  by  stockholders  and  third  parties  may  also  prompt  even  more  changes  in  governance  and
reporting requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of these costs. Furthermore, if we are
unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action
and potentially civil litigation.

Scrutiny  and  evolving  expectations  from  customers,  regulators,  investors,  and  other  stakeholders  with  respect  to  our  environmental,  social  and
governance practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks.

Public  companies  are  facing  scrutiny  from  customers,  regulators,  investors,  and  other  stakeholders  related  to  their  environmental,  social  and
governance  (“ESG”)  practices  and  disclosure.  Investor  advocacy  groups,  investment  funds  and  influential  investors  are  also  focused  on  these  practices,
especially as they relate to the environment, climate change, health and safety, supply chain management, diversity, labor conditions and human rights, both
in our own operations and in our supply chain. Increased ESG-related compliance costs could result in material increases to our overall operational costs.
Our ESG practices may not meet the standards of all of our stakeholders and advocacy groups may campaign for further changes. A failure, or perceived
failure, to adapt to or comply with regulatory requirements or to respond to investor or stakeholder expectations and standards could negatively impact our
business and reputation and have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Background

Cybersecurity, data privacy, and data protection are critical to our business. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store certain
confidential information such as information about our employees, contractors, vendors, customers, suppliers, independent sales agents and distributors.
We  have  processes  in  place  for  assessing,  identifying,  and  managing  material  risks  from  cybersecurity  threats,  and  we  monitor  the  Company’s  overall
security score to assess performance and identify areas for improvement. In recent years, we have installed a new firewall to better protect from network
intrusions,  hired  a  Network  and  Security  Administrator,  and  engaged  a  third-party  service  provider  to  perform  an  internal  penetration  test  in  order  to
identify and address vulnerabilities. Additionally, we introduced always-on VPN in an effort to better restrict off-campus network access in light of the
increase  in  the  number  of  our  employees  working  remotely  in  recent  years,  enhanced  our  monitoring  and  control  capabilities,  and  hardened  our  cloud
computing cyber security footprint. Management continually re-assesses the Company’s cybersecurity risk environment based on changing circumstances
and new information identified by its monitoring, scanning and testing as well as third party resources.

Risk Management and Strategy

Our processes for assessing, identifying, and managing cybersecurity threats have been integrated into the our overall risk management processes.
The information provided by these processes facilitates management’s ongoing assessment of our cybersecurity risk environment and provides current and
accurate information regarding cybersecurity risks to management, our Audit Committee and Board of Directors to allow appropriate management of such
risks through remediation or other risk mitigation activities.

We  maintain  a  cybersecurity  program  that  is  designed  to  identify,  protect  from,  detect,  respond  to,  and  recover  from  cybersecurity  threats  and
risks, and protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its information systems, including the information residing on such systems. The National
Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework helps us inform our cybersecurity agenda and prioritize our cybersecurity activities. We
take  a  risk-based  approach  to  cybersecurity,  which  begins  with  the  identification  and  evaluation  of  cybersecurity  risks  or  threats  that  could  affect  our
operations, finances, legal or regulatory compliance, or reputation. The scope of our evaluation encompasses risks that may be associated with both our
internally  managed  IT  systems  and  key  business  functions  and  sensitive  data  operated  or  managed  by  third-party  service  providers.  Once  identified,
cybersecurity  risks  and  related  mitigation  efforts  are  prioritized  based  on  their  potential  impact,  likelihood,  velocity,  and  vulnerability,  considering  both
quantitative and qualitative factors. Risk mitigation strategies are developed and implemented based on the specific nature of each cybersecurity risk. These
strategies  include,  among  others,  the  application  of  cybersecurity  policies  and  procedures,  implementation  of  administrative,  technical,  and  physical
controls, and employee training, education, and awareness initiatives.

Role of Management

Management  has  implemented  risk  management  structures,  policies  and  procedures  and  is  responsible  for  our  day-to-day  cybersecurity  risk
management. Our Director of Information Technology, Chris Dennis, is responsible for our day-to-day assessment and management of cybersecurity risks.
Mr.  Dennis  has  served  as  our  Director  of  Information  Technology  since  June  2019.  Mr.  Dennis  additionally  is  the  founder  of  a  data  privacy  consulting
company and has over 20 years of experience in the data management space. We have implemented a number of processes which allow Mr. Dennis and his
team to be informed about and monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents. These processes include, among
other things, system alerts of potential malicious cyber activity, access to real-time dashboards that monitor and assess our systems, status reports provided
on  a  daily,  weekly  and  monthly  basis,  and  regular  ongoing  communications  with  service  providers  regarding  potential  new  attack  vectors  and
vulnerabilities.  Mr.  Dennis  and  his  team  share  such  information  with  our  management  team  and  reports  information  about  such  risks  to  our  Audit
Committee.

Use of Consultants and Advisors

We engage various third-party cybersecurity service providers to assess and enhance our cybersecurity practices and assist with protection and
monitoring of our systems and information, including with respect to protection of our e-mail, system access, network monitoring, endpoint protection,
vulnerability  assessments  and  penetration  testing.  We  engage  cybersecurity  consultants,  auditors,  and  other  third  parties  to  assess  and  enhance  our
cybersecurity practices, such as a third party consulting firm to perform tabletop exercises and evaluate our cyber processes including an assessment of our
incident response procedures.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board Oversight

The Board of Directors, both directly and through the delegation of responsibilities to the Audit committee oversees the proper functioning of our
cybersecurity risk management program. In particular, the Audit Committee assists the Board of Directors in its oversight of management’s responsibility
to assess, manage and mitigate risks associated with the Company’s business and operational activities, to administer the Company’s various compliance
programs, in each case including cybersecurity concerns, and to oversee our information technology systems, processes and data. The Audit Committee,
which is comprised entirely of independent directors, is responsible for periodically reviewing and assessing with management (i) the adequacy of controls
and security for our information technology systems, processes and data, and (ii) our contingency plans in the event of a breakdown or security breach
affecting our information technology systems, it being understood that it is not possible to eliminate all such risks and that the Company will necessarily
face a variety of risks with respect to information technology in the conduct of its business. The Audit Committee is additionally responsible for reviewing
the cybersecurity disclosures required to be included in our filings with the SEC.

The Audit Committee reviews a cybersecurity dashboard at its regularly held meetings, which includes certain information about overall security,
employee training, and other statistics. Members of our management team often attend these discussions, and the Audit Committee has requested that Mr.
Dennis  provide  updates  at  two  of  its  meetings  annually.  The  management  team  and/or  Audit  Committee,  in  turn,  regularly  provide  data  protection  and
cybersecurity reports to the full Board of Directors.

Although  none  of  the  members  of  the  Audit  Committee  has  any  work  experience,  degree,  or  certifications  related  to  information  security  or
cybersecurity, the Audit Committee works closely with members of our employee team with relevant expertise, and we have engaged third-party service
providers to further enhance our cybersecurity efforts.

Risks from Material Cybersecurity Threats

Although we have taken steps to prevent and mitigate data security threats, there can be no assurance that our protective measures and those of our
third party service providers will prevent or detect security breaches that could have a significant impact on our business, reputation, operating results and
financial  condition.  We  maintain  cyber  liability  insurance;  however,  this  insurance  may  not  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  financial,  legal,  business  or
reputational losses that may result from an interruption or breach of our systems. As of the date of this filing, we have not identified any cybersecurity
threats  that  have  materially  affected  or  are  reasonably  anticipated  to  have  a  material  effect  on  our  business  strategy,  results  of  operations  or  financial
condition. Although we have not experienced cybersecurity incidents that are individually, or in the aggregate, material, we have experienced cyberattacks
in  the  past,  which  we  believe  have  thus  far  been  mitigated  by  preventative,  detective,  and  responsive  measures  we  have  put  in  place.  See  the  factors
described in the “Part I. Item 1.A. Risk Factors” section of this Form 10-K for further detail about the cybersecurity risks we face. Maintaining a robust
information  security  system  is  an  ongoing  priority  for  us  and  we  plan  to  continue  to  identify  and  evaluate  new,  emerging  risks  to  data  protection  and
cybersecurity both within our Company and through our engagement of third-party service providers.

Item 2. Properties

Our headquarters and manufacturing facility are located at 664 Cruiser Lane, Belgrade, Montana 59714. We also have two other facilities on the
Montana campus, located at 600 Cruiser Lane, Belgrade, Montana 59714, and at 732 Cruiser Lane, Belgrade, Montana 59714. All our properties are leased.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We lease an approximately 14,000 square foot facility at 664 Cruiser Lane, Belgrade, Montana, which expires in October 2025. This building is an
FDA registered facility with a Class 10,000 (ISO 7) environmentally controlled area. The validated manufacturing areas and laboratory facilities located in
this  facility  provide  processing,  final  packaging  and  testing  space  to  manufacture  medical  devices  pursuant  to  FDA,  GMP  regulations,  and  ISO
13485:2003.  The  facility  is  registered  with  the  FDA  for  device  design,  device  manufacture,  and  contract  manufacture,  as  well  as  for  screening,  testing,
storing, and distributing biological tissues. We also lease approximately 17,700 square feet in a building located at 600 Cruiser Lane, Belgrade, Montana.
This space includes six Class 100 (ISO 5) clean rooms, a fully equipped diagnostics laboratory, microbiology laboratory and testing laboratory. We lease
the building under a ten-year operating lease which expires in October 2025 and has a ten-year renewal option. We also lease approximately 21,000 square
feet in a building located at 732 Cruiser Lane, Belgrade, Montana, where one Class 1,000 (ISO 6) clean room is located, which expires in October 2025.
We  also  lease  an  approximately  2,000  square  foot  facility  in  San  Diego,  California,  which  houses  certain  innovation  and  design  functions  and  other
corporate functions, which expires in December 2026.

In connection with our acquisition of certain assets of Surgalign Holdings and its subsidiaries, we acquired a lease for a 13,000 square foot facility
in  Wurmlingen,  Germany,  which  is  used  for  marketing,  distribution,  product  development  and  general  administrative  functions  of  the  international
subsidiaries we acquired from Surgalign Holdings. The lease for our Wurmlingen, Germany, facility expires in February 2025.

In connection with our acquisition of the nanOss production operations from RTI, we acquired the lease for the approximately 15,000 square foot

nanOss production facility located in Greenville, North Carolina. The lease expires in June 2024.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Our legal proceedings are discussed in Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to our consolidated financial statements in this

Form 10-K.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

PART II

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE American under the ticker symbol “XTNT.” The closing sale price to our common stock on March 25,

2024 was $1.04 per share.

Holders of Record

As of March 25, 2024, we had 166 holders of record.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends and do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit agreements with MidCap preclude

us from paying dividends.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities of our Company during the quarter ended December 31, 2023.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

We did not purchase any shares of our common stock or other equity securities of our Company during the quarter ended December 31, 2023.

Item 6. Reserved

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis provides material historical and prospective disclosures intended to enable investors and other users
to  assess  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  The  following  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  financial
statements and accompanying notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion
and  analysis  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions.  Some  of  the  numbers  included  herein  have  been
rounded for the convenience of presentation. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result
of many factors, including those discussed in the “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and under the heading “Part I. Item 1A.
Risk Factors.”

Business Overview

We develop, manufacture and market regenerative medicine products and medical devices for domestic and international markets. Our products
serve  the  specialized  needs  of  orthopedic  and  neurological  surgeons,  including  orthobiologics  for  the  promotion  of  bone  healing,  implants  and
instrumentation for the treatment of spinal disease. We promote our products in the United States through independent distributors and stocking agents,
supported by direct employees.

We have an extensive sales channel of independent commissioned agents and stocking distributors in the United States representing some or all of
our  products.  We  also  maintain  a  national  accounts  program  to  enable  our  agents  to  gain  access  to  integrated  delivery  network  hospitals  (“IDNs”)  and
through group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”). We have biologics contracts with major GPOs, as well as extensive access to IDNs across the United
States  for  both  biologics  and  spine  hardware  systems.  While  our  focus  is  the  United  States  market,  we  promote  and  sell  our  products  internationally
through direct sales representatives and stocking distribution partners in Canada, Mexico, South America, Australia, and certain Pacific region countries.

We have focused and intend to continue to focus primarily on four key growth initiatives: (1) introduce new products; (2) expand our distribution
network; (3) penetrate adjacent markets; and (4) leverage our growth platform with technology and strategic acquisitions. While the intent of these four key
growth initiatives is to increase our future revenues, no assurance can be provided that we will be successful in implementing these growth initiatives or
increasing our future revenues.

Recent Acquisitions

Coflex and CoFix Product Lines

On February 28, 2023, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Surgalign SPV, Inc. (“Surgalign SPV”), a then indirect wholly
owned subsidiary of Surgalign Holdings, Inc. (“Surgalign Holdings”), which held certain intellectual property, contractual rights and other assets related to
the design, manufacture, sale and distribution of the Coflex and CoFix products in the United States, for an aggregate purchase price of $17.0 million in
cash. The Coflex and CoFix products have been approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) for the treatment of moderate to severe
lumbar spinal stenosis in conjunction with decompression and provide minimally invasive, motion preserving stabilization.

Surgalign Holdings’ Hardware and Biologics Business

On August  10,  2023,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  certain  additional  assets  of  Surgalign  Holdings  and  its  subsidiaries  on  an  as-is,  where-is
basis,  including  specified  inventory,  intellectual  property  and  intellectual  property  rights,  contracts,  equipment  and  other  personal  property,  records,  all
outstanding  equity  securities  of  Surgalign  Holdings’  international  subsidiaries,  and  intangibles  related  to  the  business  of  designing,  developing  and
manufacturing hardware medical technology and distributing biologics medical technology, as conducted by Surgalign Holdings and its subsidiaries, and
certain specified liabilities of Surgalign Holdings and its subsidiaries pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 18, 2023, between Surgalign
Holdings and us (as amended, the “Surgalign Asset Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Surgalign Asset Purchase Agreement, we were able to acquire
Surgalign  Holdings’  broad  portfolio  of  spinal  hardware  implants,  including  solutions  for  fusion  procedures  in  the  lumbar,  thoracic,  and  cervical  spine,
motion preservation solutions for the lumbar spine, and a minimally invasive surgical implant system for fusion of the sacroiliac joint. Additionally, we
were able to acquire Surgalign Holdings’ biomaterials portfolio of advanced and traditional orthobiologics. These offerings complement our portfolio of
orthobiologics and spinal implant fixation systems. This transaction was conducted through a process supervised by the United States Bankruptcy Court in
connection with Surgalign Holdings’ bankruptcy proceedings. We funded the purchase price of $5 million with cash on hand. This transaction resulted in a
gain on bargain purchase due to the estimated fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired exceeding the purchase consideration transferred by $11.7
million  and  is  shown  as  a  gain  on  bargain  purchase  on  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023.  The  bargain
purchase was primarily attributable to the transaction occurring as part of bankruptcy proceedings.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RTI Surgical, Inc.’s nanOss Production Operations

On October 23, 2023, we acquired the nanOss production operations from RTI Surgical, Inc. (“RTI”) pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement
dated October 23, 2023 between us and RTI (the “RTI Asset Purchase Agreement”). Under the terms of the RTI Asset Purchase Agreement, we acquired
certain assets, including equipment and inventory, used in RTI’s synthetic bone graft business and assumed from RTI the lease for the nanOss production
facility  located  in  Greenville,  North  Carolina.  The  purchase  price  for  the  assets  was  $2  million  in  cash  plus  a  low  single  digit  royalty  on  sales  prior  to
October  23,  2028  of  next  generation  nanOss  products.  We  previously  acquired  the  nanOss  distribution  rights  and  nanOss  intellectual  property  with  the
acquisition of assets related to the biologics and spinal fixation business of Surgalign Holdings, as described above.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022

The following table sets forth our results of operations for 2023 and 2022 (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

2023

% of
Revenue

Amount

2022

% of
Revenue

Amount

Total Revenue
Cost of Sales
Gross Profit

Operating Expenses

General and administrative
Sales and marketing
Research and development

Total Operating Expenses
Loss from Operations

Other Income (Expense)

Interest expense
Interest income
Unrealized foreign currency translation gain
Bargain purchase gain
Other expense

Total Other Income (Expense)
Net Loss from Operations Before Provision for Income
Taxes

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes
Current and Deferred
Net Income (Loss)

$

91,303   
35,836   
55,467   

25,850   
38,439   
1,336   
65,625   
(10,158)  

(2,938)  
149   
265   
11,694   
(49)  
9,121   

(1,037)  

1,697   
660   

64

100.0%  
39.2%  
60.8%  

28.3%  
42.1%  
1.5%  
71.9%  
(11.1)%  

(3.2)%  
0.2%  
0.3%  
12.8%  
(0.1)%  
10.0%  

(1.1)%  

1.9%  
0.7%   $

57,969   
25,832   
32,137   

15,462   
22,515   
915   
38,892   
(6,755)  

(1,692)  
31   
—   
—   
—   
(1,661)  

(8,416)  

(69)  
(8,485)  

100.0%
44.6%
55.4%

26.7%
38.8%
1.6%
67.1%
(11.7)%

(2.9)%
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
(2.9)%

(14.5)%

(0.1)%
(14.6)%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased 58% to $91.3 million compared to $58.0 million for the prior year. This increase is
attributed  primarily  to  the  contribution  of  additional  sales  resulting  from  the  acquisition  of  the  Surgalign  Holdings’  hardware  and  biologics  business,
greater independent agent sales, the additional Coflex and CoFix product sales and opportunistic private label sales, in each case during the year ended
December 31, 2023.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists primarily of manufacturing cost, product purchase costs and depreciation of surgical instruments. Cost of sales also includes
reserves for estimated excess inventory, inventory on consignment that may be missing and not returned, and reserves for estimated missing and damaged
consigned  surgical  instruments.  Cost  of  sales  increased  by  39%,  or  $10.0  million,  to  $35.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  from  $25.8
million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase is primarily due to higher sales levels.

Gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  increased  to  60.8%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  compared  to  55.4%  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022. Of this increase, 620 basis points were due to greater scale and improved production efficiency, 290 basis points were due to sales mix,
partially offset by 340 basis points due to higher production costs.

General and Administrative

General  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  personnel  costs  for  corporate  employees,  cash-based  and  stock-based  compensation
related costs, amortization, and corporate expenses for legal, accounting and other professional fees, as well as occupancy costs. General and administrative
expenses increased 67%, or $10.4 million, to $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $15.5 million for the year ended December
31, 2022. This increase is primarily attributable to additional expense of $4.3 million related to various compensation plans, $2.0 million of additional legal
and  other  professional  fees  resulting  primarily  from  acquisition  related  activities,  $1.4  million  of  additional  amortization  of  intangible  assets  associated
with the Coflex and CoFix product lines and $1.1 million of consulting fees resulting primarily from acquisition related activities.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of sales commissions, personnel costs for sales and marketing employees, costs for trade shows,
sales conventions and meetings, travel expenses, advertising and other sales and marketing related costs. Sales and marketing expenses increased 71%, or
$15.9 million, to $38.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was
due  primarily  to  additional  independent  agent  commissions  expense  of  $9.8  million  resulting  from  higher  sales,  $5.1  million  of  additional  expense
associated with various compensation plans and additional expense of $0.9 million associated with trade shows and travel.

Research and Development

Research  and  development  expenses  consist  primarily  of  internal  costs  for  the  development  of  new  product  technologies.  Research  and
development  expenses  increased  46%,  or  $0.4  million,  to  $1.3  million  for  year  ended  December  31,  2023  compared  to  $0.9  million  for  the  year  end
December 31, 2022. This increase resulted primarily from increased headcount due to additional personnel hired in connection with our acquisitions.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense

Interest  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  increased  $1.2  million  to  $2.9  million  as  compared  to  $1.7  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022. This increase resulted primarily from increases to the base interest rate applied to our debt instruments and the additional borrowing of
$5.0 million under our term loan agreement in February 2023 in connection with our acquisition of Surgalign SPV and the Coflex and CoFix product lines.
We  expect  that  our  annualized  interest  expense  will  increase  approximately  $0.1  million  for  every  50  basis  points  of  increase  to  the  reference  rate
associated with our credit agreements.

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes Current and Deferred

Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $1.7 million compared to income tax expense of $0.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2022. This change resulted primarily from the tax benefit associated with the release of the valuation allowance resulting from recognition of
deferred tax liabilities in purchase accounting.

Net Income (Loss)

We recognized net income of $660 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to a net loss of $8.5 million during the year ended
December 31, 2022 primarily due to the $11.7 million gain on bargain purchase recognized as a result of our acquisition of Surgalign Holdings’ hardware
and biologics business in connection with bankruptcy proceedings.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Working Capital

Since  our  inception,  we  have  financed  our  operations  primarily  through  operating  cash  flows,  private  placements  of  equity  securities  and
convertible  debt,  debt  facilities,  common  stock  rights  offerings,  and  other  debt  transactions.  The  following  table  summarizes  our  working  capital  as  of
December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories

Total current assets

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Line of credit
Current portion of long-term debt

Total current liabilities
Net working capital

Cash Flows

  $

December 31,

2023

2022

5,923    $
20,731   
36,885   
64,899   
7,054   
10,419   
4,622   
—   
22,990   
41,879   

20,507 
10,853 
17,285 
49,318 
3,490 
5,496 
3,379 
2,333 
15,218 
34,100 

Net  cash  used  in  operating  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  was  $9.5  million  compared  to  $5.3  million  provided  by  operating
activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  This  increase  in  net  cash  used  in  operating  activities  relates  primarily  to  the  increase  in  accounts
receivable balance.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022  was  $24.8  million  and  $1.6  million,  respectively.  This
increase relates primarily to the use of $17.0 million of cash for the acquisition of Surgalign SPV, $5.6 million of cash for the acquisition of Surgalign
Holdings’s hardware and biologics business and $2.0 million of cash for the acquisition of nanOss production operations from RTI Surgical, Inc.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $19.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  $14.0
million of net proceeds resulting from our July 2023 private placement of common stock and $4.7 million of net proceeds from the issuance of long term
debt,  net  of  issuance  costs.  Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $9.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  which  was  primarily
attributable to $9.3 million of proceeds from the private placement of common stock and common stock warrants, net of issuance costs.

Current and Prior Credit Facilities

On  March  7,  2024,  the  Company,  as  guarantor,  and  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  as  borrowers  (collectively,  the  “Borrowers”),  entered  into  an
Amended  and  Restated  Credit,  Security  and  Guaranty  Agreement  (Term  Loan)  (the  “Term  Credit  Agreement”)  and  an  Amended  and  Restated  Credit,
Security  and  Guaranty  Agreement  (Revolving  Loan)  (the  “Revolving  Credit  Agreement”  and,  together  with  the  Term  Credit  Agreement,  the  “Credit
Agreements”) with MidCap Financial Trust and MidCap Funding IV Trust, each in its respective capacity as agent, and lenders from time to time party
thereto. These Credit Agreements amend and restate the Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2021 (Term Loan), as amended (the
“Prior Term Credit Agreement”), and the Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2021 (Revolving Loan), as amended (the “Prior
Revolving  Credit  Agreement”  and,  together  with  the  Prior  Term  Credit  Agreement,  the  “Prior  Credit  Agreements”),  in  each  case,  by  and  among  the
Borrowers, the Company and MidCap Financial Trust and MidCap Funding IV Trust, as respective agents, and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

The Term Credit Agreement provides for a secured term loan facility (the “Term Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $17.0 million (the
“Term Loan Commitment”), which was previously funded under the Prior Term Credit Agreement, and an additional $10.0 million tranche available solely
at the discretion of MidCap Financial Trust and the lenders, for the purposes agreed to between the Company, the Borrowers and the lenders in advance of
the  making  of  loans  under  such  additional  tranche.  The  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  provides  for  a  secured  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Revolving
Facility,” and, together with the Term Facility, the “Facilities”) under which the Borrowers may borrow up to $17.0 million (such amount, the “Revolving
Loan Commitment”) at any one time, the availability of which is determined based on a borrowing base equal to percentages of certain accounts receivable
and inventory of the Borrowers in accordance with a formula set forth in the Revolving Credit Agreement. All borrowings under the Revolving Facility are
subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of default, the accuracy of representations and warranties in all material respects
and the delivery of an updated borrowing base certificate.

The Facilities have a maturity date of March 1, 2029 (the “Maturity Date”). Each of the Borrowers, and the Company, as guarantor, are jointly and
severally  liable  for  all  of  the  obligations  under  the  Facilities  on  the  terms  set  forth  in  the  Credit  Agreements.  The  Borrowers’  obligations,  and  the
Company’s obligations as a guarantor, under the Credit Agreements are secured by first-priority liens on substantially all of their assets, including, without
limitation, all inventory, equipment, accounts, intellectual property and other assets of the Company and the Borrowers. As of December 31, 2023, we had
$4.0 million outstanding and $3.3 million of availability under the Prior Revolving Credit Agreement.

The loans and other obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreements will bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of the SOFR Interest
Rate, as such term is defined in the Credit Agreements, plus the applicable margin of 6.50% in the case of the Term Credit Agreement, and an applicable
margin of 4.50% in the case of the Revolving Credit Agreement, subject in each case to a floor of 2.50%. As of December 31, 2023, the effective rate of the
Prior Term Credit Agreement, inclusive of authorization of debt issuance costs and accretion of the final payment, was 14.42%, and the effective rate of the
Prior Revolving Credit Agreement was 9.94%.

The Credit Agreements contain affirmative and negative covenants customarily applicable to senior secured credit facilities, including covenants
that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Borrowers, subject to negotiated exceptions, to incur additional indebtedness and additional liens
on their assets, engage in mergers or acquisitions or dispose of assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, voluntarily prepay other indebtedness,
enter into transactions with affiliated persons, make investments, and change the nature of their businesses. In addition, the Credit Agreements require the
Borrowers and the Company to maintain net product revenue at or above minimum levels and to maintain a certain minimum liquidity level, in each case
as specified in the Credit Agreements. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Prior Credit Agreements.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Requirements

We believe that our $5.9 million of cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2023, together with amounts available under the Facilities, will
be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least March 2025. However, we may require or seek additional capital to fund our future
operations and business strategy prior to March 2025. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we will not need or seek additional financing prior to such
time.

We may elect to raise additional financing even before we need it if market conditions for raising additional capital are favorable. We may seek to
raise additional financing through various sources, such as equity and debt financings, additional debt restructurings or refinancings, or through strategic
collaborations and license agreements. We can give no assurances that we will be able to secure additional sources of funds to support our operations, or if
such funds are available to us, that such additional financing will be sufficient to meet our needs or on terms acceptable to us. This is particularly true if
economic and market conditions deteriorate.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities or the restructuring or refinancing of our debt,
the  interests  of  our  current  stockholders  may  be  diluted,  and  the  terms  may  include  discounted  equity  purchase  prices,  warrant  coverage,  liquidation  or
other preferences or rights that would adversely affect the rights of our current stockholders. If we issue common stock, we may do so at purchase prices
that represent a discount to our trading price and/or we may issue warrants to the purchasers, which could further dilute our current stockholders. If we
issue  preferred  stock,  it  could  adversely  affect  the  rights  of  our  stockholders  or  reduce  the  value  of  our  common  stock.  In  particular,  specific  rights  or
preferences granted to future holders of preferred stock may include voting rights, preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion and redemption
rights, sinking fund provisions, and restrictions on our ability to merge with or sell our assets to a third party. Additional debt financing, if available, may
involve  agreements  that  include  covenants  limiting  or  restricting  our  ability  to  take  specific  actions,  such  as  incurring  additional  debt,  making  capital
expenditures or declaring dividends. Prior to raising additional equity or debt financing, we may be required to obtain the consent of MidCap under our
Credit Agreements and/or ROS and Royalty Opportunities under our Investor Rights Agreement with them, and no assurance can be provided that they
would provide such consent, which could limit our ability to raise additional financing and the terms thereof.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Information  regarding  recent  accounting  pronouncements  is  included  in  Note  1  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  “Item  8.  Financial

Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Critical Accounting Estimates

All  of  our  significant  accounting  policies  and  estimates  are  described  in  Note  1  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  “Item  8.  Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data.” Certain of our more critical accounting estimates require the application of significant judgment by management in
selecting the appropriate assumptions in determining the estimate. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. We
develop these judgments based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, our observance of trends in the industry, information provided by
our  customers,  and  information  available  from  other  outside  sources,  as  appropriate.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different
assumption conditions.

We believe that the following financial estimates are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require
subjective or complex judgments. Further, we believe that the items discussed below are properly recorded in our consolidated financial statements for all
periods  presented.  Our  management  has  discussed  the  development,  selection,  and  disclosure  of  our  most  critical  financial  estimates  with  the  Audit
Committee of the Board of Directors and with our independent registered public accounting firm. The judgments about those financial estimates are based
on information available as of the date of our financial statements. Those financial estimates include:

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Combinations

When  applicable,  we  account  for  the  acquisition  of  a  business  in  accordance  with  the  accounting  standards  codification  guidance  for  business
combinations, whereby the total consideration transferred is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to non-
controlling  interests,  when  applicable,  based  on  their  respective  estimated  fair  values  as  of  the  date  of  acquisition.  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of
consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.

Assigning estimated fair values to the net assets acquired requires the use of significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions regarding
the fair value of domestic and international assets and liabilities, including intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and
property, plant, and equipment. While the ultimate responsibility for determining estimated fair values of the acquired net assets resides with management,
for material acquisitions, we may retain the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning estimated fair values to certain acquired assets
and assumed liabilities, including intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. Estimated
fair values of acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment are generally based on
available historical information, future expectations, available market data, and assumptions determined to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain with
respect to future events, including economic conditions, competition, technological obsolescence, the useful life of the acquired assets, and other factors.
These significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions include, when applicable, the selection of an appropriate valuation method depending on
the nature of the respective asset, such as the income approach, the market or sales comparison approach, or the cost approach; estimating future cash flows
based on projected revenues and/or margins that we expect to generate subsequent to the acquisition; applying an appropriate discount rate to estimate the
present value of those projected cash flows we expect to generate; selecting an appropriate terminal growth rate and/or royalty rate or estimating a customer
attrition  or  technological  obsolescence  factor  where  necessary  and  appropriate  given  the  nature  of  the  respective  asset;  assigning  an  appropriate
contributory asset charge where needed; determining an appropriate useful life and the related depreciation or amortization method for the respective asset;
and assessing the accuracy and completeness of other historical financial metrics of the acquiree used as standalone inputs or as the basis for determining
estimated projected inputs such as margins, customer attrition, and costs to hold and sell product.

In determining the estimated fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, we typically utilize the income approach,
which  discounts  the  projected  future  cash  flows  using  a  discount  rate  that  appropriately  reflects  the  risks  associated  with  the  projected  cash  flows.
Generally, we estimate the fair value of acquired customer relationships using the relief from royalty method under the income approach, which is based on
the hypothetical royalty stream that would be received if we were to license the acquired trade name. For most other acquired intangible assets, we estimate
fair value using the excess earnings method under the income approach, which is typically applied when cash flows are not directly generated by the asset,
but rather, by an operating group that includes the particular asset. In certain instances, particularly in relation to developed technology or patents, we may
utilize the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective intangible asset and the recency of the development or procurement of such technology.
The useful lives and amortization methods for the acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill are generally determined based
on the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the acquired intangible assets and the nature of the use of the respective acquired
intangible asset, adjusted as appropriate for entity-specific factors including legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, and/or other factors such
as  customer  attrition  rates  and  product  or  order  lifecycles  that  may  limit  the  useful  life  of  the  respective  acquired  intangible  asset.  In  determining  the
estimated fair value of acquired inventory, we typically utilize the cost approach for raw materials and the sales comparison approach for work in process,
finished  goods,  and  service  parts.  In  determining  the  estimated  fair  value  of  acquired  property,  plant,  and  equipment,  we  typically  utilize  the  sales
comparison approach or the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective asset and the recency of the construction or procurement of such asset.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
We may refine the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, if necessary, over a period not to exceed one year from the date
of  acquisition  by  taking  into  consideration  new  information  that,  if  known  as  of  the  date  of  acquisition,  would  have  affected  the  estimated  fair  values
ascribed  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  The  judgments  made  in  determining  the  estimated  fair  value  assigned  to  assets  acquired  and
liabilities assumed, as well as the estimated useful life and depreciation or amortization method of each asset, can materially impact the net earnings of the
periods  subsequent  to  an  acquisition  through  depreciation  and  amortization,  and  in  certain  instances  through  impairment  charges,  if  the  asset  becomes
impaired in the future. During the measurement period, any purchase price allocation changes that impact the carrying value of goodwill will affect any
measurement  of  goodwill  impairment  taken  during  the  measurement  period,  if  applicable.  If  necessary,  purchase  price  allocation  revisions  that  occur
outside  of  the  measurement  period  are  recorded  within  cost  of  sales,  selling  expenses  or  general  and  administrative  expenses  within  our  consolidated
statements of operations depending on the nature of the adjustment.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  controls  designed  surrounding  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  information  utilized  in  determining  the  open
balance  sheet  fair  value  of  inventory,  which  includes  the  establishment  of  inventory  reserves,  related  to  the  acquisition  of  the  hardware  and  biologics
business  of  Surgalign  Holdings,  Inc.  were  insufficient  and  did  not  operate  at  an  appropriate  level  of  precision.  The  resulting  material  weaknesses  are
described in greater detail under the heading Part II. Item 9A. “Controls and Procedures.”

Inventory Valuation

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  Cost  is  determined  using  the  specific  identification  method  and  includes
materials, labor and overhead. We calculate an inventory reserve for estimated obsolescence and excess inventory based on historical usage and sales, as
well as assumptions about anticipated future demand for products. A significant sustained decrease in demand could result in an increase in the amount of
excess inventory quantities on hand. Additionally, our industry is characterized by regular new product development and introductions that could result in
an  increase  in  the  amount  of  obsolete  inventory  quantities  on  hand  due  to  cannibalization  of  existing  products.  Our  estimates  for  excess  and  obsolete
inventory are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. Our estimates of anticipated future product demand may prove to be inaccurate in which case we
may be required to incur charges for excess and obsolete inventory. Increases in our inventory reserves result in a corresponding expense, which is recorded
to cost of sales. We believe the total reserve at December 31, 2023 is adequate.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

This Item 7A is inapplicable to Xtant as a smaller reporting company.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms (PCAOB ID Number 248)
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms (PCAOB ID Number 166)
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

71

72
74
75
76
77
78
79

 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. (a Montana corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”)
as of December 31, 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)
(“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor
were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or
required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical
audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance sheet inventory fair values over the acquisition of Surgalign Holdings, Inc.’s Hardware and Biologics business

As described further in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, on August 10, 2023 the Company completed the acquisition (the “Transaction”) of
the  assets  of  Surgalign  Holdings,  Inc.  (“Surgalign  Holdings”),  and  its  subsidiaries  previously  used  in  Surgalign  Holdings,  Inc’s  hardware  and  biologics
business, for $5 million in cash consideration. The Transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting under Accounting Standards
Codifications (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations. The fair values assigned to inventories at the acquisition date were $15,300,000. We identified the
determination of saleable inventory quantities on acquisition date, which is a critical input used to determine the fair value of inventory, as a critical audit
matter.

The principal considerations for our determination that the fair value of inventories acquired in the Transaction is a critical audit matter are that there are
significant judgments, estimates, and assumptions made by management to estimate their fair values. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and
increased extent of effort when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of the recorded fair values of inventories.

Our audit procedures related to the fair value of inventory recorded in the Transaction included the following, among others.

● We obtained an understanding and evaluated the design of management’s relevant controls to estimate the fair value of inventory as of the acquisition

date.

● We evaluated the reasonableness of identified inventory items that management determined were not saleable and to which no value was assigned by

inspecting subsequent sales of nonsaleable units identified by management.

● For saleable inventory acquired we performed an independent estimate of the Company’s adjustment to fair value by using actual sales data subsequent
to  acquisition  to  estimate  future  sales  demand  compared  to  inventory  quantities  on  hand  as  of  the  acquisition  date  and  compared  our  independent
estimate to management’s recorded values.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.

Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 1, 2024

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of

Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended; and the related notes (collectively referred to as the
“financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the
Company as of December 31, 2022 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  financial
statements  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (the
“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor
were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our  audit  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial  statements.  Our  audit  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2011 to 2023.

Denver, Colorado

March 7, 2023

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except number of shares and per share amounts)

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

Revenue
Orthopedic product sales
Cost of Sales
Gross Profit

Operating Expenses
General and administrative
Sales and marketing
Research and development
Total Operating Expenses

Loss from Operations

Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense
Interest income
Unrealized foreign currency translation gain
Bargain purchase gain
Other expense
Total Other Income (Expense)

Net Loss from Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes

Benefit (Provision) for Income Taxes Current and Deferred

Net Income (Loss)

Net Income (Loss) Per Share:
Basic
Dilutive
Shares used in the computation:
Basic
Dilutive

$

$

$
$

91,303    $
35,836   
55,467   

25,850   
38,439   
1,336   
65,625   

(10,158)  

(2,938)  
149   
265   
11,694   
(49)  
9,121   

(1,037)  

1,697   

660    $

0.01    $
0.01    $

57,969 
25,832 
32,137 

15,462 
22,515 
915 
38,892 

(6,755)

(1,692)
31 
— 
— 
— 
(1,661)

(8,416)

(69)

(8,485)

(0.09)
(0.09)

119,093,687   
126,793,318   

94,085,197 
94,085,197 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In thousands)

Net Income (Loss)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

660    $

29   
689   

(8,485)

— 
(8,485)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except number of shares and par value)

As of

December 31, 2023    

As of
December 31, 2022  

ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash-equivalents
Restricted cash
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $920 and $515, respectively
Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Right of use asset, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
Total Assets

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current portion of lease liability
Current portion of finance lease obligations
Line of credit
Current portion of long-term debt
Total current liabilities
Long-term Liabilities:
Lease liability, net
Financing lease obligations, net
Long-term debt, plus premium and less issuance costs
Accrued earnout liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Total Liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 14)
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.000001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and
outstanding
Common stock, $0.000001 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 130,180,031 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2023; 108,874,803 shares issued and outstanding as of
December 31, 2022
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Accumulated deficit
Total Stockholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

76

$

$

$

$

5,715    $
208   
20,731   
36,885   
1,330   
64,869   
8,692   
1,523   
7,302   
10,085   
141   
92,612    $

7,054    $
10,419   
830   
65   
4,622   
—   
22,990   

759   
116   
17,167   
210   
21   
41,263   

20,298 
209 
10,853 
17,285 
673 
49,318 
5,785 
1,380 
3,205 
344 
197 
60,229 

3,490 
5,496 
458 
62 
3,379 
2,333 
15,218 

972 
181 
9,687 
— 
— 
26,058 

—   

— 

—   
294,330   
29   
(243,010)  
51,349   
92,612    $

— 
277,841 
— 
(243,670)
34,171 
60,229 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(In thousands, except number of shares and par value)

Balance at December 31, 2021

Private placement of common stock, net of
issuance costs of $436
Warrants issued in connection with the private
placement
Common stock issued on vesting of restricted
stock units
Stock-based compensation
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2022
Private placement of common stock, net of
issuance costs of $175
Common stock issued on vesting of restricted
stock units
Withholding on common stock upon vesting of
restricted stock units
Stock-based compensation
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2023

Common Stock

Additional
Paid-In-    

Accumulated
Other

Comprehensive    Accumulated   

Total
Stockholders’  

Shares

  87,068,980    $

Total

    Capital
—    $ 266,068   

Loss
              —    $

Deficit

Equity

(235,185)   $                30,883 

  20,305,429   

—   

1,500,394   
—   
—   

  108,874,803    $

  20,000,000   

1,536,251   

(231,023)  
—   
—   
—   

  130,180,031    $

—   

—   

7,681   

1,628   

—   
—   
2,464   
—   
—   
—   
—    $ 277,841   

—   

—   

14,011   

—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—    $ 294,330    $

(261)  
2,739   
—   
—   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

77

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   
—   
—   
—    $

—   
—   
(8,485)  
(243,670)   $

—   

—   

—   
—   
29   
—   
29    $

—   

—   

—   
—   
—   
660   
(243,010)   $

7,681 

1,628 

— 
2,464 
(8,485)
34,171 

14,011 

— 

(261)
2,739 
29 
660 
51,349 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

Operating activities:
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Non-cash interest
Non-cash rent
Gain on sale of fixed assets
Stock-based compensation
Provision for reserve on accounts receivable
Provision for excess and obsolete inventory
Release of deferred tax asset valuation allowance
Gain on bargain purchase

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions:

Trade accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities

Investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
Acquisition of Surgalign SPV, Inc.
Acquisition of Surgalign Holdings, Inc.’s hardware and biologics business, net of cash acquired  
Acquisition of nanOss Production Operations from RTI Surgical Inc.

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities:

Borrowings on line of credit
Repayments on line of credit
Payments on financing leases
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
Proceeds from issuance of long term debt, net of issuance costs
Payment of taxes from withholding of common stock on vesting of restricted stock units
Net cash provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

660    $

(8,485)

3,174   
386   
16   
(115)  
2,739   
497   
357   
(1,901)  
(11,694)  

(8,736)  
(1,886)  
220   
2,980   
3,788   
(9,515)  

(1,456)  
175   
(17,000)  
(4,503)  
(2,000)  
(24,784)  

78,219   
(76,976)  
(63)  
14,011   
4,761   
(261)  
19,691   

24   

1,292 
233 
4 
(93)
2,464 
243 
1,812 
— 
— 

(3,941)
(1,152)
261 
875 
1,146 
(5,341)

(1,764)
205 
— 
— 
— 
(1,559)

54,229 
(54,470)
(50)
9,311 
— 
— 
9,020 

— 

2,120 
18,387 
20,507 

20,298 
209 
20,507 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year
Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported in the consolidated balance
sheets
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported in the consolidated balance sheets

$

$

$

(14,584)  
20,507   
5,923    $

5,715    $
208   
5,923    $

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Business Description and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Description

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly

owned subsidiaries, are jointly referred to herein as “Xtant” or the “Company”). The terms “we,” “us” and “our” also refer to Xtant.

All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Xtant products serve the combined specialized needs of orthopedic and neurological surgeons, including orthobiologics for the promotion of bone
healing,  implants  and  instrumentation  for  the  treatment  of  spinal  disease,  tissue  grafts  for  the  treatment  of  orthopedic  disorders  to  promote  healing
following spine, cranial and foot surgeries and the development, manufacturing and sale of medical devices for use in orthopedic spinal surgeries.

At  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  of  $5.9  million,  and  an  accumulated  deficit  of  $243.0

million and has incurred significant losses from operations in the current and prior periods.

Management’s evaluation of going concern was conducted as part of its discussions with the Xtant Board of Directors’ review of the 2024 Annual
Operating Plan. Management believes that our $5.9 million of cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2023, together with amounts available under
our line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least March 2025.

Investor Rights Agreement

We  are  party  to  an  Investor  Rights  Agreement  (as  amended,  the  “Investor  Rights  Agreement”)  with  ROS  Acquisition  Offshore  (“ROS”)  and
OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP (“Royalty Opportunities”), which are funds affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC (“OrbiMed”). Under the Investor
Rights Agreement, Royalty Opportunities and ROS are permitted to nominate a majority of the directors and designate the chairperson of our Board of
Directors at subsequent annual meetings, as long as they maintain an ownership threshold in our Company of at least 40% of our then outstanding common
stock (the “Ownership Threshold”). If Royalty Opportunities and ROS are unable to maintain the Ownership Threshold, the Investor Rights Agreement
contemplates a reduction of nomination rights commensurate with our ownership interests. In addition, for so long as the Ownership Threshold is met, we
must obtain the approval of a majority of our common stock held by Royalty Opportunities and ROS to proceed with the following actions: (i) issue new
securities; (ii) incur over $250,000 of debt in a fiscal year; (iii) sell or transfer over $250,000 of our assets or businesses or our subsidiaries in a fiscal year;
(iv) acquire over $250,000 of assets or properties in a fiscal year; (v) make capital expenditures over $125,000 individually, or $1.5 million in the aggregate
during  a  fiscal  year;  (vi)  approve  our  annual  budget;  (vii)  appoint  or  remove  the  chairperson  of  our  Board  of  Directors;  and  (viii)  make,  loans  to,
investments in, or purchase, or permit any subsidiary to purchase, any stock or other securities in another entity in excess of $250,000 in a fiscal year.

The Investor Rights Agreement grants Royalty Opportunities and ROS the right to purchase from us a pro rata amount of any new securities that
we may propose to issue and sell. The Investor Rights Agreement may be terminated (a) upon the mutual written agreement of all the parties, (b) upon our
written notice, ROS or Royalty Opportunities if the ownership percentage of our then outstanding common stock of ROS and Royalty Opportunities is less
than 10%, or (c) upon written notice of ROS and Royalty Opportunities.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the
reported  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported
amounts of revenue and expenses during the period. Estimates and assumptions relating to receivables, inventories, goodwill, deferred income tax assets
and liabilities, lease obligations and corresponding right-of-use asset, fair value of long-term debt, stock option grants and other equity awards are made at
the end of each reporting period by management. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity date of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash
equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates market value. At times, the Company maintains deposits in financial institutions in excess of federally
insured limits.

Cash and cash equivalents classified as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets are restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of
certain credit agreements. The December 31, 2023 balance included lockbox deposits that are temporarily restricted due to timing at the period end. The
lockbox deposits are applied against our line of credit the next business day.

Trade Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable represents amounts due from customers for which revenue has been recognized. Normal terms on trade accounts receivable
are  net  30  days,  and  some  customers  are  offered  discounts  for  early  pay.  The  Company  performs  credit  evaluations  when  considered  necessary,  but
generally does not require collateral to extend credit. The Company applies the practical expedient for contacts with payment terms of one year or less
which does not consider the effect of the time value of money.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing receivables.
The  Company  determines  the  allowance  based  on  factors  such  as  historical  collection  experience,  customers’  current  creditworthiness,  customer
concentration, age of accounts receivable balance, general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay, and management judgment. In
addition, we include provision for current expected credit loss based on historical collection experience adjusted for current economic conditions affecting
collectability. Actual customer collections could differ from estimates. Account balances are charged to the allowance after all means of collection have
been  exhausted  and  the  potential  for  recovery  is  considered  remote.  Provisions  to  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  are  charged  to  expense.  The
Company does not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

Inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  Cost  is  determined  using  the  specific  identification  method  and  includes
materials, labor and overhead. The Company calculates an inventory reserve for estimated obsolescence and excess inventory based on historical usage and
sales,  as  well  as  assumptions  about  future  demand  for  its  products.  These  estimates  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  are  reviewed  and  updated  on  a
quarterly basis. Increases in the inventory reserves result in a corresponding expense, which is recorded to cost of sales.

Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  computed  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the
estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets,  generally  three  to  seven  years  for  computers  and  equipment  and  five  years  for  surgical  instruments.  Leasehold
improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful life or the remaining term of the lease. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as
incurred.

Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  with  estimable  useful  lives  are  amortized  over  their  respective  estimated  useful  lives  to  their  estimated  residual  values  and
reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Intangible assets include tradenames,
customer  relationships  and  patents  and  include  costs  to  acquire  and  protect  Company  patents.  Intangible  assets  are  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated
amortization. The Company amortizes these assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Assets

Other assets consist of the short-term and the long-term portion of prepaid expenses and security deposits.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

Long-lived  assets,  including  property  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets,  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of  assets  to  be  held  and  used  is  measured  by  a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be
impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the
assets.

Goodwill

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  costs  over  fair  value  of  assets  of  businesses  acquired.  Goodwill  and  intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  business
combination and determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, instead they are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events
or  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  The  Company  conducts  its  impairment  test  on  an  annual  basis  and
reviews the assumptions on a quarterly basis. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below
an operating segment, referred to as a component. A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for
which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component.

Foreign Currency

The Company generates revenues outside the United States in multiple foreign currencies including euros, Swiss francs, British pounds and in
U.S. dollar-denominated transactions conducted with customers who generate revenue in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company also incurs
operating expenses in euros, Swiss francs and British pounds. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries which have a functional currency other than
the U.S. dollar are translated at the rate of exchange at period-end, while elements of the income statement are translated at the average exchange rates in
effect during the period. The net effect of these translation adjustments is shown as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Foreign
currency transaction gains and losses are reported in other income, net.

Revenue Recognition

In  the  United  States,  the  Company  generates  most  of  its  revenue  from  independent  commissioned  sales  agents.  The  Company  consigns  its
orthobiologics products to hospitals and consign or loans its spinal implant sets to independent sales agents. The spinal implant sets typically contain the
instruments, disposables, and spinal implants required to complete a surgery. Consigned sets are managed by the sales agent to service hospitals that are
high volume users for multiple procedures. The Company ships replacement inventory to independent sales agents to replace the consigned inventory used
in surgeries. Loaned sets are returned to the Company’s distribution center, replenished, and made available to sales agents for the next surgical procedure.

For  each  surgical  procedure,  the  sales  agent  reports  use  of  the  product  by  the  hospital  and,  as  soon  as  practicable  thereafter,  ensures  that  the

hospital provides a purchase order to the Company. Revenue is recognized upon utilization of product.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, the Company sells product directly to domestic and international stocking resellers, original equipment manufacturer resellers and
private label resellers. Upon receipt and acceptance of a purchase order from a stocking reseller, the Company ships product and invoices the reseller. The
Company recognizes revenue when the control is transferred upon shipment or upon delivery, based on the contract terms and legal requirements, and the
transfer of title and risk of loss occurs. There is generally no customer acceptance or other condition that prevents the Company from recognizing revenue
in accordance with the delivery terms for these sales transactions. In the normal course of business, the Company accepts returns of product that have not
been implanted. Product returns are not material to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company accounts for shipping and handling
activities as a fulfillment cost rather than a separate performance obligation. The Company’s policy is to record revenue net of any applicable sales, use, or
excise taxes. Payment terms are generally net 30 days from invoice date and some customers are offered discounts for early pay. The consideration for
goods or services reflects any fixed amount stated per the contract and estimates for any variable consideration, such as returns, discounts or rebates, to the
extent  that  it  is  probable  that  a  significant  reversal  of  cumulative  revenue  recognized  will  not  occur  when  the  uncertainty  associated  with  the  variable
consideration is resolved. For certain sales transactions, we incur GPO fees that are based on a contractual percentage of applicable sales and are treated as
consideration payable to a customer and recorded as a reduction of revenue.

Disaggregation of revenue

The  Company  operates  in  one  reportable  segment  with  its  net  revenue  derived  primarily  from  the  sale  of  orthobiologics  and  spinal  implant
products across North America. Sales are reported net of returns, discounts and rebates. The following table presents revenues from these product lines for
the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (dollars in thousands):

Orthobiologics
Spinal implant
Total revenue

Research and Development

Year Ended
December 31,
2023

  $

  $

58,605   
32,698   
91,303   

Percentage of
Total Revenue

Year Ended
December 31,
2022

Percentage of
Total Revenue

64%  $
36% 
100%  $

47,143   
10,826   
57,969   

81%
19%
100%

Research and development costs, which are principally related to internal costs for the development of new products, are expensed as incurred.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic  net  income  (loss)  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  loss  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding.
Shares issued during the period and shares reacquired during the period are weighted for the portion of the period that they were outstanding. Diluted net
income (loss) per share is computed in a manner consistent with that of basic earnings per share while giving effect to all potentially dilutive shares of
common stock outstanding during the period, which include the assumed exercise of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  carrying  values  of  financial  instruments,  including  trade  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities  and  long-term  debt,

approximate their fair values based on terms and related interest rates.

The Company follows a framework for measuring fair value. The framework provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation
techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
(Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level  2:  Inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  include  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  and  liabilities  in  active  markets,  and  inputs  that  are

observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

A  financial  instrument’s  level  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy  is  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  any  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value
measurement. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, there was no reclassification in financial assets or liabilities between Level 1, 2 or 3
categories.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic
740):  Improvement  to  Income  Tax  Disclosures  to  enhance  the  transparency  of  income  tax  disclosures.  The  guidance  in  ASU  No.  2023-09  allows  for  a
prospective method of transition, with the option to apply the standard retrospectively. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15,  2024,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  does  not  intend  to  early  adopt  the  standard  and  is  in  the  process  of  assessing  the  impact  on  its
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

(2) Acquisition of Coflex and CoFix Product Lines

On February 28, 2023, the Company entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “Equity Purchase Agreement”) with Surgalign SPV, Inc.
(“Surgalign SPV”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Surgalign Spine Technologies, Inc., (“Seller”), Seller and Surgalign Holdings, Inc., pursuant to which the
Company purchased all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Surgalign SPV, which shares constituted all of the outstanding equity of
Surgalign  SPV,  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $17.0  million  in  cash  (the  “Purchase  Price”).  The  closing  contemplated  by  the  Equity  Purchase
Agreement occurred on February 28, 2023 (the “Closing”).

Immediately  prior  to  the  Closing,  Seller  and  its  affiliates  transferred  and  assigned  to  Surgalign  SPV,  a  newly  formed  entity  wholly  owned  by
Seller, certain intellectual property, contractual rights and other assets related to the design, manufacture, sale and distribution of Seller’s Coflex and CoFix
products in the United States (the “Coflex Business”). The Coflex and CoFix products have been approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for
the  treatment  of  moderate  to  severe  lumbar  spinal  stenosis  in  conjunction  with  decompression  and  provide  minimally  invasive,  motion  preserving
stabilization.

In  conjunction  with  the  Equity  Purchase  Agreement,  on  February  28,  2023,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Transition  Services  Agreement  with
Surgalign SVP and Seller, whereby Seller agreed to provide, or cause to be provided, to the Company on and after the effective date of the Equity Purchase
Agreement, after giving effect to the Closing, certain transitional services related to the transition of the Coflex Business.

The Company funded the Purchase Price with cash on hand and approximately $5.0 million of indebtedness incurred under our term loan, refer to

Note 10, “Debt,” for additional information.

The  Company  recorded  the  purchase  of  this  acquisition  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  and,  accordingly,  recognized  the  assets
acquired at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. The table below represents the allocation of the total consideration for Surgalign SPV’s assets and
liabilities based on management’s estimates of their respective fair values as of February 28, 2023 (in thousands):

Inventories
Equipment
Intangible assets
Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Total purchase consideration

83

$

$

1,589 
947 
10,940 
13,476 

3,524 

17,000 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The acquisition was recorded by allocating the costs of the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The fair

values were based on management’s analysis, including work performed by third-party valuation specialists.

The  acquisition  strengthened  the  Company’s  spine  portfolio  with  the  addition  of  the  Coflex  Business.  Coflex  is  a  differentiated  and  minimally
invasive motion preserving stabilization implant that is FDA PMA-approved for the treatment of moderate to severe lumbar spinal stenosis in conjunction
with decompression. This potential benefit resulted in the Company paying a premium for the acquisition resulting in the recognition of $3.5 million in
goodwill. For tax purposes, goodwill is deductible.

(3) Acquisition of Surgalign Holdings, Inc.’s Hardware and Biologics Business

On August 10, 2023, the Company completed the acquisition (the “Transaction”) of the assets of Surgalign Holdings, Inc. (“Surgalign Holdings”),
and its subsidiaries used in Surgalign Holding’s hardware and biologics business. The acquired assets included specified inventory, intellectual property
and  intellectual  property  rights,  contracts,  equipment  and  other  personal  property,  records,  the  outstanding  equity  securities  of  Surgalign  Holdings’s
international subsidiaries, and intangibles that were related to Surgalign Holding’s hardware and biologics business (collectively, the “Assets”). As part of
the  Transaction,  the  Company  assumed  and  certain  specified  liabilities  of  Surgalign  Holdings  (collectively,  the  “Liabilities”),  all  pursuant  to  the  Asset
Purchase Agreement, dated June 18, 2023, between Surgalign Holdings and us (as amended, the “Asset Purchase Agreement”).

The Transaction was conducted through a process supervised by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston
Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”) in connection with Surgalign Holdings’ bankruptcy proceedings; and therefore, the Company acquired the Assets with
limited  representations  and  warranties.  The  Bankruptcy  Court  issued  a  Sale  Order  on  August  9,  2023  approving  and  authorizing  the  Transaction.  The
Company funded the purchase price of $5.0 million, plus Liabilities, with cash on hand.

The  Company  recorded  the  purchase  of  the  Transaction  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  and,  accordingly,  recognized  the  assets
acquired  at  their  fair  values  as  of  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  table  below  represents  the  preliminary  allocation  of  the  total  consideration  for  Surgalign
Holdings’ assets and liabilities based on management’s estimates of their respective fair values as of August 10, 2023 (in thousands):

Cash
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaids and other current assets
Equipment
Right-of-use asset
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current portion of lease liability
Lease liability, less current portion
Net assets acquired
Bargain purchase gain
Deferred tax liability

Total purchase consideration

$

$

1,087 
1,627 
15,300 
825 
2,067 
576 
(530)
(1,170)
(238)
(338)
19,206 
(11,694)
(1,922)

5,590 

The Transaction was recorded by allocating the costs of the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The fair
values were based on management’s analysis, including work performed by third-party valuation specialists. These values changed from those previously
reported in our Form 10-Q for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 for adjustments to the valuation related to assumed future cash flows
and inventory utilization which ultimately affected values associated with inventories and equipment.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations, requires that any excess of purchase price over the fair value of assets
acquired, including identifiable intangibles and liabilities assumed, be recognized as goodwill and any excess of fair value of acquired net assets, including
identifiable intangible assets over the acquisition consideration, results in a gain from bargain purchase. Prior to recording a gain, the acquiring entity must
reassess  whether  all  assets  acquired  and  assumed  liabilities  have  been  identified  and  recognized  and  perform  re-measurements  to  verify  that  the
consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been properly valued. The Transaction resulted in a gain on bargain purchase due to the
estimated fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired exceeding the purchase consideration transferred by $11.7 million and is shown as a gain on
bargain  purchase  on  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  Upon  completion  of  our  assessment,  the  Company  concluded  that  recording  a  gain  on
bargain purchase was appropriate and required under ASC 805. The bargain purchase was primarily attributable to the Transaction occurring as part of
bankruptcy proceedings.

The Company believes that the Transaction will strengthen our growing orthobiologics and spinal fusion device portfolio, while expanding the

Company’s commercial footprint with new contracts and distributors.

(4) Acquisition of NanOss Production Operations

On October 23, 2023, the Company acquired the nanOss production operations from RTI Surgical, Inc. (“RTI”) pursuant to an Asset Purchase
Agreement dated October 23, 2023 between the Company and RTI (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”). Under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement,
the Company acquired certain assets, including equipment and inventory, used in RTI’s synthetic bone graft business and assumed from RTI the lease for
the nanOss production facility located in Greenville, North Carolina. The purchase price for the assets was $2 million in cash on hand plus $0.2 million of
contingent payments based on future sales of next generation nanOss products. The Company previously acquired nanOss distribution rights and certain
nanOss intellectual property with the acquisition of assets related to the biologics and spinal fixation business of Surgalign Holdings, Inc. in August 2023.
The potential benefit associated with the improved economics of internal production of nanOss products resulted in the Company paying a premium for the
acquisition resulting in the recognition of $0.6 million of goodwill. For tax purposes, goodwill is deductible.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  recorded  the  purchase  of  this  acquisition  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  and,  accordingly,  recognized  the  assets
acquired at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. The table below represents the allocation of the total consideration for certain RTI assets based on
management’s estimates of their respective fair values as of October 23, 2023 (in thousands):

Inventories
Fixed assets
Intangible assets
Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Total purchase consideration

$

$

1,150 
267 
220 
1,637 

573 

2,210 

The  following  unaudited  pro  forma  combined  financial  information  summarizes  the  results  of  operations  for  the  periods  indicated  as  if  the
acquisition of the assets of Surgalign Holdings, Inc., the acquisition of Surgalign SPV, Inc. and the acquisition of nanOss production operations from RTI
Surgical, Inc. had been completed as of January 1, 2022 (in thousands):

Revenues
Net income (loss)

Year Ended
December 31,

2023

2022

$

125,950    $
9,940   

139,686 
(17,963)

Pro forma information reflects adjustments that are expected to have a continuing impact on the Company’s results of operations and are directly
attributable to the acquisition of the assets of Surgalign Holdings, Inc., the acquisition of Surgalign SPV, Inc. and the acquisition of nanOss production
operations  from  RTI  Surgical,  Inc.  The  unaudited  pro  forma  results  include  adjustments  to  reflect  the  amortization  of  the  inventory  step-up  and  the
incremental intangible asset amortization to be incurred based on the preliminary values of each identifiable intangible asset. The pro forma amounts do not
purport to be indicative of the results that would have actually been obtained if the transactions had occurred as of January 1, 2022 or that may be obtained
in the future, and do not reflect future synergies, integration costs, or other such costs or savings.

(5) Receivables

The Company’s provision for current expected credit loss is determined based on historical collection experience adjusted for current economic
conditions affecting collectability. Actual customer collections could differ from estimates. Account balances are charged to the allowance after all means
of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. Provisions to the allowance for credit losses are charged to expense.
Activity within the allowance for credit losses was as follows for years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

Balance at January 1
Provision for current expected credit losses
Write-offs against allowance

(6) Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

515    $
497   
(92)  
920    $

552 
243 
(280)
515 

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

7,269    $
1,562   
28,054   
36,885    $

5,628 
798 
10,859 
17,285 

  $

  $

  $

  $

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7) Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net are as follows (in thousands):

Equipment
Computer equipment
Computer software
Leasehold improvements
Surgical instruments
Assets not yet in service
Total cost
Less: accumulated depreciation

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

6,858    $
1,330   
230   
4,347   
14,648   
959   
28,372   
(19,680)  

8,692    $

5,598 
1,043 
230 
4,105 
11,266 
1,507 
23,749 
(17,964)
5,785 

  $

  $

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment, including property under finance lease, for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

was $1.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

(8) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The  results  of  the  Company’s  annual  goodwill  impairment  tests  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022  indicated  that  no  goodwill

impairment existed as of the test date.

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2023 included the following (in thousands):

December 31, 2022
Goodwill acquired during the year
December 31, 2023

$

3,205 
4,097 
7,302 

The following table sets forth information regarding intangible assets (in thousands):

December 31, 2023:
Patents
Customer List
Tradenames

December 31, 2022:
Patents

Weighted
Average Life
11 years
6 years
10 years

Weighted
Average Life
15 years

Cost

Accumulated
Amortization

2,777    $
8,000   
1,190   
11,967    $

(672)   $

(1,111)  
(99)  
(1,882)   $

Cost

Accumulated
Amortization

2,105 
6,889 
1,091 
10,085 

Net

Net

807    $

(463)   $

344 

$

$

$

Amortization  expense  was  $1.4  million  and  $0.1  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022.  The  following  is  a  summary  of

estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets as of December 31, 2023 (in thousands):

2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total

  $

  $

1,729 
1,727 
1,713 
1,680 
1,679 
1,557 
10,085 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(9) Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

Wages/commissions payable
Other accrued liabilities
Accrued liabilities

(10) Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

Amounts due under the Term Facility
Accrued end-of-term payments
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs
Less: current maturities

Long-term debt, less issuance costs

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

8,890    $
1,529   
10,419    $

4,464 
1,032 
5,496 

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

17,000    $
456   
(289)  
—   
17,167    $

12,000 
216 
(196)
(2,333)
9,687 

  $

  $

  $

  $

On May 6, 2021, the Company, as guarantor, and certain of our subsidiaries, as borrowers (collectively, the “Borrowers”), entered into a Credit,
Security  and  Guaranty  Agreement  (Term  Loan)  (the  “Term  Credit  Agreement”)  and  Credit,  Security  and  Guaranty Agreement  (Revolving  Loan)  (the
“Revolving  Credit  Agreement”  and,  together  with  the  Term  Credit  Agreement,  the  “Credit  Agreements”)  with  MidCap  Financial  Trust  and  MidCap
Funding IV Trust, as respective agents (“MidCap”).

The Term Credit Agreement provides for a secured term loan facility (the “Term Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $12.0 million (the
“Term Loan Commitment”), which was funded to the Borrowers immediately, and an additional $5.0 million tranche available solely at the discretion of
MidCap and the lenders, for the purposes agreed to between the Company, the Borrowers and the lenders in advance of the making of loans under such
additional tranche. The Revolving Credit Agreement provides for a secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility,” and, together with the Term
Facility, the “Facilities”) under which the Borrowers may borrow up to $8.0 million (such amount, the “Revolving Loan Commitment”) at any one time,
the availability of which is determined based on a borrowing base equal to percentages of certain accounts receivable and inventory of the Borrowers in
accordance  with  a  formula  set  forth  in  the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement.  All  borrowings  under  the  Revolving  Facility  are  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of
customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  default,  the  accuracy  of  representations  and  warranties  in  all  material  respects  and  the  delivery  of  an
updated borrowing base certificate.

On  March  7,  2022,  the  Credit  Agreements  were  amended  to,  among  other  things,  (i)  provide  for  a  waiver  of  compliance  with  respect  to  the
Company’s  minimum  adjusted  EBITDA  requirement  if  and  so  long  as  the  Company’s  liquidity  (as  specifically  defined  in  the  Credit Agreements)  is  in
excess of $14 million and there is not otherwise an event of default under the Credit Agreements, commencing with the next delivery of the compliance
certificate required under the Credit Agreements, and (ii) re-set the date certain fees payable in connection with optional prepayments are determined to the
date the amendment was executed and consequently extend such fees’ original expiration. In addition, the exit fees were increased by 25 basis points to
4.00% of the principal amount borrowed under the Term Facility.

88

 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On February 28, 2023, in connection with the acquisition of Surgalign SPV, the Term Credit Agreement was amended pursuant to an Amendment
No.  3  to  Credit,  Security  and  Guarantee  Agreement  (Term  Loan)  (“Term  Amendment  No.  3”)  to  provide  approximately  $5.0  of  funding  for  such
acquisition. In addition to the Term Amendment No. 3., we entered into an Amendment No. 3 to Credit, Security and Guarantee Agreement (Revolving
Loan)  (together  with  the  Term  Amendment  No.  3,  the  “Amendments  No.  3”),  which  amends  the  Revolving  Credit  Agreement.  Additionally,  the
Amendments No. 3 (i) re-set the date certain fees payable in connection with optional prepayments under the Term Credit Agreement and the Revolving
Credit Agreement are determined to the date the amendments were executed and consequently extended such fees’ original expiration and (ii) increased the
minimum amount of interest payable under the Term Credit Agreement and the Revolving Credit Agreement from 1% to 2.5%.

On August  10,  2023,  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  certain  assets  and  liabilities  of  Surgalign  Holdings,  Inc.  that  were  related  to  Surgalign
Holding, Inc.’s hardware and biologics business, the Company entered into a Limited Consent and Amendment No. 4 to Credit, Security and Guarantee
Agreement (Term Loan) (“Term Amendment No. 4”), which amends the Term Credit Agreement, and a Limited Consent and Amendment No. 4 to Credit,
Security and Guarantee Agreement (Revolving Loan) (“Revolving Amendment No. 4” and, together with Term Amendment No. 4, the “Amendments No.
4”), which amends the Revolving Credit Agreement.

The Amendments  No.  4  permits  the  acquisition  certain  assets  and  liabilities  of  Surgalign  Holdings,  Inc.,  as  described  above,  and  provide  the
Company  with  additional  flexibility  with  respect  to  holding  international  subsidiaries.  The  Amendments  No.  4  contain  standard  covenants  regarding
holding international subsidiaries. The terms of borrowing under the Credit Agreements otherwise remain unchanged.

The Facilities have a maturity date of May 1, 2026 (the “Maturity Date”). In May 2023, the Company extended its interest only period on the
Term  Facility  until  June  2024  when  the  Company  is  required  to  make  monthly  principal  payments  of  approximately  $0.7  million  on  the  Term  Facility
through  the  Maturity  Date.  Each  of  the  Borrowers,  and  the  Company,  as  guarantor,  are  jointly  and  severally  liable  for  all  of  the  obligations  under  the
Facilities  on  the  terms  set  forth  in  the  Credit  Agreements.  The  Borrowers’  obligations,  and  the  Company’s  obligations  as  a  guarantor,  under  the  Credit
Agreements  are  secured  by  first-priority  liens  on  substantially  all  of  their  assets,  including,  without  limitation,  all  inventory,  equipment,  accounts,
intellectual property and other assets of the Company and the Borrowers.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $4.6 million outstanding and $3.4 million of availability under the Revolving Facility.

The loans and other obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreements bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of the SOFR rate, as such
term is defined in the Credit Agreements, plus 0.11%, plus the applicable margin of 7.00% in the case of the Term Credit Agreement, and 4.50% in the case
of the Revolving Credit Agreement, subject in each case to a floor of 2.50%. As of December 31, 2023, the effective rate of the Term Facility, inclusive of
amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of the final payment, was 14.88%, and the effective rate of the Revolving Facility was 9.96%.

The Credit Agreements contain affirmative and negative covenants customarily applicable to senior secured credit facilities, including covenants
that, among other things, limit or restrict the ability of the Borrowers, subject to negotiated exceptions, to incur additional indebtedness and additional liens
on their assets, engage in mergers or acquisitions or dispose of assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, voluntarily prepay other indebtedness,
enter into transactions with affiliated persons, make investments, and change the nature of their businesses. In addition, the Credit Agreements require the
Borrowers and the Company to maintain net product revenue at or above minimum levels and to maintain a minimum adjusted EBITDA and a minimum
liquidity, in each case at levels specified in the Credit Agreements. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Credit
Agreements.

On  March  7,  2024,  the  Term  Credit  Agreement  was  amended  and  restated  to,  among  other  things,  extend  the  maturity  date  to  March  1,  2029.
Accordingly, principal amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2023 have been presented as long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. In
addition, an additional $10.0 million tranche, available solely at the discretion of MidCap and the lenders, was added to the Term Credit Agreement and the
applicable margin used to determine the per annum interest rate was reduced from 7.00% to 6.50%. The date of certain fees payable in connection with
optional prepayments were also reset by the amendment to be determined based on the date the amendment. The Revolving Credit Agreement was also
amended and restated on March 7, 2024, to among other things, increase the commitment amount from $8.0 million to $17.0 million. The maturity of the
Revolving Credit Agreement was also extended to March 1, 2029. Minimum net product revenue requirements specified in the Credit Agreements were
reset and minimum adjusted EBITDA requirements were removed.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11) Equity

Private Placement

2023 Private Placement

On July 3, 2023, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement pursuant to which the Company issued an aggregate of 20,000,000
shares of common stock to accredited investors in a private placement at a per share purchase price of $0.75 at a closing held on July 6, 2023. The gross
proceeds to the Company from the private placement were $15.0 million, before deducting estimated offering fees and expenses payable by us. We expect
to use the $14.0 million net proceeds from the private placement for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

2022 Private Placement

On August  25,  2022,  the  Company  closed  the  first  tranche  of  a  private  placement  (the  “First  Closing”)  with  several  accredited  investors  (the
“Private  Placement”).  At  the  First  Closing,  the  Company  sold  approximately  14.1  million  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Company  and  warrants  to
purchase  approximately  3.5  million  shares  of  common  stock  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  approximately  $6.75  million.  We  received  net  cash
proceeds of approximately $6.3 million, after deducting fees and other offering expenses, from the First Closing.

The  closing  of  the  second  tranche  of  the  Private  Placement  (the  “Second  Closing”)  occurred  on  October  7,  2022.  At  the  Second  Closing,  the
Company sold an additional approximately 6.2 million shares of common stock of the Company and warrants to purchase approximately 1.6 million shares
of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.0 million.

The warrants, described in more detail in Note 13, “Warrants,” have an exercise price of $0.48 per share, are subject to customary anti-dilution,

but not price protection, adjustments, are immediately exercisable and expire on the five-year anniversary of the First Closing.

(12) Stock-Based Compensation

Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan

On July 26, 2023, our stockholders approved and adopted the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”), which
replaced the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) with respect to future grants of equity awards, although the 2018
Plan continues to govern equity awards granted under the 2018 Plan. The 2023 Plan permits the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, to grant to
eligible employees, non-employee directors, and consultants of the Company non-statutory and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted
stock awards, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, performance awards, non-employee director awards, and other stock-based awards. The Board of
Directors may select 2023 Plan participants and determine the nature and amount of awards to be granted. The maximum number of shares of our common
stock available for issuance under the 2023 Plan, subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms of the 2023 Plan, is (i) 5,500,000 shares of common stock; (ii)
7,695,812 shares of common stock remaining available for issuance under the 2018 Plan but not subject to outstanding awards under the 2018 Plan as of
July 26, 2023; and (iii) up to 6,686,090 shares of common stock subject to awards outstanding under the 2018 Plan as of July 26, 2023 but only to the
extent such awards are subsequently forfeited, cancelled, expire, or otherwise terminate without the issuance of such shares of common stock after such
date. 9,968,106  shares  remained  available  for  grant  under  the  2023  Plan  as  of  December  31,  2023.  Under  the  2023  Plan,  shares  of  our  common  stock
related  to  awards  granted  under  the  plan  that  terminate  by  expiration,  forfeiture,  cancellation,  or  otherwise  without  the  issuance  of  the  shares  become
available again for grant under the plan.

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized for employees and directors was $2.7 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December

31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and was recognized as general and administrative expense.

Stock Options

Stock options granted under the 2023 Plan may be either incentive stock options to employees, as defined in Section 422A of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, or non-qualified stock options. The exercise price of all stock options granted under the 2023 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market
value of the shares of common stock on the date of the grant. The 2023 Plan is administered by the Board. Stock options granted under the 2023 Plan are
generally not transferable, vest in installments over the requisite service period, and are exercisable during the stated contractual term of the option only by
the optionee.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock option activity, including options granted under the 2023 Plan, the 2018 Plan and the prior plan was as follows:

2023

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contract
Term
(years)

1.51   
1.16   
6.58   
1.31   
1.51   

7.97   
6.93   

Shares
  3,201,666   
602,123   
(443,125)  
  3,360,664   
  1,314,560   

2022

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contract
Term
(years)

1.80   
0.64   
2.39   
1.51   
2.03   

8.19 
7.67 

Shares
  3,360,664   
  1,602,013   
(86,849)  
  4,875,828   
  2,116,957   

Outstanding at January 1
Granted
Cancelled or expired
Outstanding at December 31
Exercisable at December 31

As of December 31, 2023, total compensation expense related to unvested employee stock options not yet recognized was $2.4 million, which is
expected to be allocated to expenses over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years. The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the
years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $0.99 and $0.55, respectively. The aggregated intrinsic value of options exercisable at December 31, 2023
was $0.1 million. The estimated fair value of stock options granted is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton method applied to individual grants. Key
assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock awards are as follows:

Risk free interest rate
Dividend yield
Expected term
Expected volatility

Deferred Stock Units and Restricted Stock Units

Year Ended
December 31,

2023

2022

4.3% 
0% 

6.2 years 

111% 

3.5%
0%

6.3 years 

112%

Under our non-employee director compensation program, non-employee directors may elect to receive restricted stock units, or RSUs, or deferred
stock units, or DSUs, in lieu of all or a portion of the annual cash retainers payable to such director. Each RSU or DSU represents the right to receive one
share of our common stock. Deferred stock unit and restricted stock unit activity for awards granted under the 2023 Plan and 2018 Plan was as follows:

Outstanding at January 1
Granted
Vested
Cancelled
Outstanding at December 31

2023

2022

Weighted Average
Fair Value at
Grant Date Per
Share

0.88   
1.15   
0.90   
0.54   
1.07   

Shares

3,612,433   
1,942,614   
(1,536,251)  
(494,121)  
3,524,675   

Weighted Average
Fair Value at
Grant Date Per
Share

1.39 
0.55 
1.26 
1.32 
0.88 

Shares

2,970,104   
2,461,528   
(1,500,394)  
(318,805)  
3,612,433   

Total compensation expense related to unvested deferred stock units and restricted stock units not yet recognized was $3.0 million as of December

31, 2023, which is expected to be allocated to expenses over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years.

91

 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(13) Warrants

As noted in Note 11, “Equity,” on August 25, 2022, the Company issued warrants to purchase approximately 3.5 million shares of common stock.
The Warrants meet all the requirements to be classified as equity awards in accordance with ASC 815-40. The number of shares of Company common
stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  Warrants  is  subject  to  standard  and  customary  anti-dilution  provisions  for  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  or  similar
transactions.  In  addition,  the  Warrants  include  a  buy-out  right  whereby  the  holders  of  such  warrants  may  put  the  warrants  back  to  the  Company  or  its
successor in the event of a purchase, tender or exchange offer accepted by 50% or more of the Company’s holders of common stock and not approved by
the  Company’s  board  of  directors.  The  buy-out  amount  is  equal  to  the  Black-Scholes  value  of  the  warrants  on  the  date  the  triggering  transaction  is
consummated based on certain inputs as defined in the Warrant agreement. The consideration to be paid if the buy-out provision is triggered shall be in the
same type or form of consideration that is being offered and paid to the holders of Company common stock in connection with the triggering transaction.

While the Warrants are classified as a component of equity, we were required to allocate the proceeds of the Private Placement between the shares
of common stock and the Warrants issued based on their relative fair values. The fair value of the Warrants, $0.47 per warrant, issued in connection with
the  Private  Placement  was  determined  using  a  Black  Scholes  model.  Significant  assumptions  in  the  model  included  contractual  term  (5  years)  and  the
estimated volatility factor of the Company’s stock (107%).

The following table summarizes our warrant activities for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Outstanding as of January 1, 2022
Issued
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022
Issued
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023

Common Stock
Warrants

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

7,111,112   
5,076,358   
12,187,470   
—   
12,187,470   

2.29 
0.48 
1.53 
0.00 
1.53 

As of December 31, 2023, the weighted average remaining contractual term of outstanding warrants was 2.8 years.

(14) Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We currently lease various office facilities. These leases are under non-cancelable operating lease agreements with expiration dates in 2025 and

2026. We have the option to extend certain leases to five or ten-year term(s) and we have the right of first refusal on any sale.

The  Company  records  lease  liabilities  within  current  liabilities  or  long-term  liabilities  based  upon  the  length  of  time  associated  with  the  lease
payments.  The  Company  records  its  long-term  operating  leases  as  right-of-use  assets.  Upon  initial  adoption,  using  the  modified  retrospective  transition
approach, no leases with terms less than 12 months have been capitalized to the consolidated balance sheet consistent with ASC 842. Instead, these leases
are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations  on  a  straight-line  expense  throughout  the  lives  of  the  leases.  No  Company  leases  contain
common area maintenance or security agreements.

We  have  made  certain  assumptions  and  judgments  when  applying  ASC  842,  the  most  significant  of  which  is  that  we  elected  the  package  of
practical expedients available for transition, which allow us to not reassess whether expired or existing contracts contain leases under the new definition of
a lease, lease classification for expired or existing leases, and whether previously capitalized initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under ASC
842. Additionally, we did not elect to use hindsight when considering judgments and estimates such as assessments of lessee options to extend or terminate
a lease or purchase the underlying asset.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2023, the weighted-average remaining lease term was 2.0 years. Lease expense related to operating leases was $0.7 million
and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Company’s lease agreements do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate nor
is it available to the Company from its lessors. Instead, during the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company estimates the weighted-average discount
rate for its operating leases to be between 5.64% and 12.46% to discount future cash flows to present value based on the incremental borrowing rate.

Future minimum payments as of December 31, 2023 under these long-term operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

2024
2025
2026
Total future minimum lease payments
Less: amount representing interest
Present value of obligations under operating leases
Less: current portion
Long-term operating lease obligations

Litigation

$

$

918 
680 
119 
1,717 
(128)
1,589 
(830)
759 

We may be subject to potential liabilities under government regulations and various claims and legal actions that are pending but we believe are

immaterial at this time or may be asserted in the future from time to time.

These matters arise in the ordinary course and conduct of our business and may include, for example, commercial, product liability, intellectual
property, and employment matters. We intend to continue to defend the Company vigorously in such matters and when warranted, take legal action against
others.  Furthermore,  we  regularly  assess  contingencies  to  determine  the  degree  of  probability  and  range  of  possible  loss  for  potential  accrual  in  our
financial statements. An estimated loss contingency is accrued in our financial statements if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount
of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on our assessment, we have adequately accrued an amount for contingent liabilities currently in existence.
We do not accrue amounts for liabilities that we do not believe are probable or that we consider immaterial to our overall financial position. Litigation is
inherently unpredictable, and unfavorable resolutions could occur. As a result, assessing contingencies is highly subjective and requires judgment about
future events. The amount of ultimate loss may exceed the Company’s current accruals, and it is possible that its cash flows or results of operations could
be materially affected in any particular period by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these contingencies.

Indemnifications

Our indemnification arrangements generally include limited warranties and certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if our
products or services infringe a third-party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such warranties or
indemnification provisions and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

We  have  also  agreed  to  indemnify  our  directors  and  executive  officers  for  costs  associated  with  any  fees,  expenses,  judgments,  fines,  and
settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by
reason  of  the  person’s  service  as  a  director  or  officer,  including  any  action  by  us,  arising  out  of  that  person’s  services  as  our  director  or  officer  or  that
person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at our request.

(15) Income Taxes

The Company’s (benefit) provision for income taxes differs from applying the statutory U.S. Federal income tax rate to income before taxes. The
primary difference results from providing for state income taxes and from deducting certain expenses for financial statement purposes but not for federal
income tax purposes.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The components of income (loss) before (benefit) provision for income taxes consist of the following (in thousands):

United States
Foreign
Total

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

  $
  $
  $

(1,099)   $
62    $
(1,037)   $

(8,416)
—
(8,416)

The components of the income tax (benefit) provision are as follows (in thousands):

Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total current

Deferred:
Federal
State
Total deferred

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

  $

—    $
93   
111   
204   

(1,422)  
(479)  
(1,901)  

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

  $

(1,697)   $

— 
69 
— 
69 

— 
— 
— 

69 

The reconciliation of income tax attributable to operations computed at the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate of 21% to income tax expense is

as follows (in thousands):

Statutory Federal tax rate
Valuation allowance
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit
Bargain purchase gain
Permanent differences
Change in state income tax rate
Stock compensation adjustment and other reconciling items
Nondeductible executive compensation

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

(218)   $
501   
(764)  
(2,456)  
403   
242   
275   
320   

(1,697)   $

(1,767)
1,510 
(323)
— 
— 
(22)
640 
31 

69 

  $

  $

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
Deferred tax components are as follows (in thousands):

At December 31,

2023

2022

Deferred tax assets:
Accrued liability for vacation
Accrued commissions and bonuses / compensation
Accrued contingencies
Amortization
Bad debt reserve
Capitalized R&D expenses
Charitable contributions carryforward
Lease liability
Interest expense
Inventory reserve
Net operating loss carryovers
Stock option compensation
UNICAP
Other
Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation
Right of use asset
Prepaids
Total deferred tax liabilities

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $

160    $
641   
29   
358   
242   
567   
15   
371   
3,027   
1,661   
18,626   
730   
44   
100   
26,571   

(448)  
(306)  
(51)  
(805)  

(25,787)  

  $

(21)   $

78 
320 
55 
22 
139 
287 
15 
385 
2,391 
3,059 
13,721 
677 
76 
55 
21,280 

(62)
(372)
(56)
(490)

(20,790)

— 

The  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  upon  the  existence,  or  generation,  of  taxable  income  in  the  periods  when  those
temporary differences and net operating loss carryovers are deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, taxes paid
in  carryover  years,  projected  future  taxable  income,  available  tax  planning  strategies,  and  other  factors  in  making  this  assessment.  Based  on  available
evidence,  management  does  not  believe  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  realized.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has
established a valuation allowance equal to the net realizable deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $5.0 million in 2023 and by $1.5
million in 2022.

At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had total domestic Federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryovers of approximately $54.3
million, $57.4 million and $16.1 million, respectively. Federal net operating losses generated prior to 2018 and State net operating loss carryovers expire at
various dates between 2024 and 2043. Federal net operating losses generated after 2017 have an indefinite carryforward and are only available to offset
80% taxable income beginning in 2021. Foreign net operating losses begin expiring in 2026.

The  Company  has  completed  a  study  to  assess  whether  an  ownership  change,  as  defined  by  Section  382  of  the  Code,  had  occurred  from  the
Company’s  formation  through  December  31,  2019.  Based  upon  this  study,  the  Company  determined  that  an  ownership  change  occurred  during  2018.
Accordingly, the Company reduced its deferred tax assets related to the federal NOL carryforwards that are anticipated to expire unused as a result of these
ownership  changes.  These  tax  attributes  were  excluded  from  deferred  tax  assets  with  a  corresponding  reduction  of  the  valuation  allowance  with  no  net
effect  on  income  tax  expense  or  the  effective  tax  rate.  Future  ownership  changes  may  further  limit  the  Company’s  ability  to  utilize  its  remaining  tax
attributes.

The 2021 through 2023 tax years remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and various other state tax agencies. These taxing
authorities have the authority to examine those tax years until the applicable statute of limitations expire. Foreign tax years remain open from 2019 to 2023.

As of December 31, 2023, we have no unrecognized tax benefits in long-term liabilities.

The Company did not recognize any material interest or penalties related to income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(16) Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic  net  income  (loss)  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  (loss)  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock
outstanding. Shares issued during the period and shares reacquired during the period are weighted for the portion of the period that they were outstanding.
Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed in a manner consistent with that of basic earnings per share while giving effect to all potentially dilutive
shares of common stock outstanding during the period, which include the assumed exercise of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method.
Diluted net income (loss) per share was the same as basic net income (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2022, as shares issuable upon the
exercise of stock options and warrants were anti-dilutive as a result of the net loss incurred for the period.

The table below sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share data):

Numerator:
Net income (loss)
Denominator:
Basic – weighted average shares outstanding
Effect of dilutive securities:

Employee restricted stock units
Warrants

Diluted – weighted average shares outstanding
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

660    $

(8,485)

119,093,687   

94,085,197 

2,447,519   
5,252,112   
126,793,318   
0.01   
0.01   

— 
— 
94,085,197 
(0.09)
(0.09)

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, 9,363,668 and 19,160,567 stock options, restricted stock units and warrants were excluded for

the diluted earnings per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive.

(17) Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a 401(k) plan for our employees. The 401(k) plan is a defined contribution plan covering substantially all of our employees.
Employees are eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of any month after starting employment. Employees are allowed to contribute a percentage
of their wages to the 401(k) plan, subject to statutorily prescribed limits and are subject to a discretionary employer match of 100% of their wage deferrals
not in excess of 4% of their wages. The Company contributed $0.5 million and $0.4 million as part of the employer match program for the years ended
December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(18) Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information is as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid during the period for:
Interest
Non-cash activities:
Fixed assets acquired under finance lease
Revaluation of lease liability and right of use asset
Operating lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets

(19) Related Party Transactions

Year Ended
December 31,

2023

2022

  $

  $
  $
  $

2,552    $

1,454 

—    $
—    $
260    $

159 
234 
— 

As described in more detail under Note 1, “Business Description and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” we are party to an Investor
Rights Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement with Royalty Opportunities and ROS. Transactions between the Company and Royalty Opportunities
and ROS are conducted under the provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, as noted above.

All related party transactions are reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee or the disinterested members of the full Board.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
(20) Segment and Geographic Information

The Company operates in one segment based upon the Company’s organizational structure, the way in which the operations and investments are
managed  and  evaluated  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  (“CODM”).  The  Company  shares  common,  centralized  support  functions  which  report
directly to the CODM and decision-making regarding the Company’s overall operating performance and allocation of Company resources is assessed on a
consolidated basis.

The Company attributes revenues to geographic areas based on the location of the customer. Approximately 94% and 99% of revenue was in the

United States for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Total revenue by major geographic area is as follows (in thousands):

United States
Rest of World
Total

Year Ended
December 31,

  $

  $

2023

2022

85,862    $
5,441   
91,303    $

57,162 
807 
57,969 

(21) Immaterial Correction to Prior Period Financial Statements

Prior to fourth quarter of 2023, the Company recognized GPO fees in sales and marketing expense based on interpretation of accounting guidance

instead of recognizing as a reduction to revenue.

The Company considered both the quantitative and qualitative factors within the provisions of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99, Materiality,
and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering  the  Effect  of  Prior  Year  Misstatements  when  Quantifying  Misstatements  in  Current  Year  Financial
Statements. Based on evaluation of the misstatements on an individual and aggregate basis, the Company concluded the prior period misstatements were
immaterial to its previously issued consolidated financial statements. As such, the Company has elected to correct the identified misstatement prospectively
within the current consolidated financial statements and not to revise prior period financial statements.

The correction of the misstatement would have resulted in a decrease to revenue and a decrease to sales and marketing expense of $1.0 million for

the year ended December 31, 2022.

97

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

During the last two fiscal years, we have had no disagreements with our accountants on accounting and financial disclosure. On August 15, 2023,
our Audit Committee appointed Grant Thornton LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Company’s financial statements
had previously been audited by Plante & Moran, PLLC.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2023. Based upon that evaluation, and because of the
material weaknesses in our control over financial reporting as described below, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as
of December 31, 2023, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective. Additional information regarding the material weaknesses that existed as
of December 31, 2023 is set forth below. Notwithstanding these material weaknesses, management has concluded that the consolidated financial statements
included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-
15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United  States  of  America.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,
projections of an evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Material Weaknesses in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, we identified certain control
deficiencies  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  which  constituted  two  material  weaknesses.  A  material
weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a
material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

More specifically, our controls surrounding the completeness and accuracy of information utilized in determining the open balance sheet fair value
of  inventory,  which  includes  the  establishment  of  inventory  reserves,  related  to  the  acquisition  of  the  hardware  and  biologics  business  of  Surgalign
Holdings,  Inc.  were  insufficient  and  did  not  operate  at  an  appropriate  level  of  precision.  Our  review  of  certain  data  and  assumptions  utilized  in  our
valuation  of  opening  balance  sheet  inventory  failed  to  identify  inconsistent  assumptions  related  to  inventory  utilization  and  inventory  costing.  This
constituted a material weakness. In addition to the foregoing material weakness, due to insufficient time and resources, we did not appropriately design,
implement and execute sufficient controls and procedures to verify the existence of inventory on consignment that was acquired in connection with our
acquisitions  of  Surgalign  SPV,  Inc.  and  the  hardware  and  biologics  business  of  Surgalign  Holdings,  Inc.  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,
resulting in a second material weakness.

The material weaknesses described above, if not remediated, could result in a material misstatement of one or more disclosures in our annual or

interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected in a timely manner.

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remediation Plan and Status

Our  management,  under  the  oversight  of  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  is  implementing  measures  designed  to  improve  our
internal control over financial reporting to remediate the identified material weaknesses. The remediation actions we are taking, and expect to take, include
the following:

● Precision of Controls Related to Completeness and Accuracy of Information Utilized in Determining the Opening  Balance  Sheet  Fair  Value  of
Inventory. Management has identified and corrected the inputs and assumptions utilized in the valuation of opening balance sheet inventory and
believes that the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023 fairly presents in all material respects the acquired inventory in conformity
with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  To  prevent  similar  occurrences  in  the  future,  we  plan  to  add
additional accounting personnel to allow for more robust review of nonrecurring, complex transactions. We expect to have additional headcount in
place  by  end  of  fiscal  2024.  Additionally,  if  necessary,  we  may  utilize  external  accounting  resources  to  review  future  valuations  of  acquired
inventory.

● Insufficient Procedures to Confirm the Existence of Acquired Consigned Inventory. Prior to the issuance of the consolidated financial statements
contained in this report, management conducted certain procedures to confirm the existence of its consigned inventory as of December 31, 2023
that was acquired during the year then ended. Beginning in the first quarter of 2024, we began subjecting our acquired consigned inventory to our
ongoing inventory field audits, with the goal of verifying all consigned inventory acquired during the year ended December 31, 2024. We expect
this process to be completed by the end of fiscal 2024.

As management continues to evaluate and work to remediate the material weaknesses, we may determine to take additional measures to address
the  material  weaknesses.  However,  we  cannot  provide  assurance  that  the  measures  we  have  taken  to  date,  or  that  we  may  take  in  the  future,  will  be
sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses or avoid potential future material weaknesses.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Under the supervision and with the participation of senior and executive management, we conducted an evaluation of our internal control over
financial  reporting  based  upon  the  framework  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  as  outlined  by  COSO,  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In accordance with guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission, companies are permitted to
exclude  acquisitions  from  their  final  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  for  the  first  fiscal  year  in  which  the  acquisition  occurred.
Management’s evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 excluded the internal control activities of Surgalign SPV,
Inc., the hardware and biologics business of Surgalign Holdings, Inc. and the nanOss production operations from RTI Surgical, Inc., which we acquired on
February 28, 2023, August 10, 2023 and October 23, 2023, respectively.

Based on that evaluation and the foregoing, management concluded that due to the two material weaknesses described above, our internal control

over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2023.

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

This report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial
reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission that permit us to provide only management’s report in this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2023 that have
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, other than changes implemented to integrate the
internal  controls  of  Surgalign  SPV,  Inc.  and  the  internal  controls  of  the  hardware  and  biologics  business  of  Surgalign  Holdings,  Inc.  with  our  internal
controls.

Item 9B. Other Information

Rule 10b5-1 Plan and Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangement Adoptions, Terminations, and Modifications

During  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2023,  none  of  our  directors  or  “officers”  (as  defined  in  Rule  16a-1(f)  under  the  Exchange Act)
adopted  or  terminated  a  “Rule  10b5-1  trading  arrangement”  or  “non-Rule  10b5-1  trading  arrangement,”  as  each  term  is  defined  in  Item  408  of  SEC
Regulation S-K.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers

PART III

The  table  below  sets  forth  certain  information  concerning  our  current  directors  and  executive  officers  as  of  March  25,  2024.  No  family

relationships exist among our directors or executive officers. We sometimes refer to the Board of Directors of Xtant as the “Board.”

Name

Stavros G. Vizirgianakis(3)
Sean E. Browne
John K. Bakewell(1)(3)
Jonn R. Beeson(2)(3)
Robert E. McNamara(1)(2)
Lori D. Mitchell-Keller(1)(2)
Kevin D. Brandt
Scott C. Neils
Mark A. Schallenberger

Age
53
58
62
55
67
57
58
40
38

Position

  Chair of the Board and Director
  President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Chief Commercial Officer
  Chief Financial Officer
  Chief Operations Officer

(1)
(2)
(3)

Member of the Audit Committee
Member of the Compensation Committee
Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The business experience of each director and executive officer is summarized below.

Director/Officer Since
2022
2019
2018
2023
2018
2023
2018
2022
2023

Stavros G. Vizirgianakis has served as a member of our Board since August 2022. Mr. Vizirgianakis was elected to the Board in connection with
our private placement in August 2022. Mr. Vizirgianakis is the former Chief Executive Officer of Misonix, Inc., a medical device company that Bioventus
Inc. acquired in 2021. Mr. Vizirgianakis has a distinguished career in the medical devices field having worked for United States Surgical Corporation as
director of sales for sub-Saharan Africa and later Tyco Healthcare in the capacity of General Manager South Africa. In 2006, Mr. Vizirgianakis co-founded
Surgical  Innovations,  which  has  become  one  of  the  largest  privately  owned  medical  device  distributors  in  the  African  region,  and  now  part  of  the
Johannesburg Stock Exchange listed entity Ascendis Health. Mr. Vizirgianakis was Managing Director of Ascendis Medical from January 2014 through
July  2016.  Mr.  Vizirgianakis  served  as  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Misonix  from  September  2016  through  October  2021.  Mr.
Vizirgianakis currently serves on the board of Medinotec, Inc. (OTCQX: MDNC), a medical device company. He also served on the board of Bioventus
Inc.  and  Tenaxis  Medical  and  is  a  strategic  investor  and  advisor  to  numerous  medical  device  startups  and  established  companies  in  this  field.  Mr.
Vizirgianakis has a Degree in Commerce from the University of South Africa. Mr. Vizirgianakis’s extensive experience as a senior executive of a publicly
traded medical technology company, as well as his experience serving on the board of directors of other companies contributes valuable experience to our
Board.

Sean E. Browne has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since October 2019 and as a member of our Board since October 2019.
Prior to this, Mr. Browne served as Chief Revenue Officer of CCS Medical, Inc., a provider of home delivery medical supplies, from September 2014 to
June  2019.  Prior  to  CCS  Medical,  Mr.  Browne  served  as  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  The  Kini  Group,  an  integrated  cloud-based  software  analytics  and
advisory firm, from March 2013 to August 2014. From November 2007 to March 2016, Mr. Browne served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a
director  of  Neuro  Resource  Group,  a  venture  start-up  medical  device  company  that  was  sold  to  a  strategic  buyer.  In  other  roles,  Mr.  Browne  served  as
President,  Miltex  Surgical  Instrument  Division  for  Integra  LifeSciences  Holdings  Corporation,  a  publicly  held  medical  device  company  that  acquired
Miltex Holdings, Inc. Mr. Browne served as Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Esurg.com, an e commerce company serving physician and ambulatory
surgery markets. Prior to Esurg.com, Mr. Browne served as Senior Vice President, Health Systems Division of McKesson Corporation, a drug company,
and  prior  to  McKesson,  served  in  various  positions  with  increasing  responsibility  at  Baxter  Healthcare.  Mr.  Browne  holds  a  Master  of  Business
Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University and a Bachelor of Science degree, with a major in Finance and minor
in  Statistics,  from  Boston  University.  We  believe  that  Mr.  Browne’s  day-to-day  operations  experience  as  a  result  of  his  role  as  our  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer enable him to make valuable contributions to the Board of Directors. In addition, in his role as President and Chief Executive Officer,
Mr. Browne provides unique insight into our business strategies, opportunities and challenges, and serves as the unifying element between the leadership
and strategic direction provided by the Board of Directors and the implementation of our business strategies by management.

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John  K.  Bakewell  has  served  as  a  member  of  our  Board  since  February  2018.  He  was  initially  elected  to  the  Board  in  connection  with  our
restructuring  in  February  2018.  Mr.  Bakewell  is  a  strategic  executive  with  more  than  30  years  of  experience  in  senior  executive  roles  and  as  a  board
member of several medical technology companies. He currently serves on the board of directors of Treace Medical Concepts, Inc. (NASDAQ: TMCI) and
Neuronetics, Inc. (NASDAQ: STIM), both public medical device companies. Mr. Bakewell most recently held the position of Chief Financial Officer of
Exact  Sciences  Corporation  (NASDAQ:  EXAS),  a  molecular  diagnostics  company,  and  previously  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Lantheus  Holdings,  Inc.
(NASDAQ: LNTH), a diagnostic medical imaging company. Mr. Bakewell has also served in Chief Financial Officer positions at Interline Brands, Inc.,
RegionalCare Hospital Partners, Wright Medical Group, Inc., which was acquired by Stryker Corporation (NYSE: SYK) in November 2020, Cyberonics,
Inc.,  now  part  of  LivaNova  PLC  (NASDAQ:  LIVN),  Altra  Energy  Technologies,  Inc.  and  ZEOS  International,  Ltd.  He  began  his  career  in  the  public
accounting profession, serving seven years, collectively, with Ernst & Young and KPMG Peat Marwick. Mr. Bakewell previously served on the board of
directors of Entellus Medical, Inc., a public ENT-focused medical device company, until its acquisition by Stryker Corp.; ev3 Inc., a public endovascular
medical device company, until its acquisition by Covidien plc; and Corindus Vascular Robotics, Inc., a public cardiovascular robotics medical technology
company and now a Siemens Healthineers company. Mr. Bakewell holds a Bachelor of Arts in Accounting from the University of Northern Iowa and is a
certified public accountant (current status inactive). Mr. Bakewell’s financial expertise and extensive managerial experience as a senior executive of several
publicly  traded  medical  technology  companies,  as  well  as  his  experience  serving  on  the  board  of  directors  of  other  companies  contributes  valuable
experience to our Board.

Jonn R. Beeson has served as a member of our Board since May 1, 2023. Mr. Beeson is a partner with Jones Day, a global law firm, and has been
practicing  corporate  law  since  1996.  His  practice  focuses  on  mergers  and  acquisitions,  divestitures,  takeovers,  capital  raising,  securities  transactions,
corporate  governance  and  stockholder  activism  matters.  Mr.  Beeson  represents  a  variety  of  corporate  clients  and  is  most  active  in  the  life  sciences,
technology and software industries, with significant experience working with a wide range of medical device companies. Mr. Beeson holds a Bachelor of
Science degree from the University of California, Irvine, and a Juris Doctor from the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Beeson’s extensive experience in
mergers and acquisitions, corporate governance matters and working with medical device companies contributes valuable experience to our Board.

Robert E. McNamara has served as a member of our Board since February 2018. He has over 25 years experience in the medical device industry.
Mr. McNamara was initially elected to the Board in connection with our restructuring in February 2018. He also serves as Audit Committee Chairman of
Axonics, Inc. (AXNX) and as Audit Committee Chairman and member of the Nominating and Governance Committee of AVITA Medical, Inc. (RCEL).
From January 2013 to July 2016, Mr. McNamara served as Executive Vice President and from April 2012 to July 2016 as the Chief Financial Officer for
LDR  Holding  Corporation,  a  publicly  held  medical  device  (spinal  implants)  company  acquired  by  Zimmer  Biomet  Holdings,  Inc.  In  addition,  Mr.
McNamara has previously served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for publicly traded medical device companies including Accuray
Inc., a stereotactic radiation company focused on treating cancer using AI robotics, Somnus Medical Technologies Inc., a RF energy company focused on
treating upper airway breathing disorders, and Target Therapeutics, Inc., a minimally invasive catheter and device company treating vascular diseases of the
brain. Mr. McNamara has been a member of the board of directors of Northstar Neurosciences Inc. and is the former Mayor of Menlo Park, California. Mr.
McNamara began his career in public accounting and is a certified public accountant (current status inactive). Mr. McNamara holds a Bachelor of Science
in Accounting from the University of San Francisco and a Master of Business Administration in Finance from The Wharton School at the University of
Pennsylvania. Mr. McNamara brings valuable finance and accounting experience in the medical device industry to the Board.

102

 
 
 
 
 
Lori D. Mitchell-Keller has served as a member of our Board since May 16, 2023. Ms. Mitchell-Keller has over 30 years of experience in the
software, consumer goods, wholesale distribution and retail industries, including more than 15 years focused on market strategy and market development.
From May 2020 to November 2022, she served as Vice President and Global General Manager, Industry Solutions, at Google Cloud, a company offering a
suite of cloud computing services. From June 2018 to May 2020, Ms. Mitchell-Keller served as the President and Global General Manager, SAP Industries,
at  SAP  Labs,  LLC,  a  software  company,  where  she  previously  served  in  several  other  roles  since  2007,  including  EVP  and  Global  General  Manager,
Consumer  Industries;  SVP  and  Global  Head,  Retail  Industry  Business  Unit;  SVP,  LoB  Solution  Management  Idea-to-Delivery;  SVP,  Suite  Solution
Management, Supply Chain, Product Lifecycle Management and Manufacturing; and SVP, Business Suite Applications. Prior to SAP, Ms. Mitchell-Keller
held  a  variety  of  executive  positions  at  Manugistics,  a  software  company,  and  Baxter/Allegiance  Healthcare.  Ms.  Mitchell-Keller  currently  serves  as  a
member of the board of directors of Mitratech, a software company; Madison House Autism Foundation and The Neighborhood Of Maryland, Inc. She
previously  served  on  the  boards  of  directors  of  the  Food  Marketing  Institute  and  the  National  Retail  Federation.  Ms.  Mitchell-Keller  holds  a  Master  of
Business  Administration  in  Management/Strategy  and  Marketing  from  the  J.L.  Kellogg  Graduate  School  of  Management  at  Northwestern  University,  a
Master of Science in Operations Research from Stanford University, and a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering from Iowa State University. Ms.
Mitchell-Keller brings valuable market strategy, market development, operations and supply chain management experience to the Board.

Kevin D. Brandt has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since July 2018. From January 2017 to June 2018, Mr. Brandt served as Executive
Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer – Domestic Direct of RTI Surgical, Inc., a surgical implant company. Mr. Brandt joined RTI as Vice President
and General Manager, Emerging Technologies Commercialization in June 2012 and assumed additional responsibilities in January 2013 as head of RTI’s
direct spine business. Following the acquisition of Pioneer Surgical, from July 2013 to December 2016, Mr. Brandt assumed additional responsibility when
he  began  overseeing  all  North  American  and  Canadian  spine  hardware  and  spine  biologics  portfolios.  Mr.  Brandt  has  over  32  years  of  commercial
leadership experience in the global orthopedic industry focusing on building sustainable growth and value. Mr. Brandt’s expertise includes experience in
sales, marketing, business development, mergers and acquisitions and integration leadership. Prior to joining RTI, Mr. Brandt held various senior leadership
roles  over  an  18-year  period  in  the  orthopedic  and  spinal  divisions  at  Stryker  Corporation.  In  his  most  recent  position  at  Stryker,  he  was  President  of
Osteokinetics Corp. from January 2002 to June 2012. From June 2000 to December 2001, Mr. Brandt was Senior Director, US Spinal Sales, in which he
was responsible for divesting and subsequently leading the Stryker Spine US Sales organization. Prior to joining Stryker, Mr. Brandt was a sales leader at
Zimmer in a flagship office piloting a direct sales model from January 1990 to April 1994. Mr. Brandt earned a master’s degree in business administration
in  corporate  finance  and  investments  with  distinction  from  Adelphi  University,  a  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  business  administration  from  New  York
Institute of Technology, and has taken executive education courses at the Wharton School of Business, US Naval Academy and the Gallup organization.

Scott C. Neils has  served  as  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  June  2022  and  prior  to  that  served  as  our  Interim  Chief  Financial  Officer  from
January  2022  to  June  2022  and  as  our  Controller  from  August  2019  until  January  2022.  Mr.  Neils’  has  over  15  years  of  experience  focused  on  public
accounting  and  corporate  finance.  In  this  role,  Mr.  Neils  gained  extensive  experience  managing  our  finance  and  accounting  functions.  Prior  to  joining
Xtant, Mr. Neils served as Audit Senior Manager at Baker Tilly US, LLP (formerly Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP), an advisory, tax and assurance firm,
from  November  2015  to  August  2019.  Prior  to  that  position,  Mr.  Neils  was  at  Grant  Thornton  LLP,  an  accounting  and  advisory  organization,  from
September  2007  to  November  2015,  most  recently  as  Audit  Manager.  Mr.  Neils  is  a  Certified  Public  Accountant.  He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in
Business in Accounting and a Master of Accountancy from the Carlson School of Management at the University of Minnesota.

Mark A. Schallenberger was appointed our Chief Operations Officer effective as of January 16, 2023. Prior to this, Mr. Schallenberger served as
Chief Operations Officer of Surgenex LLC, a medical technology manufacturer, from June 2019 to January 2023. Prior to Surgenex, Mr. Schallenberger
served as Senior Director of Marketing & Product Development of DCI Donor Services Tissue Bank, a tissue bank, from February 2016 to June 2019. Prior
to  DCI  Donor  Services  Tissue  Bank,  Mr.  Schallenberger  served  as  various  roles  with  increasing  responsibility  from  September  2010  to  February  2016
culminating with Director of Scientific Affairs with Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. formerly Bacterin International Holdings, Inc. Mr. Schallenberger holds a
Master  of  Science  in  Chemical  Biology  from  The  Scripps  Research  Institute  and  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Chemistry  from  the  University  of
Montana.

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
Controlled Company Status

Because more than 50% of the combined voting power of all of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by OrbiMed Advisors LLC,
we are a “controlled company” as defined in section 801(a) of the NYSE American Company Guide. As such, we are exempt from certain NYSE American
rules requiring our Board of Directors to have a majority of independent directors, a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors
and  a  nominating  committee  composed  entirely  of  independent  directors.  We  currently  maintain  a  Board  of  Directors  with  a  majority  of  independent
directors and a compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors.

Investor Rights Agreement

We are party to an Investor Rights Agreement with OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP and ROS Acquisition Offshore LP, which are funds
affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC. Under the Investor Rights Agreement, as amended, Royalty Opportunities and ROS are permitted to nominate a
majority of the directors and designate the chairperson of our Board of Directors at subsequent annual meetings, as long as they maintain an ownership
threshold in our Company of at least 40% of our then outstanding common stock. If Royalty Opportunities and ROS are unable to maintain the Ownership
Threshold, as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement, the Investor Rights Agreement contemplates a reduction of nomination rights commensurate with
our ownership interests. For so long as the Ownership Threshold is met, we must obtain the approval of a majority of our common stock held by Royalty
Opportunities and ROS to proceed with the following actions: (i) issue new securities; (ii) incur over $250,000 of debt in a fiscal year; (iii) sell or transfer
over $250,000 of our assets or businesses or our subsidiaries in a fiscal year; (iv) acquire over $250,000 of assets or properties in a fiscal year; (v) make
capital  expenditures  over  $125,000  individually,  or  $1,500,000  in  the  aggregate  during  a  fiscal  year;  (vi)  approve  our  annual  budget;  (vii)  appoint  or
remove the chairperson of our Board of Directors; and (viii) make, loans to, investments in, or purchase, or permit any subsidiary to purchase, any stock or
other securities in another entity in excess of $250,000 in a fiscal year.

The Investor Rights Agreement grants Royalty Opportunities and ROS the right to purchase from us a pro rata amount of any new securities that
we may propose to issue and sell. The Investor Rights Agreement may be terminated (a) upon the mutual written agreement of all the parties, (b) upon our
written  notice  or  the  written  notice  of  ROS  or  Royalty  Opportunities  if  the  ownership  percentage  of  our  then  outstanding  common  stock  of  ROS  and
Royalty Opportunities is less than 10%, or (c) upon written notice of ROS and Royalty Opportunities.

Royalty Opportunities and ROS collectively beneficially own approximately 56.2% of our common stock.

Director Independence

The Board has affirmatively determined that John K. Bakewell, Jonn R. Beeson, Robert E. McNamara, Lori D. Mitchell-Keller and Stavros G.

Vizirgianakis are “independent directors,” as defined under the independence standards of the NYSE American.

Board Leadership Structure

Under the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, Royalty Opportunities and ROS have the right to designate the Chair of the Board. However,
following  waiver  of  this  provision  by  Royalty  Opportunities  and  ROS,  Stavros  G.  Vizirgianakis  was  appointed  Chair  of  the  Board  in  August  2022  in
connection with our private placement. Accordingly, Mr. Vizirgianakis serves as Chair of the Board. Sean E. Browne serves as our President and Chief
Executive  Officer.  We  believe  this  leadership  structure  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  our  stockholders  and  strikes  the  appropriate  balance
between the Chief Executive Officer’s responsibility for the strategic direction, day-to-day leadership, and performance of the Company and the Chair of
the Board’s responsibility to guide the overall strategic direction of the Company, provide oversight of our corporate governance and guidance to our Chief
Executive  Officer,  and  to  set  the  agenda  for  and  preside  over  Board  meetings.  We  recognize  that  different  leadership  structures  may  be  appropriate  for
companies  in  different  situations  and  believe  that  no  one  structure  is  suitable  for  all  companies.  We  believe  that  we  are  currently  well-served  by  this
leadership structure.

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In connection with our August 2022 private placement, we entered into an agreement with Stavros G. Vizirgianakis, as the lead investor of the
private placement, pursuant to which we agreed to provide Mr. Vizirgianakis certain director nomination rights. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we
agreed  to  and  expanded  the  size  of  the  Board  by  one  position  and  elected  Mr.  Vizirgianakis  as  a  director  to  fill  the  vacancy  created  as  a  result  of  the
increase,  effective  upon  completion  of  the  closing  of  the  first  tranche  of  securities  in  the  private  placement.  In  addition,  we  agreed  to  and  elected  Mr.
Vizirgianakis as Chair of the Board, effective upon completion of the first closing. The director nomination rights set forth in the agreement will terminate
on the earlier of (i) the date on which Mr. Vizirgianakis ceases to hold at least 75% of the shares of our common stock purchased by him in the private
placement; (ii) October 7, 2024; or (iii) upon written notice of Mr. Vizirgianakis to the Company.

Board Committees

We currently maintain three Board committees, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance

Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee was formed on May 1, 2023.

The table below summarizes the current membership of each of our three standing board committees as of March 25, 2024.

Director

John K. Bakewell
Jonn R. Beeson
Sean E. Browne
Robert E. McNamara
Lori D. Mitchell-Keller
Stavros G. Vizirgianakis

Audit Committee

Audit Committee
Chair

Compensation Committee  

●
●

●

Chair
●

Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee
●
Chair

●

The organization and primary responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set forth in its charter, posted on our website at www.xtantmedical.com
(click “Investors” and “Corporate Governance”), and include various matters with respect to the oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process
and audits of our financial statements. The primary purposes of the Audit Committee include:

● to oversee the accounting and financial reporting processes of the Company and audits of the financial statements of the Company;

● to provide assistance to the Board with respect to its oversight of the following:

○ integrity of the Company’s financial statements and internal controls;

○ the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

○ the qualifications and independence of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm; and

○ the performance of the Company’s internal audit function, if any, and independent registered public accounting firm; and

● to prepare the report required to be prepared by the Audit Committee pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Audit  Committee  currently  consists  of  Mr.  Bakewell  (Chair),  Mr.  McNamara  and  Ms.  Mitchell-Keller.  From  January  2023  and  until  May
2023, the Audit Committee consisted of Mr. Bakewell (Chair) and Mr. McNamara. The Audit Committee met five times during fiscal 2023. Under the
NYSE American listing standards, all Audit Committee members must be independent directors and meet heightened independence requirements under the
federal securities laws. In addition, all Audit Committee members must be financially literate, and at least one member must be financially sophisticated.
Further,  under  SEC  rules,  the  Board  must  determine  whether  at  least  one  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  is  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert,”  as
defined by the SEC’s rules. The Board has determined that Mr. Bakewell, Mr. McNamara and Ms. Mitchell-Keller are independent and financially literate
and  that  Mr.  Bakewell  and  Mr.  McNamara  are  financially  sophisticated  and  qualify  as  “audit  committee  financial  experts”  in  accordance  with  the
applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation Committee

The  organization  and  responsibilities  of  the  Compensation  Committee  are  set  forth  in  its  charter,  which  is  posted  on  our  website  at

www.xtantmedical.com (click “Investors” and “Corporate Governance”). The primary purposes of the Compensation Committee include:

● recommending to the Board all compensation for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and approving all compensation for the Company’s

other executive officers;

● administering the Company’s equity-based compensation plans;

● reviewing,  assessing,  and  approving  overall  strategies  for  attracting,  developing,  retaining,  and  motivating  Company  management  and

employees;

● overseeing the  development  and  implementation  of  succession  plans  for  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  other  key  executive  officers  and

employees;

● reviewing, assessing, and approving overall compensation structure on an annual basis; and

● recommending and leading a process for the determination of non-employee director compensation.

The Compensation Committee currently consists of Mr. McNamara (Chair), Mr. Beeson and Ms. Mitchell-Keller. From January 2023 and until
May 2023, the Compensation Committee consisted of Mr. McNamara (Chair) and Michael J. Eggenberg and Matthew S. Rizzo, both former directors. The
Compensation Committee met five times during fiscal 2023. The Board has determined that each of Mr. McNamara, Mr. Beeson and Ms. Mitchell-Keller
satisfies  the  heightened  independence  criteria  for  compensation  committee  members  under  the  NYSE  American  listing  standards.  In  addition,  each
Compensation  Committee  member  is  a  “non-employee  director”  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  16b-3  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as
amended.

As  described  above,  the  Compensation  Committee  is  responsible  for  recommending  to  the  Board  all  compensation  for  the  Company’s  Chief
Executive Officer and approving all compensation for the Company’s other executive officers. Although the Compensation Committee may delegate any or
all  of  its  responsibilities  to  a  subcommittee  of  the  Compensation  Committee,  it  has  not  done  so.  The  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  provides  his
recommendations to the Compensation Committee regarding compensation to be paid to the executive officers and bonus plan performance objectives and
goals. The Compensation Committee may engage and obtain advice and assistance from outside advisors as it deems necessary to carry out its duties. In
2023, the Compensation Committee engaged Mercer (US) Inc. to serve as its independent compensation consultant and to assist with the assessment of our
executive and non-employee director compensation programs. Mercer (US) Inc. does not provide any services to the Company unrelated to executive or
director compensation.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The organization and responsibilities of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are set forth in its charter, which is posted on our
website at www.xtantmedical.com (click “Investors” and “Corporate Governance”). The primary purposes of the Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee include:

● identifying individuals qualified to become Board members consistent with criteria approved by the Board and recommending to the Board
director nominees for election at each annual meeting of stockholders and the persons to be elected by the Board to fill any vacancies on the
Board; and

● developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines and overseeing corporate governance issues.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Mr. Beeson (Chair), Mr. Bakewell and Mr. Vizirgianakis. The Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee met three times during fiscal 2023. The Board has determined that Mr. Beeson, Mr. Bakewell and Mr. Vizirgianakis are
independent directors under the NYSE American listing standards.

In  connection  with  its  primary  responsibilities  set  forth  above,  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  is  responsible  for
developing and overseeing an orientation process for new directors and to review our policies and programs with respect to the continuing education of
directors.  Accordingly,  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  has  adopted  a  new  director  orientation  process,  pursuant  to  which  new
directors  will  be  provided  with  access  to  information  about  the  Company  to  assist  the  director  in  better  understanding  the  business  as  well  as  the
responsibilities and culture of the Board and its committees. New directors will be provided with suggested reading materials, an initial orientation session,
follow-up one-on-one meetings, and sponsorship by an existing director. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has additionally adopted a
director  education  reimbursement  policy  to  encourage  existing  directors  to  seek  additional  education  opportunities  regarding  corporate  governance  and
other subject matters relevant to their service.

Director Nomination Process

Until the creation of a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in May 2023, the Board oversaw our director nomination process. In
identifying and evaluating candidates for membership on the Board, the Board took into account all factors it considered appropriate, including strength of
character, mature judgment, career specialization, relevant technical skills, diversity (including, but not limited to, gender, race, ethnicity, age, experience,
and skills), and the extent to which the candidate would fill a present need on the Board. Pursuant to its charter, the Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee, in evaluating candidates for nomination to the Board, will take into account the independence and other requirements, applicable pursuant to
law, SEC rules, the requirements of any stock exchange on which securities of the Company are listed, or otherwise. At a minimum, the Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee will consider (i) whether each such nominee has demonstrated, by significant accomplishment in such nominee’s field,
an  ability  to  make  a  meaningful  contribution  to  the  Board’s  oversight  of  the  business  and  affairs  of  the  Company  and  (ii)  the  nominee’s  reputation  for
honesty and ethical conduct in such nominee’s personal and professional activities. Additional factors which the Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee  may  consider  include  a  candidate’s  judgment,  skill,  objectivity,  independence,  leadership,  integrity,  diversity,  business  or  other  experience,
financial or other expertise, time availability in light of other commitments and conflicts of interest. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
will  consider  candidates  recommended  by  stockholders  and  others,  as  it  deems  appropriate.  In  considering  candidates  submitted  by  stockholders,  the
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will take into consideration the needs of the Board and the qualifications of the candidate. We do not
have a formal diversity policy for directors.

The  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  identifies,  and  prior  to  the  creation  of  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance
Committee,  the  Board  identified,  director  candidates  based  on  input  provided  by  a  number  of  sources,  including  Board  members,  stockholders,
management, and third parties. For example, Mr. Beeson, who was appointed to the Board effective as of May 1, 2023, was identified by another member
of the Board, and Ms. Mitchell-Keller, who was appointed to the Board effective as of May 16, 2023, was identified by a member of management. The
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not distinguish between nominees recommended by our stockholders and those recommended by
other  parties.  Any  stockholder  recommendation  must  be  sent  to  our  Corporate  Secretary  at  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.,  664  Cruiser  Lane,  Belgrade,
Montana 59714, and must include certain information concerning the nominee as specified in our Bylaws.

Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Ethics for the CEO and Senior Financial Officers as well as a Code of Conduct that applies to all directors, officers,
and employees. Our corporate governance materials, including our Code of Ethics for the CEO and Senior Financial Officers and Code of Conduct, are
available on our website at www.xtantmedical.com (click “Investors” and “Corporate Governance”). We intend to disclose on our corporate website any
amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Ethics for the CEO and Senior Financial Officers that applies to directors and executive officers
and that is required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules of the SEC and the NYSE American.

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 11. Executive Compensation

Executive Compensation

Overview

This section describes the compensation of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table below, which individuals consist of

our President and Chief Executive Officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2023:

● Sean E. Browne, our President and Chief Executive Officer and principal executive officer (CEO or PEO);

● Kevin D. Brandt, our Chief Commercial Officer; and

● Mark Schallenberger, our Chief Operations Officer.

These executive officers are collectively referred to as our named executive officers.

When  reading  this  Executive  Compensation  Overview,  please  note  we  are  a  small  reporting  company  and  are  not  required  to  provide  a
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis” of the type required by Item 402 of SEC Regulation S-K. This Overview is intended to supplement the SEC-
required disclosure, which is included in this section, and it is not a Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

Compensation Philosophy

We generally target executive compensation at the 50th percentile of our peer group as discussed below.

Use of Market Data

We strive to compensate our executive officers competitively relative to other companies that are similar to us primarily from an industry, revenue
and revenue growth perspective. To ensure reasonableness and competitiveness of our executive compensation packages relative to our peer companies, the
Compensation Committee evaluates our peer group with the aid of our independent compensation consultant and with input from management. Our current
peer group is as follows.

Anika Therapeutics, Inc.
NeuroPace, Inc.
Rockwell Medical, Inc.
Sientra, Inc.
Surmodics, Inc.

AxoGen, Inc.
OrthoPediatrics Corp.
Sanara MedTech Inc.
Sight Sciences, Inc.
TELA Bio, Inc.
Zynex, Inc.

IRadimed Corporation
Pulmonx Corporation
SI-BONE, Inc.
Silk Road Medical, Inc.
Treace Medical Concepts, Inc.

Data from this peer group, therefore, is considered in the compensation benchmarking process as one input in helping us determine appropriate

pay levels.

Use of Consultants

The Compensation Committee has the authority to engage the services of outside experts and advisors as it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its
duties and responsibilities, and prior to doing so, assesses the independence of such experts and advisors from management. The Compensation Committee
retained Mercer (US) Inc. in August 2023 and updated its executive officer and non-employee director compensation analyses shortly thereafter. Mercer
(US) Inc. did not provide any services to our company other than those for which it was retained by the Compensation Committee.

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program

During  2023,  our  executive  compensation  program  consisted  of  several  key  elements,  which  are  described  in  the  table  below,  along  with  the  key
characteristics of, and the purpose for, each element and key 2023 changes.

Element

Base Salary

(Fixed, Cash)

Key Characteristics
  A fixed amount, paid in cash

periodically throughout the year and
reviewed annually and, if appropriate,
adjusted.

Short-Term Incentive (STI)

(Variable, Cash)

  A variable, short-term, discretionary
element of compensation that is
payable in cash based on achievement
of key pre-established annual
corporate objectives.

Purpose

Key 2023 Changes

  Provides a source of fixed
income that is market
competitive and reflects scope
and responsibility of the
position held.

  No changes, except establishing an initial base
salary of $400,000 for Mr. Schallenberger.

  Motivates and rewards our

  No changes to target bonus percentages,

executives for achievement of
annual corporate objectives.

except establishing a target bonus percentage
at 50% for Mr. Schallenberger.

The pre-established corporate objectives for
the 2023 STI plan were Xtant revenue (64%
weighting), Coflex revenue (11% weighting),
total revenue (15% weighting), gross margin
(5% weighting) and adjusted EBITDA (5%
weighting).

Achievement was determined to be at
110.76% of target.

  Our named executive officers received stock
option awards, with 25% vesting on the one-
year anniversary of the grant date and the
remaining 75% vesting in 12 quarterly
installments thereafter, and restricted stock
unit awards vesting annually over four years.

Long-Term Incentives (LTI)

  A variable, long-term element of

  Aligns the interests of our

(Variable, Equity-Based
Awards)

compensation that is provided in the
form of time-vested stock option
awards and restricted stock unit
awards.

executives with our
stockholders; encourages our
executives to focus on our long-
term performance; promotes
retention; and encourages
significant stock ownership.

Retirement Benefits

  A defined contribution retirement plan
with a discretionary company match.

  Provides an opportunity for

  No changes.

employees to save and prepare
financially for retirement.

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary Compensation Table

The table below provides summary information concerning all compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers for

the year ended December 31, 2023.

Name and Principal Position   Year    
Sean E. Browne
President and Chief Executive
Officer
Kevin D. Brandt
Chief Commercial Officer
Mark A. Schallenberger
Chief Operations Officer(6)

  2022   
  2023   
  2022   
  2023   

Salary     Bonus(1)   

Stock
Awards(2)   

Option
Awards(3)   

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(4)   

All Other
Compensation(5)   

Total

  2023    $ 600,000    $

—    $ 209,059    $ 209,266    $

664,560    $

29,273    $ 1,712,158 

  600,000   
  415,000   
  415,000   
  400,000   

—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
  144,599   
  213,241   
  205,144   

—   
  144,743   
—   
  208,263   

416,400   
229,827   
144,005   
221,520   

44,162   
13,200   
6,250   
139,696   

    1,060,562 
947,369 
778,496 
  1,174,623 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

We generally do not pay any discretionary bonuses or bonuses that are subjectively determined and did not pay any such bonuses to any named
executive officers in 2023. Annual cash incentive bonus payouts based on performance against pre-established corporate performance goals are
reported in the “Non-equity incentive plan compensation” column.

Amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value for restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards granted to each named executive officer
computed  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic  718.  The  grant  date  fair  value  is  determined  based  on  the  per  share  closing  sale  price  of  our
common stock on the grant date for 2023 and 2022.

Amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value for option awards granted to each named executive officer computed in accordance
with FASB ASC Topic 718. The grant date fair value is determined based on our Black-Scholes option pricing model. The table below sets forth
the specific assumptions used in the valuation of each such option award:

Grant Date

08/15/2023
02/15/2023

  $
  $

Grant Date Fair
Value
Per Share

Risk Free Interest
Rate

Expected
Life

Expected
Volatility

1.20   
0.77   

4.35% 
3.98% 

6.25 years 
6.25 years 

111.12% 
111.60% 

Expected
Dividend Yield  
— 
— 

Amounts reported represent payouts under our annual bonus plan and for each year reflect the amounts earned for that year but paid during the
following year.

The table  below  provides  information  concerning  amounts  reported  in  the  “All  Other  Compensation”  column  of  the  Summary  Compensation
Table for 2023 with respect to each named executive officer.

Name

Sean E. Browne
Kevin D. Brandt
Mark A. Schallenberger

401(k) Match    

Commuting
Expenses

Relocation
Expenses

  $

13,200    $
13,200   
8,000   

16,073    $
—   
—   

—    $
—   
131,696   

Total

29,273 
13,200 
139,696 

(6)

Mr. Schallenberger was appointed as our Chief Operations Officer effective January 16, 2023.

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Employment and Other Agreements

Employment Agreements

Effective October 7, 2019, we entered into an employment agreement with Sean E. Browne, our President and Chief Executive Officer, which
provides for an annual base salary $600,000 and a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his annual base salary. We agreed to reimburse his
reasonable travel and business expenses. In addition, we agreed to grant him an option to purchase 329,044 shares of our common stock and an RSU unit
award covering 329,044 shares of our common stock under the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2018 Plan”),
effective as of October 15, 2019, consistent with our equity grant policy. The total number of shares subject to these equity awards represented 5% of our
then outstanding common stock. We also agreed to grant Mr. Browne additional stock options and RSU awards, in the same proportionate split, in the event
OrbiMed (including its affiliates) converts any of our outstanding indebtedness into equity of the Company within five years. Accordingly, in response to
the completion of our October 2020 debt restructuring, on November 15, 2020, we granted Mr. Browne an additional option to purchase 1,468,859 shares
of our common stock and an RSU award covering 1,468,859 shares of our common stock. The terms of these awards are described under “Outstanding
Equity  Awards  at  Fiscal  Year-End.”  Our  agreement  with  Mr.  Browne  also  contains  standard  confidentiality,  non-competition,  non-solicitation  and
assignment  of  intellectual  property  provisions,  as  well  as  standard  severance  and  change  in  control  provisions,  which  are  described  under  “—Potential
Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Effective July 9, 2018, we entered into an employment agreement with Kevin D. Brandt, our Chief Commercial Officer, which provided for an
initial annual base salary of $400,000 (which was subsequently increased to $415,000 in April 2019) with a target annual bonus of 50% of his annual base
salary,  and  a  $90,000  signing  bonus,  which  was  required  to  be  paid  back  if  Mr.  Brandt  terminated  his  employment  with  Xtant  prior  to  the  one-year
anniversary of his hire date. In addition, the agreement provided for the grant of an RSU award covering 40,000 shares of our common stock, which vested
in full on July 9, 2021, the three-year anniversary date of Mr. Brandt’s hire date, assuming continued employment. The agreement also provides that Mr.
Brandt is eligible to receive an annual equity award, subject to the approval of the Board, provided that the grant value of such equity award shall not be
less than 50% of his annual base salary. This agreement contains standard confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation, and assignment of intellectual
property provisions, as well as standard severance and change in control provisions, which are described under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or
Change in Control.”

Effective January 16, 2023, we entered into an employment agreement with Mark A. Schallenberger, our Chief Operations Officer, which provides
for an annual base salary $400,000 and a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 50% of his annual base salary. In addition, the agreement provided for
the grant of an option to purchase 105,000 shares of our common stock and an RSU award covering 89,000 shares of our common stock under the 2018
Plan, effective as of February 15, 2023, consistent with our equity grant policy. The options have a 10-year term and a per share exercise price equal to the
“fair market value” (as defined in the 2019 Plan) of our common stock on the grant date. The options vest with respect to 25% of the shares on the one-year
anniversary of the grant date and quarterly thereafter, and the RSUs vest in four equal annual installments, in each case assuming continued employment.
Our  agreement  with  Mr.  Schallenberger  also  contains  standard  confidentiality,  non-competition,  non-solicitation  and  assignment  of  intellectual  property
provisions, as well as standard severance and change in control provisions, which are described under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change
in Control.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our executive officers that require us to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may

arise by reason of their status or service as directors or executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
401(k) Retirement Plan

We have a 401(k) plan for our employees. The 401(k) plan is a defined contribution plan covering substantially all of our employees. Employees
are eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of any month after starting employment. Employees are allowed to contribute a percentage of their
wages to the 401(k) plan, subject to statutorily prescribed limits and are subject to a discretionary employer match of 100% of their wage deferrals not in
excess of 4% of their wages.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The  table  below  provides  information  regarding  unexercised  option  awards  and  unvested  stock  awards  held  by  each  of  our  named  executive
officers that remained outstanding at our fiscal year-end, December 31, 2023. All of the outstanding equity awards described below were either granted
under the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”) or the 2018 Plan.

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable    
263,235   
1,101,644   
—   

30,770   
40,527   
89,956   
112,229   
—   

—   
—   

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable  

Option
Exercise Price  

65,809(3)  
367,215(5)  
203,252(7)  

— 
— 
29,986(11) 
87,290(13) 
140,583(7)  

105,000(14) 
135,501(7)  

2.70   
1.26   
1.20   

6.20   
2.76   
1.13   
1.27   
1.20   

0.77   
1.20   

Option
Expiration
Date(1)
10/15/2029   
11/15/2030   
08/15/2033   

08/15/2028   
08/15/2029   
08/15/2030   
08/15/2031   
08/15/2033   

02/15/2033   
08/15/2033   

Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock that
Have Not
Vested

Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
that Have Not
Vested(2)

65,809(4)   $

367,215(6)  
174,216(8)  

23,796(9)  
81,055(10) 
307,560(12) 
120,499(8)  

89,000(15) 
116,144(8)  

74,364 
414,953 
196,864 

26,889 
91,592 
347,543 
136,164 

100,570 
131,243 

Name
Sean E. Browne

Kevin D. Brandt

Mark A. Schallenberger  

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

All  options  awards  have  a  10-year  term,  but  may  terminate  earlier  if  the  recipient’s  employment  or  service  relationship  with  the  Company
terminates.

Based on the closing price of our common stock on December 29, 2023 ($1.13), as reported by the NYSE American.

This stock option vests in nearly equal installments annually over a five-year period beginning on October 15, 2020. In addition, this option will
vest in full immediately in the event that it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to one year following a change in control and a pro rata
percentage will vest immediately if Mr. Browne dies.

This RSU award vests in nearly equal installments annually over a five-year period beginning on October 15, 2020. In addition, this RSU award
will vest in full immediately in the event that it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to one year following a change in control and a pro
rata percentage will vest immediately if Mr. Browne dies.

This stock option vests in nearly equal installments annually over a four-year period beginning on October 15, 2021. In addition, this option will
vest in full immediately in the event that it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to one year following a change in control and a pro rata
percentage will vest immediately if Mr. Browne dies.

This RSU award vests in nearly equal installments annually over a four-year period beginning on October 15, 2021. In addition, this RSU award
will vest in full immediately in the event that it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to one year following a change in control and a pro
rata percentage will vest immediately if Mr. Browne dies.

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

(12)

(13)

(14)

(15)

This stock option vests with respect to 25% of the shares on August 15, 2024 and with respect to the remaining 75% of such shares over the three-
year period thereafter in 12 as nearly equal as possible quarterly installments. In addition, this option will vest in full immediately in the event that
it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to one year following a change in control and a pro rata percentage will vest immediately if the
executive dies.

This RSU award vests in nearly equal installments annually over a four-year period beginning on August 15, 2024. In addition, this RSU award
will vest in full immediately in the event that it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to 12 months following a change in control and a
pro rata percentage will vest immediately if the executive dies.

This RSU award vests in nearly equal installments annually over a four-year period beginning on August 15, 2021. In addition, this RSU award
will vest in full immediately in the event that it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to 12 months following a change in control and a
pro rata percentage will vest immediately if the executive dies.

This RSU award vests in nearly equal installments annually over a four-year period beginning on August 15, 2022. In addition, this RSU award
will vest in full immediately in the event that it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to 12 months following a change in control and a
pro rata percentage will vest immediately if the executive dies.

This stock option vests with respect to 25% of the shares on August 15, 2021 and with respect to the remaining 75% of such shares over the three-
year period thereafter in 12 as nearly equal as possible quarterly installments. In addition, this option will vest in full immediately in the event that
it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to one year following a change in control and a pro rata percentage will vest immediately if the
executive dies.

This RSU award vests in nearly equal installments annually over a four-year period beginning on August 15, 2023. In addition, this RSU award
will vest in full immediately in the event that it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to 12 months following a change in control and a
pro rata percentage will vest immediately if the executive dies.

This stock option vests with respect to 25% of the shares on August 15, 2022 and with respect to the remaining 75% of such shares over the three-
year period thereafter in 12 as nearly equal as possible quarterly installments. In addition, this option will vest in full immediately in the event that
it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to one year following a change in control and a pro rata percentage will vest immediately if the
executive dies.

This stock option vests with respect to 25% of the shares on February 15, 2024 and with respect to the remaining 75% of such shares over the
three-year period thereafter in 12 as nearly equal as possible quarterly installments. In addition, this option will vest in full immediately in the
event  that  it  is  discontinued  upon  a  change  in  control  or  up  to  one  year  following  a  change  in  control  and  a  pro  rata  percentage  will  vest
immediately if the executive dies.

This RSU award vests in nearly equal installments annually over a four-year period beginning on February 15, 2024. In addition, this RSU award
will vest in full immediately in the event that it is discontinued upon a change in control or up to 12 months following a change in control and a
pro rata percentage will vest immediately if the executive dies.

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan

In 2023, the Board and the Company’s stockholders approved and adopted the 2023 Plan. The purpose of the 2023 Plan is to advance the interests
of the Company and our stockholders by enabling us to attract and retain qualified individuals to perform services, provide incentive compensation for such
individuals in a form that is linked to the growth and profitability of our company and increases in stockholder value, and provide opportunities for equity
participation that align the interests of participants with those of our stockholders.

The  2023  Plan  replaced  the  2018  Plan.  However,  the  terms  of  the  2018  Plan  continue  to  govern  awards  outstanding  under  the  2018  Plan  until

exercised, expired, paid, or otherwise terminated or canceled.

The 2023 Plan permits the Board, or a committee or subcommittee thereof, to grant to eligible employees, non-employee directors, and consultants
of  the  Company  non-statutory  and  incentive  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock  awards,  RSUs,  DSUs,  performance  awards,  non-
employee  director  awards,  and  other  stock-based  awards.  Subject  to  adjustment,  the  maximum  number  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  authorized  for
issuance under the 2023 Plan is 19,881,902 shares. To date, the Company has granted stock options, RSUs and DSUs under the 2023 Plan. As of December
31, 2023, 9,968,016 shares of Xtant common stock remained available for issuance under the 2023 Plan.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Executive Employment Agreements

Under  the  terms  of  the  employment  agreements  we  have  entered  into  with  our  named  executive  officers,  if  the  executive’s  employment  is
terminated by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the agreement), the executive will be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to 12 months
of his annual base salary, payable as salary continuation, reimbursement of COBRA payments for up to 12 months, and the prorated amount of any unpaid
bonus  for  the  calendar  year  in  which  his  termination  of  employment  occurs,  if  earned  pursuant  to  the  terms  thereof.  If  the  executive’s  employment  is
terminated by the Company without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” in connection with or within 12 months after a “change in control” (as
such terms are defined in the agreement), the executive’s severance payment, as previously described, will be paid in one lump sum, and in the case of Mr.
Brandt, will equal two times his base salary. To be eligible to receive these payments, the executive will be required to execute and not revoke a release of
claims against the Company.

Equity Award Agreements

All equity awards held by our named executive officers have been granted under 2018 Plan or the 2023 Plan. Under the terms of the 2018 Plan
and the 2023 Plan and the award agreements governing these awards, if an executive’s employment or other service with the Company is terminated for
cause, then all outstanding awards held by such executive will be terminated and forfeited. In the event an executive’s employment or other service with the
Company is terminated by reason of death, then:

● All outstanding stock options will vest and become exercisable immediately as to a pro rata percentage of the unvested portion of the option
scheduled to vest on the next applicable vesting date, and the vested portion of the options will remain exercisable for a period of one year
after the date of such termination (but in no event after the expiration date).

● The outstanding unvested RSU awards will vest and become immediately issuable as to a pro rata percentage of the unvested portion of the

RSU awards scheduled to vest on the next applicable vesting date and the unvested portion of the RSU awards will terminate.

In the event an executive’s employment or other service with the Company is terminated by reason of disability, then:

● All outstanding stock options will remain exercisable to the extent exercisable on the termination date for a period of one year after the date of

such termination (but in no event after the expiration date).

● All outstanding unvested RSU awards will terminate.

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the event an executive’s employment or other service with the Company is terminated for any other reason, then:

● All outstanding stock options will remain exercisable to the extent exercisable on the termination date for a period of 90 days after the date of

such termination (but in no event after the expiration date).

● All outstanding unvested RSU awards will terminate.

In  addition,  the  equity  award  agreements  governing  the  equity  awards  held  by  our  named  executive  officers  contain  “change  in  control”
provisions. Under the award agreements, without limiting the authority of the Compensation Committee to adjust awards, if a “change in control” of the
Company  (as  defined  in  the  2018  Plan  and  the  2023  Plan)  occurs,  then,  unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  award  or  other  agreement,  if  an  award  is
continued, assumed, or substituted by the successor entity, the award will not vest or lapse solely as a result of the change in control but will instead remain
outstanding under the terms pursuant to which it has been continued, assumed, or substituted and will continue to vest or lapse pursuant to such terms. If
the  award  is  continued,  assumed,  or  substituted  by  the  successor  entity  and  within  one  year  following  the  change  in  control,  the  executive  is  either
terminated  by  the  successor  entity  without  “cause”  or,  if  the  executive  resigns  for  “good  reason,”  each  as  defined  in  the  award  agreement,  then  the
outstanding option will vest and become immediately exercisable as of the termination or resignation and will remain exercisable until the earlier of the
expiration  of  its  full  specified  term  or  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  of  such  termination  or  resignation,  and  the  outstanding  RSU  award  will  be  fully
vested and will be converted into shares of our common stock immediately thereafter. If an award is not continued, assumed, or substituted by the successor
entity,  then  the  outstanding  option  will  be  fully  vested  and  exercisable,  and  the  Compensation  Committee  will  either  give  the  executive  a  reasonable
opportunity to exercise the option prior to the change in control transaction or will pay the difference between the exercise price of the option and the per
share consideration paid to similarly situated stockholders. Under these conditions, the outstanding RSU award will be fully vested and will be converted
into shares of our common stock immediately thereafter.

Director Compensation

Director Compensation Program

Our director cash compensation consists of an annual cash retainer paid to each non-employee director and an additional annual cash retainer paid

to the Chair of the Board, Chair of each of our Board Committees and Board Committee members, and initial and annual equity grants.

We revised our non-employee director compensation program in April 2023 to provide for an annual cash retainer to be paid to the Chair of our
then newly formed Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and then revised the program again effective as of July 1, 2023 to provide for annual
cash retainers to be paid to Board Committee members in addition to Board Committee Chairs.

The table below sets forth the annual cash retainers for 2023, effective through June 30, 2023:

Description

Annual Cash Retainer

Non-Employee Director
Chair of the Board Premium
Audit Committee Chair Premium
Compensation Committee Chair Premium
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair Premium

115

$

50,000 
32,500 
32,500 
32,500 
20,000 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below sets forth the annual cash retainers for 2023, effective as of July 1, 2023:

Description

Annual Cash Retainer

Non-Employee Director (other than Board Chair)
Board Chair
Audit Committee Chair
Audit Committee Member (other than Chair)
Compensation Committee Chair
Compensation Committee Member (other than Chair)
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Member (other than Chair)

$

55,000 
110,000 
22,500 
11,250 
16,250 
8,125 
10,000 
5,000 

In addition to annual cash retainers, our non-employee director compensation program provides for initial and annual equity grants. Each of our
two  new  directors,  Jonn  Beeson  and  Lori  Mitchell-Keller,  received  a  pro  rata  portion  of  the  2022  annual  non-employee  director  RSU  awards  (initially
valued at $112,016), covering 52,049 shares of our common stock in the case of Mr. Beeson and 45,782 shares of our common stock in the case of Ms.
Mitchell-Keller, in connection with joining the Board. The number of shares underlying these initial RSU awards was based not only on the passage of time
since the then most recent annual grant, but also the fair market value of our common stock at the time these initial RSU awards were approved by the
Board. Consistent with our equity grant policy, these initial RSU awards were granted on the 15th day of the month after the election of the new director.

With respect to our annual equity grants, we revised our non-employee director compensation program in 2023 to provide for annual equity grants
of stock options and RSUs (or, at the election of the non-employee director, DSUs), with a value equal to $125,000 per non-employee director, except in
the  case  of  our  Chair  of  the  Board,  where  the  value  is  equal  to  $187,500.  Consistent  with  our  equity  grant  policy,  these  equity  grants  were  granted  on
August 15, 2023. The number of stock options and RSUs granted to each non-employee director was based on assumed grant date fair values using our
closing price of $0.86 per share of our common stock on June 25, 2023, which is a date immediately prior to the date of the Compensation Committee
action related to these awards. Accordingly, on August 15, 2023, each of our non-employee directors at that time received a stock option under the 2023
Plan to purchase 28,230 (42,345, in the case of the Chair of the Board) shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price equal to the fair market
value of our common stock on that date and an RSU award (or, at the election of the non-employee director, a DSU award) covering 145,180 (217,770, in
the case of the Chair of the Board) shares of our common stock. Because the value of our common stock increased between the date of the Compensation
Committee action related to these awards and the grant date of these awards, the grant date fair value of these awards is different than the value we used in
determining the number of stock options and RSUs.

In  2023,  we  also  adopted  a  director  education  reimbursement  policy,  pursuant  to  which  we  will  reimburse  directors  for  all  reasonable  costs  of
attending director education programs in order to encourage continuing director education. Amounts reimbursed include costs associated with attending
each program, including tuition, travel, lodging and meals. In addition, we will reimburse directors for the reasonable cost of subscriptions to periodicals or
online  information  services  relating  to  corporate  governance  and  other  subject  matters  relevant  to  board  service,  as  well  as  membership  fees  of
organizations  which  promote  corporate  governance  and  board  education.  Directors  serving  on  multiple  boards  are  encouraged  to  obtain  pro  rata
reimbursement of their director education expenses from each corporation that they serve, but we will nonetheless reimburse 100% of the costs if this is not
practicable.

Pursuant to the 2023 Plan, the sum of any cash compensation, or other compensation, and the value of awards granted to a non-employee director
as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any fiscal year may not exceed $400,000 (increased to $600,000 with respect to any non-
employee director serving as the Chair of the Board or lead independent director or in the fiscal year of a non-employee director’s initial service as a non-
employee director).

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director Compensation Table for Fiscal 2023

The table below describes the compensation earned by individuals who served as directors during fiscal 2023, other than Sean E. Browne, our
President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Browne is not compensated separately for his service as a director, and his compensation is discussed under
“Executive Compensation.”

Name
John K. Bakewell
Jonn R. Beeson(5)
Michael J. Eggenberg(6)
Robert E. McNamara
Lori D. Mitchell-Keller(7)
Matthew S. Rizzo(6)
Stavros G. Vizirgianakis

Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash

$

82,500   
53,229   
16,801   
82,500   
43,505   
16,801   
98,750   

$

Stock

$

Awards(1)(2)    
174,216   
205,966   
—   
174,216   
205,806   
—   
261,324   

Option

Awards(3)(4)    

All Other
Compensation   

Total

27,594    $
27,594   
—   
27,594   
27,594   
—   
41,390   

—    $
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

284,310 
286,789 
16,801 
284,310 
276,905 
16,801 
401,464 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

Amounts reported in the “Stock Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value for the RSU awards or DSU awards granted to each
non-employee director in 2023 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The grant date fair value is determined based on the closing
price of our common stock on the grant date. These grant date fair value amounts may differ from the amounts provided in our non-employee
director compensation program since the number of RSU or DSU awards is determined based on our stock price as of a date prior to the actual
grant date.

On August 15, 2023, each non-employee director serving at the time, other than Mr. Vizirgianakis, received a RSU or DSU award covering 28,230
shares of our common stock, and Mr. Vizirgianakis, as Chair of the Board, received a DSU award covering 42,345 shares of our common stock. In
addition, on May 15, 2023, Mr. Beeson received a RSU award covering 52,049 shares of our common stock and on June 15, 2023, Ms. Mitchell-
Keller  received  a  RSU  award  covering  45,782  shares  of  our  common  stock.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  non-employee  directors  held  the
following unvested stock awards: Mr. Bakewell (145,180); Mr. Beeson (145,180); Mr. Eggenberg (0); Mr. McNamara; (145,180); Ms. Mitchell-
Keller (145,180); Mr. Rizzo (0); and Mr. Vizirgianakis (217,770).

Amounts reported in the “Option Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value for option awards granted to each non-employee
director in 2023 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The grant date fair value is determined based on our Black-Scholes option
pricing model. The table below sets forth the specific assumptions used in the valuation of the option awards:

Grant Date

Grant Date Fair
Value
Per Share

Risk Free
Interest Rate

Expected
Life

Expected
Volatility

08/15/2023

  $

0.98   

4.3% 

5.5 years 

107.00% 

Expected
Dividend Yield  
— 

These grant date fair value amounts may differ from the amounts provided in our non-employee director compensation program since the number
of option awards is determined based on our Black-Scholes option pricing model as of a date prior to the actual grant date.

On August 15, 2023, each non-employee director serving at the time, other than Mr. Vizirgianakis, received an option to purchase 28,230 shares of
our  common  stock,  and  Mr.  Vizirgianakis,  as  Chair  of  the  Board,  received  an  option  to  purchase  42,345  shares  of  our  common  stock.  These
options were granted at an exercise price of $1.20 per share, were granted under the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, the
material terms of which are described in more detail under “Executive Compensation—Stock Incentive Plans,” vest in full on August 15, 2024 and
will expire on August 15, 2033 or earlier in the case of a director whose service as a director is terminated prior to such date. As of December 31,
2023, the non-employee directors held the following unexercised stock options: Mr. Bakewell (28,230); Mr. Beeson (28,230); Mr. Eggenberg (0);
Mr. McNamara; (28,230); Ms. Mitchell-Keller (28,230); Mr. Rizzo (0); and Mr. Vizirgianakis (42,345).

Mr. Beeson joined our Board of Directors effective May 1, 2023.

Each of Messrs. Eggenberg and Rizzo resigned as a director of the Company effective May 1, 2023.

Ms. Mitchell-Keller joined our Board of Directors effective May 16, 2023.

117

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Significant Beneficial Owners

The table below sets forth information as to beneficial owners that have reported to the SEC or have otherwise advised us that they are a beneficial

owner, as defined by the SEC’s rules and regulations, of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock.

Title of Class

Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner

Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership

Percent of Class(1)

Common Stock

Common Stock

Common Stock

OrbiMed Advisors LLC(2)
601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Altium Capital Management, LP(3)
152 West 57th Street, Floor 20
New York, NY 10019
Stavros G. Vizirgianakis(5)
664 Cruiser Lane
Belgrade, MT 59714

73,114,592 

14,525,511(4)

7,440,339 

56.1%

10.6%(4)

5.7%

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Percent of class is based on 130,216,541 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 25, 2024.

Based in-part on information contained in a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on August 3, 2023. Includes 56,004,974 shares of common stock
held  of  record  by  ROS  Acquisition  Offshore  LP  (“ROS  Acquisition”).  OrbiMed  Advisors  LLC  (“Advisors”),  a  registered  investment  adviser
under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended, is the investment manager of ROS Acquisition. By virtue of such relationships, Advisors
may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by ROS Acquisition as noted above and as a result may be
deemed to have beneficial ownership over such securities. Advisors exercises its voting and investment power through a management committee
comprised of Carl L. Gordon, Sven H. Borho, and W. Carter Neild, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by ROS
Acquisition.

Also includes 17,109,618 shares of common stock held of record by OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP (“ORO II”). OrbiMed ROF II LLC
(“ROF II”) is the general partner of ORO II, and Advisors is the managing member of ROF II. By virtue of such relationships, Advisors and ROF
II  may  be  deemed  to  have  voting  and  investment  power  with  respect  to  the  securities  held  by  ORO  II  as  noted  above  and  as  a  result  may  be
deemed to have beneficial ownership over such securities. Advisors exercises its voting and investment power through a management committee
comprised of Carl L. Gordon, Sven H. Borho, and W. Carter Neild, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by ORO II.

Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2024 and other information known to the Company. Altium
Growth Fund, LP (the “Fund”), Altium Capital Management, LP, and Altium Growth GP, LLC each have shared dispositive power and voting
power over the shares. The Fund is the record and direct beneficial owner of the shares. Altium Capital Management, LP is the investment adviser
of, and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by the Fund. Altium Growth GP, LLC is the general partner of, and may be deemed
to beneficially own the shares owned by the Fund. The number of shares consists of 8,027,593 shares of our common stock and 6,497,918 shares
of our common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant (the “Investor Warrant”).

While the total number of shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the Investor Warrant is reflected in this table, the Fund is not
permitted to exercise such Investor Warrant to the extent that such exercise would result in the Fund and its affiliates beneficially owning more
than 9.99% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of such warrants. The Fund has the right to increase this beneficial ownership limitation in its discretion on 61 days’ prior
written notice to us.

Based  in  part  on  information  contained  in  a  Schedule  13D  filed  with  the  SEC  on  September  6,  2022  and  other  information  available  to  the
Company.  The  number  of  shares  consists  of  5,995,355  shares  of  our  common  stock  and  1,444,984  shares  of  our  common  stock  issuable  upon
exercise of warrants.

118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Security Ownership of Management

The table below sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 25, 2024, by:

● each of our directors;

● each of our named executive officers; and

● all directors and executive officers as a group.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each person is determined in accordance with the SEC’s rules and regulations, and the information is
not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under the SEC’s rules and regulations, beneficial ownership includes any shares
over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60
days  of  March  25,  2024,  through  the  exercise  of  any  stock  option,  warrants,  or  other  rights  or  the  vesting  of  any  RSU  awards.  Except  as  otherwise
indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all
shares of common stock held by that person.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 130,216,541 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 25,
2024.  Shares  of  our  common  stock  that  a  person  has  the  right  to  acquire  within  60  days  of  March  25,  2024,  are  deemed  outstanding  for  purposes  of
computing  the  percentage  ownership  of  the  person  holding  such  rights,  but  are  not  deemed  outstanding  for  purposes  of  computing  the  percentage
ownership of any other person.

Title of Class
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock

  Name of Beneficial Owner

John K. Bakewell
Jonn R. Beeson
  Sean E. Browne
  Robert E. McNamara
  Lori D. Mitchell-Keller
  Stavros G. Vizirgianakis(2)
  Kevin D. Brandt
  Mark A. Schallenberger
  All current executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)

Amount and Nature
of Beneficial
Ownership(1)

Percent of Class

448,546   
1,321,139   
2,332,997   
446,809   
—   
7,440,339   
581,372   
55,062   
12,919,615   

* 
1.0%
1.8%
* 
— 
5.7%
* 
* 
9.7%

*

(1)

Less than 1% of outstanding shares of common stock.

Includes for the persons listed below the following shares subject to options and RSUs held by that person that are currently exercisable or become
exercisable within 60 days of March 25, 2024:

Name
Jonn R. Beeson
Sean E. Browne
Stavros G. Vizirgianakis
Kevin D. Brandt
Mark A. Schallenberger
All current directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)

Warrants

Options

RSUs

253,818   
—   
1,444,984   
—   
—   
1,698,802   

—   
1,364,879   
—   
298,422   
32,812   
1,824,475   

52,049 
— 
— 
— 
— 
52,049 

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)

Based  in  part  on  information  contained  in  a  Schedule  13D  filed  with  the  SEC  on  September  6,  2022  and  other  information  available  to  the
Company.  The  number  of  shares  consists  of  5,995,355  shares  of  our  common  stock  and  1,444,984  shares  of  our  common  stock  issuable  upon
exercise of warrants.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The table below provides information about our common stock that may be issued under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2023.

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Total

Number of
Securities to Be
Issued upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(a)

Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(b)

Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
under Equity
Compensation
Plans

8,400,503   
—   
8,400,503   

$

$

1.31   
—   
1.31   

9,968,016 
— 
9,968,016 

(1)

(2)

(3)

Amount includes 1,472,013 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted under the 2023 Plan; 3,403,192 shares
of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted under the 2018 Plan, 623 shares of our common stock issuable upon the
exercise of stock options granted under the Amended and Restated Xtant Medical Equity Incentive Plan (the “prior plan”), 1,755,783 shares of our
common stock issuable upon the vesting of RSU awards granted under the 2023 Plan and 1,768,892 shares of our common stock issuable upon the
vesting of RSU awards granted under the 2018 Plan.

Not included in the weighted-average exercise price calculation are 2,871,365 RSU awards and 653,310 DSU awards.

Amount includes 9,968,106 shares of our common stock remaining available for future issuance under the 2023 Plan. No shares remain available
for grant under the 2018 Plan or prior plan since such plans have been terminated with respect to future grants.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Policies and Procedures for Review and Approval of Related Party Transactions

Pursuant to its charter, the Audit Committee reviews and approves all related party transactions and makes recommendations to the full Board
regarding approval of such transactions, unless the Board specifically delegates this responsibility to the Compensation Committee. The Audit Committee
reviewed the transactions described below and determined that they were fair, just, and reasonable to the Company and in the best interests of the Company
and its stockholders.

120

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related Party Transactions

Below is a description of transactions that have occurred during the past two fiscal years, or any currently proposed transactions, to which we were

or are a participant and in which:

● the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of: $120,000 or one percent (1%) of the average of our total assets at year end for the

last two completed fiscal years; and

● a related person (including any director, director nominee, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our common shares or any member of

their immediate family) had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Investor Rights Agreement

We are party to an Investor Rights Agreement with OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP and ROS Acquisition Offshore LP pursuant to which
Royalty Opportunities and ROS are permitted to nominate a majority of the directors and designate the chairperson of our Board of Directors at subsequent
annual  meetings,  as  long  as  they  maintain  an  ownership  threshold  in  our  Company  of  at  least  40%  of  our  then  outstanding  common  stock.  If  Royalty
Opportunities  and  ROS  are  unable  to  maintain  the  Ownership  Threshold,  as  defined  in  the  Investor  Rights  Agreement,  the  Investor  Rights  Agreement
contemplates a reduction of nomination rights commensurate with our ownership interests. For so long as the Ownership Threshold is met, we must obtain
the approval of a majority of our common stock held by Royalty Opportunities and ROS to proceed with the following actions: (i) issue new securities; (ii)
incur over $250,000 of debt in a fiscal year; (iii) sell or transfer over $250,000 of our assets or businesses or our subsidiaries in a fiscal year; (iv) acquire
over $250,000 of assets or properties in a fiscal year; (v) make capital expenditures over $125,000 individually, or $1,500,000 in the aggregate during a
fiscal year; (vi) approve our annual budget; (vii) appoint or remove the chairperson of our Board of Directors; and (viii) make loans to, investments in, or
purchase, or permit any subsidiary to purchase, any stock or other securities in another entity in excess of $250,000 in a fiscal year.

The Investor Rights Agreement grants Royalty Opportunities and ROS the right to purchase from us a pro rata amount of any new securities that
we may propose to issue and sell. The Investor Rights Agreement may be terminated (a) upon the mutual written agreement of all the parties, (b) upon our
written  notice  or  the  written  notice  of  ROS  or  Royalty  Opportunities  if  the  ownership  percentage  of  our  then  outstanding  common  stock  of  ROS  and
Royalty Opportunities is less than 10%, or (c) upon written notice of ROS and Royalty Opportunities.

2022 Private Placement and Securities Purchase Agreement

On August 23, 2022, we entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) with several accredited investors,
including Stavros G. Vizirgianakis and his brother, and Jonn R. Beeson, who invested through The Platinum Legacy Trust, dated February 24, 2017, of
which Jonn R. Beeson serves as Trustee, pursuant to which we agreed to issue an aggregate of 20,305,429 shares of our common stock and warrants to
purchase up to an aggregate of 5,076,358 shares of our common stock in a private placement (the “Private Placement”), at a per unit (each unit consisting
of one share and a warrant to purchase 0.25 of a share) purchase price of $0.48, which represented a 2.5% discount to the 10-day volume-weighted average
price of our common stock ending August 19, 2022. The closing of the Private Placement was structured to occur in two tranches in order to comply with
the  continued  listing  requirements  of  the  NYSE  American,  which  requires  stockholder  approval  of  the  sale,  issuance,  or  potential  issuance  by  listed
companies of common stock (or securities convertible into common stock) at a price less than the greater of book or market value which equals 20% or
more of outstanding common stock prior to the transaction. Neither Mr. Vizirgianakis nor Mr. Beeson was a director of the Company when we entered into
the Securities Purchase Agreement.

On August  25,  2022,  we  closed  the  first  tranche  of  the  Private  Placement  (the  “First  Closing”).  At  the  First  Closing,  we  sold  an  aggregate  of
14,060,315 shares and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,515,079 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6.75 million. Of these
shares and warrants, we sold 3,515,079 shares and warrants to purchase 878,770 shares to Stavros G. Vizirgianakis in exchange for approximately $1.7
million and sold 3,515,077 shares and warrants to purchase 878,769 shares to the brother of Stavros G. Vizirgianakis in exchange for approximately $1.7
million.  Additionally,  we  sold  703,016  shares  and  warrants  to  purchase  175,754  shares  to  The  Platinum  Legacy  Trust,  dated  February  24,  2017,  in
exchange for approximately $337.4 thousand.

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Immediately  after  the  execution  of  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  by  the  parties  thereto,  we  obtained  the  written  consent  of  Royalty
Opportunities and ROS, the holders of an aggregate of 73,114,592 shares of our common stock as of August 23, 2022, representing greater than a majority
of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of such date, for the approval of the issuance of Shares and Warrants at the second closing of the Private
Placement (the “Second Closing”) pursuant to the continued listing requirements of the NYSE American and in accordance with applicable provisions of
the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  and  our  Second  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws.  The  written  consent  of  Royalty  Opportunities  and  ROS  was
sufficient  to  approve  the  issuance  of  Shares  and  Warrants  at  the  Second  Closing.  Therefore,  no  proxies  or  additional  consents  were  solicited  by  us  in
connection with this issuance. Pursuant to Section 14(c) of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, on September 9, 2022,
we sent a definitive information statement to all holders of our common stock as of August 23, 2022 for the purpose of informing such stockholders of the
written actions taken by Royalty Opportunities and ROS. The Second Closing occurred on October 7, 2022. At the Second Closing, we sold an aggregate
of 6,245,114 shares and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,561,279 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.0 million. Of these
shares and warrants, we sold 2,264,861 shares and warrants to purchase 566,214 shares to Stavros G. Vizirgianakis in exchange for approximately $1.1
million and sold 857,696 shares and warrants to purchase 214,425 shares to the brother of Stavros G. Vizirgianakis in exchange for approximately $0.4
million. Additionally, we sold 312,256 shares and warrants to purchase 78,064 shares to The Platinum Legacy Trust, dated February 24, 2017, in exchange
for approximately $150.0 thousand.

2022 Lock-Up Agreements

Under  the  terms  of  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  each  of  the  accredited  investors  party  thereto  executed  a  lock-up  agreement  with  the
Company, pursuant to which each such investor agreed to a lock-up on any sale or other disposition of our common stock, subject to certain exceptions.
The lock-up period had a three-month duration, except in the case of Stavros G. Vizirgianakis who agreed to a 12-month lock-up period.

Lead Investor Agreement

Under the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, we entered into an agreement with Stavros G. Vizirgianakis, as the lead investor of the
Private Placement, pursuant to we agreed to provide certain director nomination rights to Mr. Vizirgianakis. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we
expanded the size of our Board by one position and elected Mr. Vizirgianakis as a director to fill the vacancy created as a result of the increase, effective
upon completion of the First Closing. In addition, we elected Mr. Vizirgianakis as Chair of the Board, effective upon completion of the First Closing. The
director nomination rights set forth in the agreement will terminate on the earlier of (i) the date on which Mr. Vizirgianakis ceases to hold at least 75% of
the shares of our common stock to be purchased by him in the Private Placement; (ii) October 7, 2024; or (iii) upon written notice of Mr. Vizirgianakis to
the Company.

2022 Registration Rights Agreement

Under  the  terms  of  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  we  entered  into  a  Registration  Rights  Agreement  with  Stavros  G.  Vizirgianakis,  his
brother,  The  Platinum  Legacy  Trust,  dated  February  24,  2017,  and  the  other  accredited  investors  party  to  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  which
required us, among other things, to file a shelf resale registration statement with the SEC within 60 days of the date of the First Closing for purposes of
registering the resale of the shares of our common stock sold in the Private Placement and the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the
warrants and use our commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the shelf resale registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, within 75 days of the date of the First Closing, subject to certain exceptions. We filed this registration statement on October 11, 2022
and it became effective on October 20, 2022.

122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between or among our directors, executive officers, or persons nominated or chosen by the Company to become

directors or executive officers.

Director Independence

The Board has affirmatively determined that John K. Bakewell, Jonn R. Beeson, Robert E. McNamara, Lori D. Mitchell-Keller and Stavros G.

Vizirgianakis are “independent directors,” as defined under the independence standards of the NYSE American.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Change in Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

As  previously  disclosed,  on  August  15,  2023,  the  Audit  Committee  appointed  Grant  Thornton  LLP  (“Grant  Thornton”)  as  the  Company’s
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  and  in  connection  therewith  dismissed  Plante  &  Moran,  PLLC  (“Plante  Moran”),  as  the  Company’s
independent registered public accounting firm, subject to Grant Thornton’s standard client acceptance procedures, which were completed on August 18,
2023. The decision to appoint Grant Thornton as the Company’s new independent registered public accounting firm was the result of a request for proposal
process  after  Plante  Moran  notified  the  Audit  Committee  that  Plante  Moran  is  evaluating  whether  to  continue  its  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
audit practice in the Company’s primary industry.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, and through the subsequent interim period preceding the Company’s appointment of
Grant Thornton as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, neither the Company, nor anyone on its behalf, consulted Grant Thornton
regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might
be rendered with respect to the consolidated financial statements of the Company, and no written report or oral advice was provided to the Company by
Grant Thornton that was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue;
or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a “disagreement” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions) or a “reportable
event” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

The audit reports of Plante Moran on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022 and
2021  did  not  contain  an  adverse  opinion  or  a  disclaimer  of  opinion,  and  were  not  qualified  or  modified  as  to  uncertainty,  audit  scope  or  accounting
principles.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, and through the subsequent interim period preceding Plante Moran’s dismissal, (1)
there were no disagreements (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions) between the Company and Plante Moran on
any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the
satisfaction of Plante Moran, would have caused Plante Moran to make reference thereto in its report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, and (2) there were no “reportable events” as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

The Company previously disclosed this information in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 18, 2023, provided Plant
Moran with a copy of the disclosures, and requested that Plant Moran furnish it with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the
Company’s statements therein. A copy of the letter dated August 18, 2023 was filed as an exhibit to such Form 8-K.

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit and Non-Audit Fees

The following table represents aggregate fees billed to the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 by the

Company’s independent registered accounting firms during such fiscal years.

Audit fees
Audit-related fees
Tax fees
All other fees
Total fees

2023

2022

  $

  $

840,000    $
45,000   
—   
—   
885,000    $

320,158 
7,000 
— 
— 
327,158 

In the above table, “audit fees” are fees billed for services provided related to the audit of our annual financial statements, quarterly reviews of our
interim  financial  statements,  and  services  normally  provided  by  the  independent  accountant  in  connection  with  statutory  and  regulatory  filings  or
engagements for those fiscal periods. “Audit-related fees” are fees not included in audit fees that are billed by the independent accountant for assurance and
related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements. These audit-related fees also consist of the
review  of  our  registration  statements  filed  with  the  SEC  and  related  services  normally  provided  in  connection  with  statutory  and  regulatory  filings  or
engagements. “Tax fees” are fees billed by the independent accountant for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.
“All other fees” are fees billed by the independent accountant for products and services not included in the foregoing categories.

Pre-Approval Policy

It is the Audit Committee’s policy to approve in advance the types and amounts of audit, audit-related, tax, and any other services to be provided
by  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm.  In  situations  where  it  is  not  practicable  to  obtain  full  Audit  Committee  approval,  the  Audit
Committee has delegated authority to the Chair of the Audit Committee to grant pre-approval of auditing, audit-related, tax, and all other services up to
$25,000.  Any  pre-approved  decisions  by  the  Chair  are  required  to  be  reviewed  with  the  Audit  Committee  at  its  next  scheduled  meeting.  The  Audit
Committee approved 100% of all services provided by Plante Moran during 2023 and 2022 and services provided by Grant Thornton during 2023.

124

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statements

PART IV

Our consolidated financial statements are included in “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are inapplicable since we are a smaller reporting company.

Exhibits

The exhibits being filed or furnished with this report are listed below, along with an indication as to each management contract or compensatory

plan or arrangement.

A copy of any exhibits listed or referred to herein will be furnished at a reasonable cost to any person who is a stockholder upon receipt from any
such person of a written request for any such exhibit. Such request should be sent to: Scott Neils, Chief Financial Officer, Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.,
664 Cruiser Lane, Belgrade, MT 59714, Attn: Stockholder Information.

Exhibit No.  
2.1†

Description
  Equity  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  February  28,  2023,  among  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc,  Surgalign  SPV,  Inc.,  Surgalign  Spine
Technologies, Inc., and Surgalign Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
March 1, 2023 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

2.2†

2.3†

  Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2023, between Surgalign Holdings, Inc. and Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit
2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 20, 2023 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by
reference herein)

  First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2023, between Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and Surgalign Holdings,
Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11,
2023 (SEC File No. 001-34591) and incorporated by reference herein)

2.4*†

  Second  Amendment  to  Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  20,  2023,  between  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Surgalign

Holdings, Inc.

2.5*†

  Third Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2023, between Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and Surgalign Holdings,

Inc.

3.1

3.2

  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-

Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2023 (SEC File No. 001-34591) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. (Effective as of June 1, 2023) (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s

Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 19, 2023 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Exhibit No.  
4.1*

  Description of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Description

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

  Form of Common Stock Certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,

2021 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2018, among Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP,
ROS Acquisition Offshore LP, Park West Partners International, Limited and Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited (filed as Exhibit
10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 16, 2018 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated
by reference herein)

  Amendment  No.  1  to  Investor  Rights  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  2,  2023,  among  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.,  OrbiMed  Royalty
Opportunities II, LP and ROS Acquisition Offshore LP (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarterly period ended March 31, 2023 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Registration  Rights  Agreement  (for  Common  Stock  underlying  the  Indenture  Notes),  dated  January  17,  2017,  among  Xtant  Medical
Holdings, Inc., ROS Acquisition Offshore LP and OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP. (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2017 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Registration Rights Agreement (for Common Stock underlying the PIK Notes), dated January 17, 2017, among Xtant Medical Holdings,
Inc., ROS Acquisition Offshore LP and OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP. (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2017 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Registration Rights Agreement (for Common Stock issued upon the exchange of the Notes and pursuant to the Private Placement), dated
February 14, 2018, among Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP, ROS Acquisition Offshore LP, Telemetry
Securities,  L.L.C.,  Bruce  Fund,  Inc.,  Park  West  Investors  Master  Fund,  Limited,  and  Park  West  Partners  International,  Limited  (filed  as
Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  16,  2018  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 1, 2020, among Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP, and
ROS Acquisition Offshore LP (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 1, 2020
(SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2021, between Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and the investor party thereto (filed as
Exhibit  4.4  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-3  filed  with  the  SEC  on  April  6,  2021  (Sec  File  No.  333-255074)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

4.10

  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2022, among Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and the investors party thereto (filed as
Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  August  31,  2022  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

4.11

  Form of Investor Warrant (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2021

(SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

4.12

  Form of Placement Agent Warrant (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 22,

2021 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

126

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Exhibit No.  
4.13

Description
  Form of Warrant (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2022 (SEC File No.

001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

4.14

  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  6,  2023,  among  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  and  the  investors  party  thereto  (filed  as
Exhibit  4.9  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-3  filed  with  the  SEC  on  July  7,  2023  (SEC  File  No.  333-273169)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

10.1●

  Amended and Restated Xtant Medical Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the

quarterly period ended September 30, 2015 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

10.2●

  Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with

the SEC on August 3, 2018 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

10.3●

  Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 28, 2020 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

10.4●

  Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current

Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 28, 2022 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

10.5●

10.6●

10.7●

  Form  of  Employee  Stock  Option  Award  Agreement  for  use  with  the  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  2018  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (filed  as
Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  August  3,  2018  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for use with the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (filed
as  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  August  3,  2018  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  for  use  with  the  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  2018  Equity
Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2019 (SEC File
No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

10.8●

  Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with

the SEC on July 28, 2023 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

10.9●

10.10●

10.11●

10.12●

  Form  of  Employee  Stock  Option  Award  Agreement  for  use  with  the  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  2023  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (filed  as
Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  July  28,  2023  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for use with the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (filed
as  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  July  28,  2023  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  for  use  with  the  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  2023  Equity
Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 28, 2023 (SEC File No. 001-
34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Deferred  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  for  use  with  the  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  2023  Equity
Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 28, 2023 (SEC File No. 001-
34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

127

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Exhibit No.  
10.13●*

  Form of Employee Performance Share Unit Award Agreement for use with the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan

Description

10.14●*

  Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers

10.15●

10.16●

10.17●

10.18●

10.19●

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

  Employment Agreement, effective as of October 7, 2019, between Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and Sean E. Browne (filed as Exhibit 10.1
to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  October  7,  2019  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and  incorporated  by
reference herein)

  Employment Agreement, effective as of July 9, 2018, between Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and Kevin D. Brandt (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to
the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and  incorporated  by
reference herein)

  Employment Agreement, effective as of June 1, 2022, between Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and Scott Neils (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  May  2,  2022  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and  incorporated  by  reference
herein)

  Employment  Agreement,  effective  as  of  January  16,  2023,  between  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Mark  A.  Schallenberger  (filed  as
Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  January  9,  2023  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Letter  Agreement,  dated  August  25,  2022,  between  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Stavros  Vizirgianakis  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.3  to  the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 31, 2022 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference
herein)

  Restructuring  and  Exchange  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  11,  2018,  among  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.,  OrbiMed  Royalty
Opportunities II, LP, ROS Acquisition Offshore LP, Bruce Fund, Inc., Park West Partners International, Limited, Park West Investors Master
Fund, Limited, and Telemetry Securities, L.L.C. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
January 12, 2018 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Restructuring and Exchange Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2020, among Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities
II,  LP  and  ROS  Acquisition  Offshore  LP  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on
August 10, 2020 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2018, among Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP
and ROS Acquisition Offshore LP. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 16,
2018 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2021, between Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and the investor party thereto (filed as
Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  22,  2021  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Placement Agent Agreement, dated February 22, 2021, between Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (filed as
Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  22,  2021  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2022, among Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and the investors party thereto (filed as
Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  August  24,  2022  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

128

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Exhibit No.  
10.26

Description
  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  3,  2023,  among  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  and  the  investors  party  thereto  (filed  as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 3, 2023 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated
by reference herein)

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

10.32

10.33

10.34

21.1*

23.1*

23.2*

31.1*

  Transition  Services  Agreement,  dated  February  28,  2023,  among  Surgalign  SPV,  Inc.,  Surgalign  Spine  Technologies,  Inc.,  and  Xtant
Medical Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2023 (SEC
File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Amended  and  Restated  Credit,  Security  and  Guaranty  Agreement  (Term  Loan),  dated  as  of  March  7,  2024,  among  Xtant  Medical,  Inc.,
Bacterin International, Inc., X-spine Systems, Inc., Surgalign SPV, Inc., and any additional borrower that hereafter becomes party thereto,
Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., and any additional guarantor that hereafter becomes party thereto, and MidCap Financial Trust, as agent, and
the  lenders  from  time  to  time  party  thereto  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on
March 7, 2024 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement (Revolving Loan), dated as of March 7, 2024, among Xtant Medical, Inc.,
Bacterin International, Inc., X-spine Systems, Inc., Surgalign SPV, Inc., and any additional borrower that hereafter becomes party thereto,
Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., and any additional guarantor that hereafter becomes party thereto, and MidCap Funding IV Trust, as agent,
and the lenders from time to time party thereto (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
March 7, 2024 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference herein)

  Commercial Lease, dated February 1, 2012, between Cruiser Lane, LLC and Bacterin International Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.30 To
the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and  incorporated  by
reference herein)

  Addendum to Commercial Lease, dated December 3, 2018, between Cruiser Lane, LLC and Bacterin International Holdings, Inc. (filed as
Exhibit  10.31  To  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Addendum  to  Commercial  Lease,  dated  July  29,  2022,  between  Cruiser  Lane,  LLC  and  Bacterin  International  Holdings,  Inc.  (filed  as
Exhibit  10.32  To  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  (SEC  File  No.  001-34951)  and
incorporated by reference herein)

  Lease  Agreement,  dated  August  7,  2013,  between  McClellan  Farm  and  Bacterin  International,  Inc.  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.33  To  the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated by reference
herein)

  Triple  Net  Commercial  Lease,  dated  October  23,  2015,  between  Shep  Does  Stuff  LLC  and  Bacterin  International,  Inc.  (filed  as  Exhibit
10.34 To the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (SEC File No. 001-34951) and incorporated
by reference herein)

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Grant Thornton LLP

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Plante & Moran, PLLC

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002

129

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Exhibit No.  
31.2*

Description
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002

32.1**

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley

Act of 2002

32.2**

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley

Act of 2002

97.1*

  Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. Clawback Policy

101.INS*

  Inline  XBRL  INSTANCE  DOCUMENT  (the  instance  document  does  not  appear  in  the  interactive  data  file  because  its  XBRL  tags  are

embedded within the inline XBRL document)

101.SCH*

  Inline XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA

101.CAL*

  Inline XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE

101.DEF*

  Inline XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE

101.LAB*

  Inline XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE

101.PRE*

  Inline XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE

104

  Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

●
*
**
†

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan
Filed herewith
Furnished herewith
All exhibits and schedules to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish the omitted
exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon request by the SEC.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Optional disclosure, not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

130

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed

on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

April 1, 2024

XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.

/s/ Sean E. Browne

By:
Name: Sean E. Browne
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

/s/ Scott C. Neils

By:
Name: Scott C. Neils
Title: Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the

registrant and in the capacities indicated on April 1, 2024.

Signature

/s/ Sean E. Browne
Sean E. Browne

/s/ Scott C. Neils
Scott C. Neils

/s/ John K. Bakewell
John K. Bakewell

/s/ Jonn R. Beeson
Jonn R. Beeson

/s/ Robert E. McNamara
Robert E. McNamara

/s/ Lori D. Mitchell-Keller
Lori D. Mitchell-Keller

/s/ Stavros G. Vizirgianakis
Stavros G. Vizirgianakis

Title

  President and Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

  Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECOND AMENDMENT TO
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 2.4

This  Second  Amendment  to  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  (this  “Amendment No. 2”)  is  made  as  of  this  20th  day  of  July  2023,  by  and  between
Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Purchaser”), and Surgalign Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller” and together with
Purchaser, the “Parties”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Purchaser and Seller entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 18, 2023 (as amended by the First Amendment
thereto  dated  July  10,  2023,  the  “Agreement”)  that  provides  for,  among  other  things,  the  purchase  by  Purchaser  of  certain  assets  of  Seller  and  its
Subsidiaries predominantly used in or related to Seller’s and its Subsidiaries hardware and biologics business, and Purchaser assuming from Seller and its
Subsidiaries, certain specified liabilities related thereto, in each case as set forth in the Agreement;

WHEREAS, clause (B) of Section 7.1(d)(iv) of the Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment, provides that Purchaser may terminate the
Agreement by providing to Seller written notice of termination no later than 5:00 p.m. CT on July 20, 2023 if any of the Disclosure Schedules, or any
matter,  fact,  item  of  information,  circumstance,  event,  Liability  or  other  disclosure  set  forth  on,  or  described  or  referred  to  in,  any  of  the  Disclosure
Schedules, shall not be acceptable to Purchaser in its sole discretion;

WHEREAS,  Purchaser  and  Seller  wish  to  amend  the  Agreement  to  extend  the  time  by  which  Purchaser  may  terminate  the  Agreement  under

clause (B) of Section 7.1(d)(iv) to 5:00 p.m. CT on July 24, 2023; and

WHEREAS, Section 7.12 of the Agreement provides that the Agreement may be amended by the written agreement of Seller and Purchaser.

NOW, THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  contained  herein  and  other  good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and

adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, being all of the parties to the Agreement, hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning given such terms in the Agreement.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. Amendment to the Agreement. Effective as of the date of this Amendment No. 2:

a. Section 7.1(d)(iv) is amended and restated in its entirety as provided below:

(A) Seller has not provided complete copies of all of the Disclosure Schedules (other than Schedule 5.7) to Purchaser by 1:00 p.m. CT on the
date  that  is  fourteen  (14)  days  after  the  date  of  this  Agreement;  or  (B)  if  any  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  or  any  matter,  fact,  item  of
information, circumstance, event, Liability or other disclosure set forth on, or described or referred to in, any of the Disclosure Schedules,
shall not be acceptable to Purchaser in its sole discretion; provided, however, that to terminate this Agreement under this clause (B), Purchaser
must  provide  to  Seller  notice  of  termination  no  later  than  5:00  p.m.  CT  on  July  24,  2023;  provided,  further,  that  Purchaser  shall  not  be
permitted to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(d)(iv) after the date that is the later of (A) one (1) day prior to the hearing
before the Bankruptcy Court seeking entry of the Bid Procedures Order and (B) July 24, 2023.

3.  No  Other  Amendments.  Except  as  specifically  deemed  amended  as  set  forth  herein,  the  Agreement  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect  in
accordance with its terms. The amendments provided in this Amendment No. 2 shall be applicable solely with respect to those matters expressly provided
herein and no other amendments, waivers or consents may be construed or implied. This Amendment No. 2, together with all documents (including the
Agreement) referenced herein, the other Ancillary Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties,
and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, both written and oral, between the
Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

4. Counterparts.  This  Amendment  No.  2  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more  counterparts,  each  of  which  when  executed  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an

original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5. Miscellaneous. The provisions of Section 7.6 (Governing Law; Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL), Section 7.7 other than the first sentence
thereof (Interpretation), Section 7.8 (Notices), Section 7.12 (Amendment), Section 7.14 (Specific Performance), Section 7.15 (Severability), Section 7.16
(Waivers), Section 7.17 (Binding Effect; Third Party Beneficiaries; Assignment), and Section 7.18(a) (Non-Recourse) of the Agreement shall apply to this
Amendment mutatis mutandis.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.

SELLER:

  PURCHASER:

SURGALIGN HOLDINGS, INC.

  XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.

/s/ David Lyle

By:
Name: David Lyle
Title: Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Sean Browne

  By:
  Name: Sean Browne
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THIRD AMENDMENT TO
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 2.5

This Third Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement (this “Amendment No. 3”) is made as of this 24th day of July 2023, by and between Xtant
Medical  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  “Purchaser”),  and  Surgalign  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (“Seller”  and  together  with
Purchaser, the “Parties”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Purchaser and Seller entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 18, 2023 (as amended by the First Amendment
thereto dated July 10, 2023 and the Second Amendment thereto dated July 20, 2023, the “Agreement”) that provides for, among other things, the purchase
by  Purchaser  of  certain  assets  of  Seller  and  its  Subsidiaries  predominantly  used  in  or  related  to  Seller’s  and  its  Subsidiaries  hardware  and  biologics
business, and Purchaser assuming from Seller and its Subsidiaries, certain specified liabilities related thereto, in each case as set forth in the Agreement;

WHEREAS, Section 7.12 of the Agreement provides that the Agreement may be amended by the written agreement of Seller and Purchaser.

NOW, THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  contained  herein  and  other  good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and

adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, being all of the parties to the Agreement, hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning given such terms in the Agreement.

2. Amendment to the Agreement. Effective as of the date of this Amendment No. 3:

a. The Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following Section 2.1(i):

(i)

all accounts receivable (including any trade payables) of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Acquired Subsidiaries or any
Subsidiary  of  an  Acquired  Subsidiary  (collectively,  the  “Acquired  Subsidiary  Group”)  owed  from  any  member  of  the Acquired
Subsidiary Group and any other intercompany obligations of any member of the Acquired Subsidiary Group owed to Seller or any of
its Subsidiaries (other than the Acquired Subsidiary Group) (the “Intercompany Receivables”).

b. Section 2.2(k) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as provided below (with the amended portions underlined for
ease of reference):

(k) All Accounts Receivable (other than the Intercompany Receivables);

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
c. Section 2.2(l) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as provided below (with the amended portions underlined for
ease of reference):

(l)

All accounts payable (or other amounts payable) and other intercompany obligations of the members of the Parent Group (for the
avoidance of doubt, other than the Acquired Subsidiary Group) owed to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries;

d. Section 2.4 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as provided below (with the amended portions underlined for
ease of reference):

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, other than the Intercompany Receivables (which constitute Purchased Assets),
none of the Purchased Assets, Excluded Assets, Assumed Liabilities or Excluded Liabilities shall include any assets or Liabilities of any of
the Acquired Subsidiaries.

e.  Section  7.18(c)  is  hereby  amended  and  restated  in  its  entirety  as  provided  below  (with  the  amended  portions  underlined  for  ease  of
reference)::

Without limiting the foregoing, effective as of the Closing Date, Seller, on behalf of itself and its respective officers, directors, equityholders,
Subsidiaries (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Acquired Subsidiary Group) and Affiliates, and each of their respective successors
and assigns (“Seller Releasor”), hereby releases, acquits and forever discharges, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, Purchaser and its past,
present  or  future  officers,  managers,  directors,  equityholders,  partners,  members,  Affiliates,  employees,  counsel  and  agents  (each,  a
“Purchaser Releasee”) of, from and against any and all Liabilities, actions, causes of action, Claims, demands, damages, judgments, debts,
dues and suits of every kind, nature and description whatsoever, which such Seller Releasor or its successors or assigns ever had, now has or
may have on or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever to the Closing Date, in each case in respect of any cause, matter or thing
relating to the Purchased Assets, the Business or any action taken or failed to be taken by any Purchaser Releasee in any capacity related to
Purchaser, the Purchased Assets or the Business occurring or arising on or prior to the Closing Date (a “Seller Released Claim”),  and  the
Seller Released Claims specifically includes any rights of the Seller Releasors to the Intercompany Receivables effective as of the Closing
(which, for the avoidance of doubt, constitutes Purchased Assets, and shall, effective as of the Closing, be enforceable by Purchaser against
the applicable members of the Acquired Subsidiary Group). Each Seller Releasor agrees not to, and agrees to cause its respective officers,
directors,  equityholders,  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates,  and  each  of  their  respective  successors  and  assigns  not  to,  assert  any  Seller  Released
Claim  against  the  Purchaser  Releasees.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  each  Seller  Releasor  and  its  respective  officers,  directors,
equityholders,  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates,  and  each  of  their  respective  successors  and  assigns  retain,  and  do  not  release,  their  rights  and
interests under the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements

3. Disclosure Schedules. The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) complete copies of all of the Disclosure Schedules have been delivered to
Purchaser, and (ii) Purchaser’s right to terminate the Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(d)(iv) of the Agreement has expired and Purchaser shall no longer
be permitted to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(d)(iv) of the Agreement.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.  No  Other  Amendments.  Except  as  specifically  deemed  amended  as  set  forth  herein,  the  Agreement  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect  in
accordance with its terms. The amendments provided in this Amendment No. 3 shall be applicable solely with respect to those matters expressly provided
herein and no other amendments, waivers or consents may be construed or implied. This Amendment No. 3, together with all documents (including the
Agreement) referenced herein, the other Ancillary Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties,
and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, both written and oral, between the
Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

5. Counterparts.  This  Amendment  No.  3  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more  counterparts,  each  of  which  when  executed  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an

original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

6. Miscellaneous. The provisions of Section 7.6 (Governing Law; Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL), Section 7.7 other than the first sentence
thereof (Interpretation), Section 7.8 (Notices), Section 7.12 (Amendment), Section 7.14 (Specific Performance), Section 7.15 (Severability), Section 7.16
(Waivers), Section 7.17 (Binding Effect; Third Party Beneficiaries; Assignment), and Section 7.18(a) (Non-Recourse) of the Agreement shall apply to this
Amendment mutatis mutandis.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 3 to be executed as of the date first written above.

SELLER:

SURGALIGN HOLDINGS, INC.

/s/ David Lyle

By:
Name: David Lyle
Title: Chief Financial Officer

  PURCHASER:

XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.

/s/ Sean Browne

  By:
  Name: Sean Browne
  Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.

Exhibit 4.1

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Xtant, we, us and our), has only one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended: our common stock, par value $0.000001 (common stock).

The following description summarizes the material terms and provisions of our common stock and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and
qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to  the  provisions  of  our  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (Certificate  of  Incorporation),  Third  Amended  and
Restated Bylaws (Bylaws), the Investor Rights Agreement dated as of February 14, 2018 by and among Xtant and certain stockholders (as amended, the
Investor Rights Agreement), and the agreement between Xtant and Stavros G. Vizirgianakis (the Lead Investor Agreement), which are filed as exhibits to
our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and are incorporated by reference herein. We encourage you to read our
Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, the Investor Rights Agreement, the Lead Investor Agreement and the applicable provisions of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL) for additional information.

Authorized Shares

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that we have authority to issue 300,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
par value $0.000001 per share (preferred stock).

Our preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of Xtant (the Board) is authorized, by resolution or
resolutions,  to  fix  the  number  of  shares  of  any  series  of  preferred  stock  and  to  determine  the  designation,  powers,  rights,  preferences,  qualifications,
limitations, privileges and restrictions, if any, of any wholly unissued series of preferred stock, including without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or
resolutions  the  dividend  rights,  dividend  rate,  conversion  rights,  voting  rights,  rights  and  terms  of  redemption  (including  sinking  fund  provisions),
redemption price or prices and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof,
or any of the foregoing.

We may amend from time to time our Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock or preferred stock. Any
such amendment would require the approval of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote thereon. In addition, pursuant to
our Certificate of Incorporation, the Board is authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not
below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series (including a series of preferred stock), the number of
which  was  fixed  by  it,  subsequent  to  the  issuance  of  shares  of  such  series  then  outstanding,  subject  to  certain  limitations,  without  the  vote  of  our
stockholders.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders, including in all elections
for directors. Stockholders are not entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of
outstanding shares of any series of preferred stock we may designate and issue in the future, holders of our common stock are entitled to vote on all matters
on which stockholders are generally entitled to vote.

Our  stockholders  may  vote  either  in  person  or  by  proxy.  At  all  meetings  of  stockholders  for  the  election  of  directors  at  which  a  quorum  is  present,  a
plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is
present shall, unless otherwise provided by our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to us or
applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to us or our securities, be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting
power of the shares of our stock that are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends

The Board may authorize, and we may make, distributions to our stockholders, subject to any restriction in our Certificate of Incorporation and to those
limitations prescribed by law and contractual restrictions. Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the
holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that the Board may determine to issue from time to
time.

Liquidation Rights

Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, all holders of our common stock are entitled to participate pro rata in our assets available for distribution,
subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any class of preferred stock then outstanding.

Other Rights and Preferences

Under the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights, conversion rights or subscription
rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our
common  stock  are  subject  to,  and  may  be  adversely  affected  by,  the  rights  of  the  holders  of  shares  of  any  series  of  preferred  stock  that  the  Board  may
designate and issue in the future. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws do not restrict the ability of a holder of our common stock to transfer his, her
or its shares of common stock. All shares of our common stock currently outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for our common stock is Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

Exchange Listing

Our common stock is listed on NYSE American under the symbol “XTNT.”

Anti-Takeover  Effects  of  Certain  Provisions  of  our  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  Bylaws,  the  Investor  Rights  Agreement  and  the  Lead  Investor
Agreement, Our Status as a Controlled Company and under the DGCL

Anti-takeover  provisions  in  our  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  Bylaws,  the  Investor  Rights  Agreement  and  the  Lead  Investor  Agreement,  our  status  as  a
controlled company and under the DGCL may discourage or prevent a change in control, even if such a sale could be beneficial to our stockholders.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain the following anti-takeover provisions that may have an anti-takeover effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing a change in control of Xtant:

● We  have  shares  of  common  stock  and  preferred  stock  available  for  issuance  without  stockholder  approval.  The  existence  of  unissued  and
unreserved  common  stock  and  preferred  stock  may  enable  the  Board  to  issue  shares  to  persons  friendly  to  current  management  or  to  issue
preferred stock with terms that could render more difficult or discourage a third-party attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender
offer, proxy contest or otherwise, thereby protecting the continuity of our management.

● Shares of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors, so our stockholders holding a majority of the shares

of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Board, the Chair of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
● The Board may adopt, alter, amend or repeal our Bylaws without stockholder approval.
● Unless otherwise  provided  by  law,  any  newly  created  directorship  or  any  vacancy  occurring  on  the  Board  for  any  cause  may  be  filled  by  the
affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board, even if such majority is less than a quorum, and any director so elected
shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced or until his or her successor is elected and
qualified.

● Prior to  July  26,  2030,  fixing  the  number  of  directors  at  more  than  seven  directors  requires  the  approval  of  at  least  75%  of  our  directors  then

holding office.

● The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote
generally  in  the  election  of  directors,  voting  together  as  a  single  class,  is  required  to  amend  or  repeal  the  provisions  of  our  Certificate  of
Incorporation  related  to  the  amendment  of  our  Bylaws,  the  Board  and  our  stockholders  as  well  as  the  general  provisions  of  our  Certificate  of
Incorporation.

● Stockholders must follow advance notice procedures to submit nominations of candidates for election to the Board at an annual or special meeting
of  our  stockholders,  including  director  election  contests  subject  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s  universal  proxy  rules,  and  must
follow advance notice procedures to submit other proposals for business to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders.

● Unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of
Delaware does not have subject matter jurisdiction, a state court located within the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State
of  Delaware  has  subject  matter  jurisdiction,  the  federal  district  court  for  the  District  of  Delaware),  will  be  the  exclusive  forum  for  (i)  any
derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer
or  other  employee  to  us  or  our  stockholders,  (iii)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  arising  under  any  provision  of  the  DGCL,  our  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or  our  Bylaws,  or  (iv)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  governed  by  the  internal-affairs  doctrine;  provided,  however,  that  unless  we
consent in writing to an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

Investor Rights Agreement

We are party to an Investor Rights Agreement, which includes certain provisions that may have an anti-takeover effect of delaying, deferring or preventing
a change in control of Xtant. The Investor Rights Agreement includes director nomination rights, which provide that so long as the Ownership Threshold
(as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) is met, OrbiMed Royalty Opportunities II, LP and ROS Acquisition Offshore LP (collectively, the Investors)
are entitled to nominate such individuals to the Board constituting a majority of the directors. In addition, under the Investor Rights Agreement, so long as
the Ownership Threshold is met, certain matters require the approval of the Investors to proceed with such a transaction, including without limitation, the
sale, transfer or other disposition of assets or businesses of Xtant or its subsidiaries with a value in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal
year (other than sales of inventory or supplies in the ordinary course of business, sales of obsolete assets (excluding real estate), sale-leaseback transactions
and accounts receivable factoring transactions).

Lead Investor Agreement

In connection with our 2022 private placement, we entered into the Lead Investor Agreement with Stavros G. Vizirgianakis, as the lead investor of the 2022
private  placement,  pursuant  to  we  agreed  to  provide  certain  director  nomination  rights  to  Mr.  Vizirgianakis.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Lead  Investor
Agreement, we expanded the size of our Board by one position and elected Mr. Vizirgianakis as a director to fill the vacancy created as a result of the
increase,  effective  upon  completion  of  the  first  closing  of  the  2022  private  placement.  In  addition,  we  elected  Mr.  Vizirgianakis  as  Chair  of  the  Board,
effective upon completion of the first closing. The director nomination rights set forth in the Lead Investor Agreement will terminate on the earlier of (i) the
date on which Mr. Vizirgianakis ceases to hold at least 75% of the shares of our common stock to be purchased by him in the 2022 private placement; (ii)
October 7, 2024; or (iii) upon written notice of Mr. Vizirgianakis to Xtant.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Controlled Company Status

We are a “controlled company” as defined in section 801(a) of the NYSE American Company Guide because more than 50% of the combined voting power
of all of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by OrbiMed Advisors LLC. Our status as a controlled company may have an anti-takeover
effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Xtant.

Section 203 of the DGCL

We  have  elected  to  be  subject  to  Section  203  of  the  DGCL,  and  we  are  prohibited  from  engaging  in  any  business  combination  with  any  interested
stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

● before such date, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested

stockholder;

● upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least
85% of the voting shares outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting shares outstanding (but
not the outstanding voting shares owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and
(ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan
will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

● on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and
not  by  written  consent,  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  at  least  66-2/3%  of  the  outstanding  voting  shares  that  are  not  owned  by  the  interested
stockholder.

In general, Section 203 of the DGCL defines business combination to include the following:

● any merger or consolidation involving the company and the interested stockholder;
● any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the company involving the interested stockholder;
● subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the company of any shares of the company to the interested

stockholder;

● any transaction involving the company that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the shares or any class or series of shares of the

company beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

● the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the

company.

In  general,  by  reference  to  Section  203  of  the  DGCL,  an  “interested  stockholder”  is  an  entity  or  person  who,  together  with  the  person’s  affiliates  and
associates,  beneficially  owns,  or  within  three  years  prior  to  the  time  of  determination  of  interested  stockholder  status  owned,  15%  or  more  of  the
outstanding voting shares of the company.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.13

[Employee – Performance Stock Units]

NOTICE OF PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT GRANT UNDER THE
XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC. 2023 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan
(as may be amended from time to time, the “Plan”), hereby grants to the individual named below (the “Participant”) the number of performance stock units,
a form of Restricted Stock Units (as defined in the Plan) and Performance Awards (as defined in the Plan), set forth below (collectively, the “Performance
Stock Units”). The Performance Stock Units are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Notice of Performance Stock Unit Grant (this
“Grant Notice”), in the Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement attached hereto (the “Award Agreement”), and in the Plan, all of which are incorporated
herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meaning set forth in the Plan. This Performance Stock Unit award grant
has been made as of the grant date indicated below, which shall be referred to as the “Grant Date.”

Participant:

Grant Date:

[Insert Participant Name]

[Insert Grant Date]

Threshold Potential Payout:

50% of the Target Potential Payout

Target Potential Payout:

[Insert Target Number of Shares] shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan

Maximum Potential Payout:

200% of the Target Potential Payout

Performance Goal:

  Relative Total Stockholder Return, as described in Award Agreement

Performance Period:

January 1, 2024 – December 31, 2026

* * * * *

The Participant must accept this Performance Stock Unit grant by executing this Grant Notice in the space provided below and returning
such original execution copy to the Company or otherwise indicating affirmative acceptance of the Performance Stock Unit grant electronically
pursuant to procedures established by the Company and/or its third party administrator. The undersigned Participant acknowledges that he or
she has received a copy of this Grant Notice, the Award Agreement, the Plan and the Plan Prospectus. As an express condition to the grant of the
Performance Stock Units hereunder, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan.
The Participant has read carefully and in its entirety the Award Agreement and specifically the acknowledgements in Section 11.9 thereof. This
Grant  Notice,  the  Award  Agreement  and  the  Plan  set  forth  the  entire  agreement  and  understanding  of  the  Company  and  the  Participant  with
respect to the grant, vesting and administration of this Performance Stock Unit award and supersede all prior agreements, arrangements, plans
and understandings. This Grant Notice (which includes the attached Award Agreement) may be executed in two counterparts each of which will
be deemed an original and both of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.

  PARTICIPANT

* * * * *

By:
Title:

[Name of Officer]
[Title of Officer]

[Name of Participant]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant  to  the  Notice  of  Performance  Stock  Unit  Grant  (the  “Grant  Notice”)  to  which  this  Performance  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  (this
“Agreement”)  is  attached  and  which  Grant  Notice  is  included  in  and  part  of  this  Agreement,  and  subject  to  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the  Xtant
Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  2023  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (as  may  be  amended  from  time  to  time,  the  “Plan”),  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), and the Participant named in the Grant Notice (the “Participant”) agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Plan; Definitions. The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein,
this Agreement will be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement or in the
Grant Notice will have the same meanings as set forth in the Plan. The provisions of this Agreement will be interpreted as to be consistent with the Plan
and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted by reference to the Plan. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is not authorized by or
is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan will prevail. Pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Committee will
have final authority to interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement and to make any and all determinations thereunder, and its decision will be final,
binding and conclusive upon the Participant and his or her legal representatives in respect of any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. A
copy of the Plan and the Plan Prospectus have been delivered to the Participant together with this Agreement.

2. Grant of Performance Stock Units. The Company hereby grants to the Participant a target number of Performance Stock Units, as set forth in the Grant
Notice, subject to adjustment as provided in this Agreement and the Plan, and each of which, once vested and earned pursuant to this Agreement, will be
settled in one (1) share of Common Stock, subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and adjustments set forth herein and in the Plan. The Performance
Stock Units will not accrue or be paid any Dividend Equivalents.

3. Performance and Time-Based Vesting; Determination of Amount of Earned Performance Stock Units.

3.1 Performance and Time-Based Vesting. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, Section 6 of this Agreement, the Plan or an Individual
Agreement, the actual number of Performance Stock Units that will be eligible to vest will be determined based on the achievement of the Company’s Total
Stockholder Return (“TSR”) versus the Peer Companies (as defined in Section 3.2 of this Agreement), as measured over the three-year performance period
set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Performance Period”). Any Performance Stock Units that become eligible to vest after satisfaction of the applicable TSR
goals with respect to the Performance Period are referred to herein as the “Earned Performance Stock Units.” In order to vest in any Earned Performance
Stock Units, the Participant must remain an Employee (as defined in the Plan) or a Consultant (as defined in the Plan) through the Certification Date (as
defined in the Plan).

3.2  Performance  Goal:  Relative  Company  TSR  Versus  Benchmark  Companies.  The  number  of  Earned  Performance  Stock  Units  will  be
determined based on the level of achievement of TSR by the Company during the Performance Period, as compared to the TSR achieved by the companies
comprising the Benchmark Companies. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Benchmark Companies” shall mean the 72 companies listed on Exhibit A
attached hereto, provided that a company shall be removed from the list of Benchmark Companies to the extent the stock of such company is not publicly
traded on an established stock exchange or national market system at the end of the Performance Period.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.3 Determination of Amount of Earned Performance Stock Units. The percentage of the target Performance Stock Units, as set forth in the Grant
Notice (the “Target Performance Stock Units”), that become Earned Performance Stock Units (if any) will be determined by the percentage derived from
the table below, which percentage depends on the percentile ranking of the Company’s TSR in relation to the TSR of each of the Benchmark Companies.
To the extent that the Company’s TSR results for the Performance Period fall between any levels set forth in the table below, the percentage of applicable
Target Performance Stock Units that will become Earned Performance Stock Units with respect to the Performance Period will be determined based on
linear interpolation using the Company TSR percentile rank amount in the table that is greater than but closest to the Company’s results and the amount in
the  table  that  is  less  than  but  closest  to  the  Company’s  results,  and  their  corresponding  percentages.  For  example  and  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  if  the
percentile ranking of the Company’s TSR in relation to the TSR of the Benchmark Companies for the Performance Period is 67.5%, then 170% of the
applicable Target Performance Stock Units for the Performance Period will become Earned Performance Stock Units. This is determined by interpolating
on a linear basis between the TSR Percentile Rank levels of 65% and 70% and their corresponding percentages of attainment of 160% and 180%.

Company TSR Percentile Rank in Relation to Benchmark Companies
for Performance Period

<25%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
50%
55%
60%
65%
70%
75%
80%
85%
90%
95%
100%

Earned Performance Stock Units as a Percentage of Target
Performance Stock Units(1)
0%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
120%
140%
160%
180%
200%
200%
200%
200%
200%
200%

(1) If TSR is negative, the number of Earned Performance Stock Units will be capped at 100% of the number of Target Performance Stock Units.

For purposes of the TSR calculations, the following rules shall apply. The beginning and ending prices for the Company’s Common Stock and
each stock of the Benchmark Companies shall be the average closing stock price during the thirty (30) calendar days ending on December 31, 2023 and the
last  thirty  (30)  calendar  days  of  the  Performance  Period,  respectively.  The  prices  for  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  and  each  stock  of  the  Benchmark
Companies will be adjusted for stock dividends, stock splits, spin-offs and other corporate changes having a similar effect.

All determinations regarding TSR shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion and all such determinations shall be final and binding on
all parties. For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee may make equitable adjustments to the TSR calculations with respect to the Company and each of
the Benchmark Companies to account for changes in the capitalization of each such entity. Target Performance Stock Units, if any, will be deemed to have
become Earned Performance Stock Units as of the date on which the Committee has certified in writing as to the level of achievement of the TSR goal.
This certification shall be made no later than sixty (60) days following the end of the Performance Period (the date of such certification with respect to the
Performance Period, the “Certification Date”).

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any Target Performance Stock Units that fail to become Earned Performance Stock Units on the Certification Date related to the Performance
Period will terminate on the Certification Date for no consideration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of Earned Performance Stock Units arising
from  achievement  of  the  TSR  goal  may  not  result  in  more  than  the  Maximum  Potential  Payout  subject  to  this  Award  Agreement  becoming  Earned
Performance Stock Units.

4. Settlement; Issuance of Common Stock. Earned Performance Stock Units will be converted to whole shares of Common Stock (no fractional shares will
be issued) which the Company will issue and deliver to the Participant (either by delivering one or more certificates for such shares or by entering such
shares in book entry form in the name of the Participant or depositing such shares for the Participant’s benefit with any broker with which the Participant
has an account relationship or the Company has engaged to provide such services under the Plan, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion)
within  seventy  four  (74)  days  following  the  end  of  the  Performance  Period,  except  to  the  extent  that  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  withheld  to  pay  tax
withholding obligations pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement or the Participant has properly elected to defer income that may be attributable to such
Earned Performance Stock Units under a Company deferred compensation plan or arrangement.

5. Committee Discretion.

5.1 Adjustment Events. As provided in Section 9.6 of the Plan, any evaluation of performance by the Committee may include or exclude any of
the  following  events  that  occurs  during  the  Performance  Period:  (a)  items  related  to  a  change  in  accounting  principles;  (b)  items  relating  to  financing
activities; (c) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (d) other non-operating items; (e) items related to acquisitions; (f) items attributable to
the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period; (g) items related to the disposal of a business or segment of
a  business;  (h)  items  related  to  discontinued  operations  that  do  not  qualify  as  a  segment  of  a  business  under  applicable  accounting  standards;  (i)  items
attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; (j) any other items of significant
income  or  expense  which  are  determined  to  be  appropriate  adjustments;  (k)  items  relating  to  unusual  or  extraordinary  corporate  transactions,  events  or
developments; (l) items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (m) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business
activities; (n) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (o) items relating to changes in tax laws; (p) items relating to major licensing
or partnership arrangements; (q) items relating to asset impairment charges; (r) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual
settlements;  (s)  foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses;  or  (t)  items  relating  to  any  other  unusual  or  nonrecurring  events  or  changes  in  applicable  laws,
accounting principles or business conditions. In addition, the Committee may amend or modify the vesting criteria (including any Performance Goals or
Performance Period) of the Performance Stock Units based in whole or in part on the financial performance of the Company (or any Subsidiary or division,
business  unit,  station,  service  group,  region,  territory  or  other  sub-unit  thereof)  in  recognition  of  unusual  or  nonrecurring  events  (including  the  events
described above) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles,
whenever  the  Committee  determines  that  such  adjustments  are  appropriate  in  order  to  prevent  unintended  dilution  or  enlargement  of  the  benefits  or
potential benefits intended to be made available under the Performance Stock Units. The determination of the Committee as to the foregoing adjustments, if
any, will be final, conclusive and binding on the Grantee.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
5.2 Discretion.  The  Committee  may  decide,  in  its  absolute  discretion,  to  accelerate  the  vesting  on  the  balance,  or  some  lesser  portion  of  the
balance,  of  the  Performance  Stock  Units  at  any  time.  If  so  accelerated,  the  Performance  Stock  Units  will  be  considered  to  have  vested  as  of  the  date
specified by the Committee. If Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, the payment of shares of Common Stock vesting pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall in all cases
be paid at a time or in a manner that ensures the Performance Stock Units are exempt from, or comply with, Section 409A of the Code. The prior sentence
may be superseded in a future agreement or amendment to this Award Agreement only by direct and specific reference to such sentence.

6. Effect of Termination of Employment or Service.

6.1  Effect  of  Termination  of  Employment  or  Other  Service  Other  Than  Death  or  Disability.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  an  Individual
Agreement,  as  of  the  date  of  termination  of  the  Participant’s  employment  or  other  service  with  the  Company  or  one  of  its  Subsidiaries  or  Affiliates,  in
either  case,  for  any  reason  other  than  death  or  Disability  of  the  Participant,  then  the  Participant  shall  forfeit  his  or  her  rights  to  receive  the  shares  of
Common Stock subject to the Performance Stock Units that have not vested pursuant to Section 3, 5 or 7 of this Agreement and been issued as of the date
the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates terminates.

6.2 Effect of Termination of Employment or Other Service Due to Death or Disability. If the Participant dies or his or her employment or other
service with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is terminated by reason of his or her Disability while he or she is employed or providing
other service to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates within one (1) year of the Grant Date, the Participant shall forfeit his or her rights to
receive the shares of Common Stock subject to the Performance Stock Units that have not vested pursuant to Section 3, 5, 6.1 or 7 of this Agreement as of
the date the Participant’s employment or other service with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates terminates. If the Participant dies or his or
her employment or other service with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is terminated by reason of his or her Disability while he or she is
employed by or providing other service to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in each case one (1) year or more after the Grant Date, the
Performance Stock Units will become immediately vested with respect to that number of underlying shares of Common Stock subject to the Performance
Stock Units the rights to which would have vested based on the assumption that the Performance Goal was satisfied at the target level, prorated for the
number of full months of the Participant’s employment or other service during the Performance Period and such vested Performance Stock Units shall be
settled in shares of Common Stock as provided in Section 4 of this Agreement. The Participant shall forfeit his or her rights to receive all of the remaining
shares of Common Stock subject to the Performance Stock Units that have not vested.

6.3 Effect of Change in Employee/Consultant Status. The change in the Participant’s status from that of an Employee to that of a Consultant will,
for  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  be  deemed  to  result  in  a  termination  of  such  Participant’s  employment  with  the  Company  or  one  of  its  Subsidiaries  or
Affiliates, unless the Committee otherwise determines in its sole discretion. The change in the Participant’s status from that of a Consultant to that of an
Employee will not, for purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to result in a termination of such Participant’s service as a Consultant, and such Participant
will  thereafter  be  deemed  to  be  an  Employee  for  purposes  of  this  Agreement.  Unless  the  Committee  otherwise  determines  in  its  sole  discretion,  a
Participant’s employment or other service will, for purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to have terminated on the date recorded on the personnel or
other records of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for which the Participant provides employment or other service, as determined by the
Committee in its sole discretion based upon such records. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if payment of the Performance Stock Units is subject to Section
409A  of  the  Code  and  payment  is  triggered  by  a  termination  of  the  Participant’s  employment  or  other  service,  such  termination  must  also  constitute  a
“separation  from  service”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code,  and  any  change  in  employment  status  that  constitutes  a  “separation  from
service” under Section 409A of the Code will be treated as a termination of employment or termination of other service, as the case may be.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.4 Effect of Actions Constituting Cause or Adverse Action; Forfeiture or Clawback. The Performance Stock Units are subject to the forfeiture
provisions set forth in Section 13.5 of the Plan, including those applicable if the Participant is determined by the Committee to have taken any action that
would constitute Cause or an Adverse Action and any forfeiture or clawback requirement under Applicable Law or any policy adopted from time to time by
the Company.

7. Effect of Change in Control. Except as otherwise provided in an Individual Agreement between the Company and the Participant, if a Change in Control
(as  defined  in  an  Individual  Agreement  between  the  Participant  and  the  Company  or  if  there  is  no  such  Individual Agreement  or  if  it  does  not  define
Change in Control, then as defined in the Plan) occurs while the Participant is employed by or providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary and
before the last day of the Performance Period, the following rules will apply:

(a) A number of Performance Stock Units will become Earned Performance Stock Units as of the date of the Change in Control (the “Change in
Control Date”) by treating the Change in Control Date as the last date of the Performance Period, and determining the degree of attainment of the TSR goal
with respect to the Performance Period based on the standard terms set forth above, provided that the ending price for the Company’s Common Stock for
purposes of this calculation will be equal to the Transaction Value Per Share, as defined below.

(b) 100% of the Earned Performance Stock Units outstanding on the Change in Control Date will vest on the Change in Control Date if these
Performance  Stock  Units  are  not  continued,  assumed  or  substituted  with  equivalent  awards  (with  such  adjustments  as  may  be  required  or  permitted  by
Section 4.4 of the Plan) by the surviving or successor organization (or a parent or subsidiary thereof) (the “Successor”) and such Earned Performance Stock
Units shall be settled in shares of Common Stock as provided in Section 4 of this Agreement as if the end of the Performance Period was amended to be the
Change in Control Date. A substitute equivalent award must (i) have a value at least equal to the value of the Performance Stock Units being substituted;
(ii) be the same type of award as the Performance Stock Units being substituted; (iii) be earned to the extent earned at the time of and as a result of the
Change  in  Control  and  have  the  same  service-based  condition  through  the  end  of  the  Performance  Period;  and  (iv)  have  other  terms  and  conditions
(including vesting and effect of termination within one (1) year following a Change in Control) that are not less favorable to the Participant than the terms
and  conditions  of  the  Performance  Stock  Units  being  substituted,  in  each  case,  as  determined  by  the  Committee  (as  constituted  prior  to  the  Change  in
Control) in its sole discretion. If the Performance Stock Units are continued, assumed or substituted by the Successor and within one (1) year following a
Change in Control the Participant (i) is terminated by the Successor (or an Affiliate thereof) without Cause or (ii) the Participant resigns for Good Reason
(as defined below), the Earned Performance Stock Units will vest and such vested Earned Performance Stock Units will be converted to Common Stock
immediately thereafter as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement and in the Plan as of the termination or resignation. For purposes of this Section 7(b),
“Good Reason” means as defined in an Individual Agreement between the Participant and the Company but only if and to the extent such Good Reason
constitutes “good reason” under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(n), or if there is no such Individual Agreement or if it does not define Good Reason, Good
Reason means the assignment to the Participant of any duties materially inconsistent in any respect with the Participant’s position (including a material
negative change regarding the Participant’s status, offices, titles or reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the
Company which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities (but not occurring solely as a result of the Company’s
ceasing to be a publicly traded entity) existing immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial
and  inadvertent  action  not  taken  in  bad  faith  and  which  is  remedied  by  the  Company  promptly  after  receipt  of  notice  thereof  given  by  the  Participant;
provided, however, “Good Reason” will not be deemed to exist unless (a) written notice of termination on account thereof is given by the Participant to the
Company no later than sixty (60) days after the time at which the event or condition purportedly giving rise to Good Reason first occurs or arises; (b) if
there exists (without regard to this clause (b)) an event or condition that constitutes Good Reason, the Company will have thirty (30) days from the date
notice of such a termination is given to cure such event or condition and, if the Company does so, such event or condition will not constitute Good Reason
hereunder and (c) if not cured, the Participant must resign from employment for a Good Reason event or condition within sixty (60) days following the last
day of the Company’s cure period. Any good faith determination of “Good Reason” made by the Committee will be conclusive. The Participant’s mental or
physical incapacity following the occurrence of an event described in above clauses will not affect the Participant’s ability to terminate employment for
Good Reason.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
(c) Any Performance Stock Units that fail to become Earned Performance Stock Units in connection with a Change in Control will terminate as of

the Change in Control Date for no consideration.

(d) For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Transaction Value Per Share” means the sum of the value of all consideration that is distributable with
respect to one share of Common Stock (factoring in the aggregate exercise price of outstanding stock options and warrants where such exercise price is not
included  in  the  value  of  consideration  distributable  to  holders  of  capital  stock  in  such  Change  in  Control),  assuming  that  all  “milestone”  or  other
“contingent consideration” that is eligible to be received by the holders of the Company’s capital stock is deemed earned and paid out at the maximum level
of achievement as of the date of such Change in Control, as such value is determined by the Board in good faith at the time of the Change in Control.

8. Section 409A. If any shares of Common Stock shall be issuable with respect to the Performance Stock Units as a result of the Participant’s “separation
from service” at such time as the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, then no shares shall be issued,
except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, prior to the earlier of (i) the date immediately after the end of the six-month period following the
Participant’s “separation from service”, or (ii) the Participant’s death. Payment of amounts under this Agreement (by issuance of shares of Common Stock
or  otherwise)  is  intended  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code,  and  this  Agreement  shall  in  all  respects  be  administered  and
construed to give effect to such intent. The Committee in its sole discretion may accelerate or delay the distribution of any payment under this Agreement
to the extent allowed under Section 409A of the Code.

9. Rights of Participant.

9.1 Employment or Other Service. Nothing in this Agreement will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to
terminate the employment or service of the Participant at any time, nor confer upon the Participant any right to continue employment or service with the
Company or any Subsidiary.

9.2 Rights  as  a  Stockholder.  The  Participant  will  have  no  rights  as,  or  privileges  of,  a  stockholder  of  the  Company,  with  respect  to  shares  of
Common Stock covered by the Performance Stock Units unless and until the Participant becomes the holder of record of such shares of Common Stock
issued in settlement of the Performance Stock Units (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer
agent of the Company). The Performance Stock Units will not accrue or be paid any Dividend Equivalents.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.3 Restrictions on Transfer. Except pursuant to testamentary will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise expressly permitted by
the Plan, no right or interest of the Participant in the Performance Stock Units prior to the vesting, issuance or settlement of the Performance Stock Units
will be assignable or transferable, or subjected to any lien, during the lifetime of the Participant, either voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, by
operation of law or otherwise. Any attempt to transfer, assign or encumber the Performance Stock Units other than in accordance with this Agreement and
the Plan will be null and void and the Performance Stock Units for which the restrictions have not lapsed will be forfeited and immediately returned to the
Company.

10. Withholding Taxes. The Company is entitled to (a) withhold and deduct from future wages of the Participant (or from other amounts that may be due
and owing to the Participant from the Company or a Subsidiary), or make other arrangements for the collection of, all amounts the Company reasonably
determines are necessary to satisfy any and all federal, foreign, state and local withholding and employment related tax requirements attributable to the
Performance  Stock  Units,  or  (b)  require  the  Participant  promptly  to  remit  the  amount  of  such  withholding  to  the  Company  before  taking  any  action,
including issuing any shares of Common Stock, with respect to the Performance Stock Units. The Committee may, in its sole discretion and upon terms and
conditions  established  by  the  Committee,  permit  or  require  the  Participant  to  satisfy,  in  whole  or  in  part,  any  withholding  or  employment  related  tax
obligation  in  connection  with  the  settlement  of  the  Performance  Stock  Units  by  withholding  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  settlement  of  the
Performance Stock Units. When withholding shares of Common Stock for taxes is effected under this Agreement and the Plan, it will be withheld only up
to an amount based on the maximum statutory tax rates in the Participant’s applicable tax jurisdiction or such other rate that will not trigger a negative
accounting impact on the Company.

11. Miscellaneous.

11.1 Governing Law. The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of this Agreement and any rules, regulations and actions
relating  to  this  Agreement  will  be  governed  by  and  construed  exclusively  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware,  notwithstanding  the
conflicts of laws principles of any jurisdictions.

11.2 Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement will be submitted by the Participant or by the Company forthwith

to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee will be final and binding on all parties.

11.3 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement
will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement will be binding
upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

11.4 Notices. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement must be made, if to the Company, to Xtant Medical
Holdings, Inc., Attn: Chief Financial Officer, 664 Cruiser Lane, Belgrade, MT 59714, and if to the Participant, to the last known mailing address of the
Participant contained in the records of the Company. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement must be made in writing
either (a) by personal delivery, (b) by facsimile or electronic mail with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails or (d) by express
courier  service.  The  notice,  request  or  other  communication  will  be  deemed  to  be  received  upon  personal  delivery,  upon  confirmation  of  receipt  of
facsimile or electronic mail transmission or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however,
that if a notice, request or other communication sent to the Company is not received during regular business hours, it will be deemed to be received on the
next succeeding business day of the Company.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.5 Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, deliver any documents related to the Performance Stock Units
by  electronic  means  or  request  the  Participant’s  consent  to  participate  in  the  Plan  by  electronic  means.  The  Participant  hereby  consents  to  receive  all
applicable documentation by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line system established and maintained by the Company or a
third party vendor designated by the Company.

11.6 Other Laws. The Company will have the right to refuse to issue to the Participant or transfer any shares of Common Stock subject to the
Performance  Stock  Units  if  the  Company  acting  in  its  absolute  discretion  determines  that  the  issuance  or  transfer  of  such  shares  might  violate  any
Applicable Law.

11.7  Investment  Representation.  The  Participant  hereby  represents  and  covenants  that  (a)  any  share  of  Common  Stock  acquired  upon  the
settlement  of  the  Performance  Stock  Units  will  be  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with  a  view  to  the  distribution  thereof  within  the  meaning  of  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), unless such acquisition has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state
securities laws; (b) any subsequent sale of any such shares will be made either pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and
any  applicable  state  securities  laws,  or  pursuant  to  an  exemption  from  registration  under  the  Securities  Act  and  such  state  securities  laws;  and  (c)  if
requested by the Company, the Participant will submit a written statement, in form satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such representation (x) is
true and correct as of the date of issuance of any shares of Common Stock hereunder or (y) is true and correct as of the date of any sale of any such share,
as applicable. As a further condition precedent to the delivery to the Participant of any shares of Common Stock subject to the Performance Stock Units,
the Participant will comply with all regulations and requirements of any regulatory authority having control of or supervision over the issuance or delivery
of the shares and, in connection therewith, will execute any documents which the Company will in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable.

11.8 Non-Negotiable Terms. The terms of this Agreement and the Performance Stock Units are not negotiable, but the Participant may refuse to
accept the Performance Stock Units by notifying the Company’s Chief Financial Officer in writing within thirty (30) day after the Grant Date set forth in
the Grant Notice.

11.9 Acknowledgement by the Participant. In accepting the Performance Stock Units, the Participant hereby acknowledges that:

(a) The  Plan  is  established  voluntarily  by  the  Company,  it  is  discretionary  in  nature,  and  it  may  be  modified,  amended,  suspended  or

terminated by the Company at any time, unless otherwise provided in the Plan.

(b) The grant of the Performance Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive
future awards of Performance Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Performance Stock Units, even if Performance Stock Units have been granted
repeatedly in the past.

(c) All decisions with respect to future Performance Stock Unit award grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(d) The Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e) The award of Performance Stock Units is an extraordinary item that does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any

kind rendered to the Company, and which is outside the scope of the Participant’s employment contract, if any.

(f) The grant of Performance Stock Units is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not
limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service, pension or retirement
benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company or
any Subsidiary.

(g) The Performance Stock Units or this Agreement will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company or any

Subsidiary.

(h) The future value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Performance Stock Units is unknown and cannot be predicted with
certainty  and  if  the  Performance  Stock  Units  vest  and  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  become  issuable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this
Agreement, the value of those shares of Common Stock may increase or decrease.

(i) In consideration of the grant of the Performance Stock Units, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from
termination of the Performance Stock Units or diminution in value of the Performance Stock Units or shares of Common Stock acquired upon
settlement of the Performance Stock Units resulting from termination of employment by the Company (for any reason whatsoever and whether or
not in breach of applicable labor laws) and the Participant hereby irrevocably releases the Company and its Subsidiaries from any such claim that
may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by acceptance of the
Performance Stock Units, the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived his or her entitlement to pursue such claim.

(j)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  an  Individual  Agreement,  in  the  event  of  termination  of  the  Participant’s  employment  with  the
Company (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), the Participant’s right to receive the Performance Stock Units and vest in the Performance
Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date of termination of his or her active employment as determined in the sole
discretion of the Committee and will not be extended by any notice of termination of employment or severance period provided to the Participant
by  contract  or  practice  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  or  mandated  under  local  law  and  the  Committee  will  have  the  sole  discretion  to
determine the date of termination of the Participant’s active employment for purposes of the Performance Stock Units.

(k) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company or any Subsidiary making
any recommendations regarding the Participant’s participation in the Plan, acceptance of the Performance Stock Units, acquisition of shares of
Common Stock upon settlement of the Performance Stock Units or any sale of such shares.

(l)  The  Participant  has  been  advised  to  consult  with  his  or  her  own  personal  tax,  legal  and  financial  advisors  regarding  his  or  her

participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

* * * * *

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.                 Omnicell, Inc.
2.                 AtriCure, Inc.
3.                 NovoCure Limited
4.                 STAAR Surgical Company
5.                 RxSight, Inc.
6.                 UFP Technologies, Inc.
7.                 LeMaitre Vascular, Inc.
8.                 Embecta Corp.
9.                 Avanos Medical, Inc.
10.               Paragon 28, Inc.
11.               SI-BONE, Inc.
12.               Varex Imaging Corporation
13.               Treace Medical Concepts, Inc.
14.               Nevro Corp.
15.               OrthoPediatrics Corp.
16.               Artivion, Inc.
17.               Pulse Biosciences, Inc.
18.               Atrion Corporation
19.               CVRx, Inc.
20.               OraSure Technologies, Inc.
21.               IRadimed Corporation
22.               Surmodics, Inc.
23.               Orthofix Medical Inc.
24.               Pulmonx Corporation
25.               Silk Road Medical, Inc.
26.               ZimVie Inc.
27.               Cerus Corporation
28.               Zynex, Inc.
29.               Sanara MedTech Inc.
30.               Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.
31.               Bioventus Inc.
32.               Orchestra BioMed Holdings, Inc.
33.               AngioDynamics, Inc.
34.               Utah Medical Products, Inc.
35.               Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
36.               Senseonics Holdings, Inc.
37.               Semler Scientific, Inc.

EXHIBIT A

Benchmark Companies

38.               AxoGen, Inc.
39.               Accuray Incorporated
40.               Outset Medical, Inc.
41.               NeuroPace, Inc.
42.               Sight Sciences, Inc.
43.               Butterfly Network, Inc.
44.               Zomedica Corp.
45.               ClearPoint Neuro, Inc.
46.               TELA Bio, Inc.
47.               Myomo, Inc.
48.               Stereotaxis, Inc.
49.               FONAR Corporation
50.               Inogen, Inc
51.               KORU Medical Systems, Inc.
52.               Electromed, Inc.
53.               Delcath Systems, Inc.
54.               Apyx Medical Corporation
55.               Kewaunee Scientific Corporation
56.               Asensus Surgical, Inc.
57.               Neuronetics, Inc.
58.               Hyperfine, Inc.
59.               Cutera, Inc.
60.               enVVeno Medical Corporation
61.               Vicarious Surgical Inc.
62.               Lucid Diagnostics Inc.
63.               Beyond Air, Inc.
64.               Pro-Dex, Inc.
65.               HeartBeam, Inc.
66.               Cytosorbents Corporation
67.               Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.
68.               VolitionRx Limited
69.               Rockwell Medical, Inc.
70.               Eargo, Inc.
71.               Milestone Scientific Inc.
72.               Vivani Medical, Inc.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.14

This  Indemnification  Agreement  (“Agreement”)  is  made  as  of  _______________  by  and  between  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), and _______________, a resident of the State of _______________ (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supplements any and
all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement. Any conflict between this and any other
agreement shall be construed in favor of indemnification.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors and officers unless they are
provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification or both against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising
out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the
Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries
from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations
and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future
only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises
are  being  increasingly  subjected  to  expensive  and  time-consuming  litigation  relating  to,  among  other  things,  matters  that  traditionally  would  have  been
brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as currently existing and as
may  be  further  amended,  the  “Bylaws”)  require  indemnification  of  the  officers  and  directors  of  the  Company.  Indemnitee  may  also  be  entitled  to
indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the
indemnification  provisions  set  forth  therein  are  not  exclusive,  and  thereby  contemplate  that  contracts  may  be  entered  into  between  the  Company  and
members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS,  the  uncertainties  relating  to  such  insurance  and  to  indemnification  have  increased  the  difficulty  of  attracting  and  retaining  such

persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of
the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the
future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on
behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern
that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or

abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition

that he or she be so indemnified; and

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and

agree as follows:

Section  1.  Survival.  This  Agreement  shall  continue  in  force  after  Indemnitee  has  ceased  to  serve  as  an  officer  or  director  of  the  Company,  as

provided in Section 14 hereof.

Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or
other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary
or other official of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise at the request of, for the convenience
of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

(b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or
indirectly,  of  securities  of  the  Company  representing  thirty-three  percent  (33%)  or  more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  Company’s  then
outstanding  securities  unless  the  change  in  relative  Beneficial  Ownership  of  the  Company’s  securities  by  any  Person  results  solely  from  a
reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

(ii) Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this
Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a
Person  who  has  entered  into  an  agreement  with  the  Company  to  effect  a  transaction  described  in  Sections  2(b)(i),  2(b)(iii)  or  2(b)  (iv))  whose
election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then
still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved,
cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or
consolidation  which  would  result  in  the  voting  securities  of  the  Company  outstanding  immediately  prior  to  such  merger  or  consolidation
continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the
combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the
power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv)  Insolvency.  The  approval  by  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  of  a  restructuring  pursuant  to  title  11  of  the  United  States  Code,  a
complete  liquidation  of  the  Company  or  an  agreement  for  the  sale  or  disposition  by  the  Company  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s
assets; and

(v) Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A
of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below),
whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(B)  “Person”  shall  have  the  meaning  as  set  forth  in  Sections  11(d)  and  13(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act;  provided,  however,  that
Person  shall  exclude  (i)  the  Company,  (ii)  any  trustee  or  other  fiduciary  holding  securities  under  an  employee  benefit  plan  of  the
Company,  and  (iii)  any  corporation  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  in  substantially  the  same
proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(C) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however,
that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company
approving a merger or other transaction of the Company with another entity.

(c)  “Corporate  Status”  describes  the  status  of  a  person  who  is  or  was  a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of  the  Company  or  of  any  other
corporation,  limited  liability  company,  partnership  or  joint  venture,  trust  or  other  Enterprise  which  such  person  is  or  was  serving  at  the  request  of  the
Company.

(d)  “Disinterested  Director”  shall  mean  a  director  of  the  Company  who  is  not  and  was  not  a  party  to  the  Proceeding  in  respect  of  which

indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness
fees,  travel  expenses,  duplicating  costs,  printing  and  binding  costs,  telephone  charges,  postage,  delivery  service  fees,  any  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign
taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all
other  disbursements  or  expenses  of  the  types  customarily  incurred  in  connection  with  prosecuting,  defending,  preparing  to  prosecute  or  defend,
investigating,  being  or  preparing  to  be  a  witness  in,  or  otherwise  participating  in,  a  Proceeding.  Expenses  also  shall  include  (i)  Expenses  incurred  in
connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond,
supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with
the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of
any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included
in  such  demand  that  are  certified  by  affidavit  of  Indemnitee’s  counsel  as  being  reasonable  shall  be  presumed  conclusively  to  be  reasonable.  Expenses,
however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)  “Independent  Counsel”  shall  mean  a  law  firm,  or  a  member  of  a  law  firm,  that  is  experienced  in  matters  of  corporation  law  and  neither
presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than
as Independent Counsel with respect to other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to
a  claim  for  indemnification  hereunder.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  term  “Independent  Counsel”  shall  not  include  any  person  who,  under  the
applicable  standards  of  professional  conduct  then  prevailing,  would  have  a  conflict  of  interest  in  representing  either  the  Company  or  Indemnitee  in  an
action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel
referred  to  above  and  to  fully  indemnify  such  counsel  against  any  and  all  Expenses,  claims,  liabilities  and  damages  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  this
Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(h)  The  term  “Proceeding”  shall  include  any  threatened,  pending  or  completed  action,  suit,  claim,  counterclaim,  cross  claim,  arbitration,
mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding,
whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal)
nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason
of  the  fact  that  Indemnitee  is  or  was  a  director  or  officer  of  the  Company,  by  reason  of  any  action  taken  by  Indemnitee  (or  a  failure  to  take  action  by
Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) while acting pursuant to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity
at  the  time  any  liability  or  Expense  is  incurred  for  which  indemnification,  reimbursement,  or  advancement  of  Expenses  can  be  provided  under  this
Agreement.  If  the  Indemnitee  believes  in  good  faith  that  a  given  situation  may  lead  to  or  culminate  in  the  institution  of  a  Proceeding,  this  shall  be
considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

(i) Reference to “other Enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to
any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Company  which  imposes  duties  on,  or  involves  services  by,  such  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  with  respect  to  an  employee  benefit  plan,  its
participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and
beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this
Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as

such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 3(a) if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the
Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law
against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection
with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in
connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted
by  statute,  including,  without  limitation,  any  indemnification  provided  by  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  the  Bylaws,  vote  of  its  stockholders  or
disinterested directors or applicable law.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with
the  provisions  of  this  Section  3(b)  if  Indemnitee  is,  or  is  threatened  to  be  made,  a  party  to  or  a  participant  in  any  Proceeding  by  or  in  the  right  of  the
Company to procure a judgment in its favor, including but not limited to derivative claims asserted by creditors or shareholders of the Company or asserted
by others. Pursuant to this Section 3(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and
in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this
Section 3(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless
and only to the extent that the Delaware Court (as hereinafter defined) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in
any  Proceeding  or  in  defense  of  any  claim,  issue  or  matter  therein,  in  whole  or  in  part,  the  Company  shall  indemnify  Indemnitee  against  all  Expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits
or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest
extent  permitted  by  law.  For  purposes  of  this  Section  and  without  limitation,  the  termination  of  any  claim,  issue  or  matter  in  such  a  Proceeding  by
dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 4. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable  law  and  to  the  extent  that  Indemnitee  is,  by  reason  of  his  Corporate  Status,  a  witness  or  otherwise  asked  to  participate  in  any  Proceeding  to
which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s
behalf in connection therewith.

Section 5. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or
a  portion  of  Expenses,  but  not,  however,  for  the  total  amount  thereof,  the  Company  shall  nevertheless  indemnify  Indemnitee  for  the  portion  thereof  to
which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 6. Additional Indemnification.

(a)  Notwithstanding  any  limitation  in  Section  3,  the  Company  shall  indemnify  Indemnitee  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law  if
Indemnitee  is  a  party  to  or  threatened  to  be  made  a  party  to  any  Proceeding  (including  a  Proceeding  by  or  in  the  right  of  the  Company  to  procure  a
judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or
payable  in  connection  with  or  in  respect  of  such  Expenses,  judgments,  fines  and  amounts  paid  in  settlement)  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by
Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement,

or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

(ii)  to  the  fullest  extent  authorized  or  permitted  by  any  amendments  to  or  replacements  of  the  DGCL  adopted  after  the  date  of  this

Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any

indemnification payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision provided by

the Company, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or such other indemnity provision; or

(b) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the
meaning  of  Section  16(b)  of  the  Exchange  Act  (as  defined  in  Section  2(b)  hereof)  or  similar  provisions  of  state  statutory  law  or  common  law,  (ii)  any
reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the
Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from
an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (as amended, the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the
payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or
(iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the
Board  or  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board,  including  but  not  limited  to  any  such  policy  adopted  to  comply  with  stock  exchange  listing
requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act;

(c)  except  as  provided  in  Section  12(d)  of  this  Agreement,  in  connection  with  any  Proceeding  (or  any  part  of  any  Proceeding)  initiated  by
Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or
other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the
indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; or

(d) in any circumstance where such indemnification has been determined to be prohibited by law by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other
adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time
within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 8. Advances of Expenses. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 12(d)), the Company shall
advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not
initiated  by  Indemnitee,  and  such  advancement  shall  be  made  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  receipt  by  the  Company  of  a  statement  or  statements
requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.
Advances  shall  be  made  without  regard  to  Indemnitee’s  ability  to  repay  the  Expenses  and  without  regard  to  Indemnitee’s  ultimate  entitlement  to
indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 12(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses
incurred  pursuing  an  action  to  enforce  this  right  of  advancement,  including  Expenses  incurred  preparing  and  forwarding  statements  to  the  Company  to
support the advances claimed. The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall
constitute  an  undertaking  providing  that  the  Indemnitee  undertakes  to  repay  the  amounts  advanced  (without  interest)  to  the  extent  that  it  is  ultimately
determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of
this Agreement. This Section 8 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 7.

Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a)  Indemnitee  shall  notify  the  Company  in  writing  of  any  matter  with  respect  to  which  Indemnitee  intends  to  seek  indemnification  or
advancement  of  Expenses  hereunder  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  following  the  receipt  by  Indemnitee  of  written  notice  thereof.  The  written
notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification
under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is
reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following
the final disposition of such Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability
which  it  may  have  to  Indemnitee  hereunder  or  otherwise  than  under  this  Agreement,  and  any  delay  in  so  notifying  the  Company  shall  not  constitute  a
waiver  by  Indemnitee  of  any  rights  under  this  Agreement,  unless,  and  only  to  the  extent  that,  the  Company  did  not  otherwise  learn  of  such  action  or
request,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  such  failure  results  in  forfeiture  by  the  Company  of  substantial  defenses,  rights  or  insurance.  The  Secretary  of  the
Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense, provided that Indemnitee provides signed, written consent to

such participation, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(c)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  below,  the  Company  may,  at  its  option  and  jointly  with  any  other  indemnifying  party  similarly  notified  and
electing to assume such defense, assume defense of the Proceeding, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, provided that Indemnitee provides
signed, written consent to such assumption, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon the Company delivering to Indemnitee written notice of its
election  to  assume  such  defense,  and  Indemnitee  providing  signed,  written  consent  thereto,  the  Company  will  not  be  liable  to  Indemnitee  under  this
Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, except as provided in subsections
9(c)(i)-(iv) below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such Proceeding but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after
notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof, and Indemnitee’s signed, written consent thereto, shall be at the expense of Indemnitee
unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) it is reasonably determined at any time before or during the
course  of  the  Proceeding  that  the  use  of  counsel  chosen  by  the  Company  to  represent  Indemnitee  would  present  or  presents,  as  the  case  may  be,  such
counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (iii) it is reasonably determined at any time before or during the course of the Proceeding that the use of counsel
chosen by the Company to represent Indemnitee would be or is, as the case may be, precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then
prevailing,  or  (iv)  the  Company  shall  not  in  fact  have  employed  counsel  to  assume  the  defense  of  such  Proceeding,  or  fails  to  continue  to  retain  such
counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel shall be at the expense of
the Company.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim
effected without its prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall be permitted to settle any action except that it shall
not settle any action or claim in any manner that would impose any expenses, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, or penalties (whether civil or criminal,)
on Indemnitee, including without limitation a prohibition against Indemnitee serving as an officer or a director of a listed company, without Indemnitee’s
prior written consent.

Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to
Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written
opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the
Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the
Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so
direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the
stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10)
days  after  such  determination.  Indemnitee  shall  cooperate  with  the  person,  persons  or  entity  making  such  determination  with  respect  to  Indemnitee’s
entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information
which  is  not  privileged  or  otherwise  protected  from  disclosure  and  which  is  reasonably  available  to  Indemnitee  and  reasonably  necessary  to  such
determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or
entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and
the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect
to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has
been denied.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the
Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be
selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a
Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be
made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity
of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice
of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however,
that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel”
as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely
objection,  the  person  so  selected  shall  act  as  Independent  Counsel.  If  such  written  objection  is  so  made  and  substantiated,  the  Independent  Counsel  so
selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is
without  merit.  If,  within  twenty  (20)  days  after  the  later  of  submission  by  Indemnitee  of  a  written  request  for  indemnification  pursuant  to  Section  9(a)
hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee
may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of
Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall
designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section
10(a)  hereof.  Upon  the  due  commencement  of  any  judicial  proceeding  or  arbitration  pursuant  to  Section  12(a)  of  this  Agreement,  Independent  Counsel
shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination
shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a
request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the
burden  of  proof  to  overcome  that  presumption  in  connection  with  the  making  by  any  person,  persons  or  entity  of  any  determination  contrary  to  that
presumption.  Neither  the  failure  of  the  Company  (including  by  its  directors  or  Independent  Counsel)  to  have  made  a  determination  prior  to  the
commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable
standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such
applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)  Subject  to  Section  12(e),  if  the  person,  persons  or  entity  empowered  or  selected  under  Section  10  of  this  Agreement  to  determine  whether
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, or
if the determination is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement, within sixty (60) days after (i) the Independent
Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to or (ii) all objections to the appointment of a selected Independent Counsel have been resolved by the
Delaware  Court  or  agreement  between  the  Company  and  Indemnitee,  or  (iii)  the  Independent  Counsel  has  been  appointed  by  the  Delaware  Court  or  a
person designated to do so by the Delaware Court, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by
law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or
an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or
(ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to
exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith
requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing
provisions of this Section 11(b) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section
10(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to
submit  such  determination  to  the  stockholders  for  their  consideration  at  an  annual  meeting  thereof  to  be  held  within  seventy-five  (75)  days  after  such
receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose
of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made
thereat.

9

 
 
 
 
 
(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo
contendere  or  its  equivalent,  shall  not  (except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  in  this  Agreement)  of  itself  adversely  affect  the  right  of  Indemnitee  to
indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the  best  interests  of  the  Company  or,  with  respect  to  any  criminal  Proceeding,  that  Indemnitee  had  reasonable  cause  to  believe  that  his  conduct  was
unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the
records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the
Enterprise  in  the  course  of  their  duties,  or  on  the  advice  of  legal  counsel  for  the  Enterprise  or  on  information  or  records  given  or  reports  made  to  the
Enterprise  by  an  independent  certified  public  accountant  or  by  an  appraiser  or  other  expert  selected  with  the  reasonable  care  by  the  Enterprise.  The
provisions of this Section 11(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed
to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the

Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled
to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination
of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of
the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 3, or Section 5 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this
Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 6 of this
Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the
Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other
action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder,
Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively,
Indemnitee,  at  his  option,  may  seek  an  award  in  arbitration  to  be  conducted  by  a  single  arbitrator  pursuant  to  the  Commercial Arbitration  Rules  of  the
American Arbitration Association and in such event the Company and Indemnitee agree to fully and finally resolve by such arbitration the matter subject to
the demand for arbitration, and the award of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on both parties and may be enforced in any court having jurisdiction
over the parties hereto. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date
on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the immediately preceding
clause in this sentence shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 3(c) of this Agreement. The
Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)  In  the  event  that  a  determination  shall  have  been  made  pursuant  to  Section  10(a)  of  this  Agreement  that  Indemnitee  is  not  entitled  to
indemnification,  any  judicial  proceeding  or  arbitration  commenced  pursuant  to  this  Section  12  shall  be  conducted  in  all  respects  as  a  de novo  trial,  or
arbitration,  on  the  merits  and  Indemnitee  shall  not  be  prejudiced  by  reason  of  that  adverse  determination.  In  any  judicial  proceeding  or  arbitration
commenced pursuant to this Section 12 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of
Expenses, as the case may be.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)  If  a  determination  shall  have  been  made  pursuant  to  Section  10(a)  of  this  Agreement  that  Indemnitee  is  entitled  to  indemnification,  the
Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement
by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with
the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)  The  Company  shall,  to  the  fullest  extent  not  prohibited  by  law,  be  precluded  from  asserting  in  any  judicial  proceeding  or  arbitration
commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in
any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the
fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  the  Indemnitee  not  be  required  to  incur  legal  fees  or  other  Expenses  associated  with  the  interpretation,  enforcement  or
defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation, arbitration or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract
from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee
against  any  and  all  Expenses  and,  if  requested  by  Indemnitee,  shall  (within  ten  (10)  days  after  receipt  by  the  Company  of  a  written  request  therefor)
advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by
Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
policies  maintained  by  the  Company  if,  in  the  case  of  indemnification,  Indemnitee  is  wholly  successful  on  the  underlying  claims;  if  Indemnitee  is  not
wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or
otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this

Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

Section 13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any
other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement (subject to
Section 17(b) of this Agreement), a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or
of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in
his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision,
permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the
parties  hereto  that  Indemnitee  shall  enjoy  by  this  Agreement  the  greater  benefits  so  afforded  by  such  change.  No  right  or  remedy  herein  conferred  is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy
given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise,
shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or
agents of the Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage
available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the
terms  hereof,  the  Company  has  director  and  officer  liability  insurance  in  effect,  the  Company  shall  give  prompt  notice  of  such  claim  or  of  the
commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company
shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such
Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Nothing in this Section 13 shall be construed to permit the Company to delay advancement of
Expenses or payment of amounts in indemnification, to which Indemnitee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, because such insurance coverage is
in place and a claim has been made and is pending under such policies of insurance.

(c)  In  the  event  of  any  payment  under  this  Agreement,  the  Company  shall  be  subrogated  to  the  extent  of  such  payment  to  all  of  the  rights  of
recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as
are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is
provided  hereunder)  hereunder  if  and  to  the  extent  that  Indemnitee  has  otherwise  actually  received  such  payment  under  any  insurance  policy,  contract,
agreement or otherwise.

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as
a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan  or  other  Enterprise  shall  be  reduced  by  any  amount  Indemnitee  has  actually  received  as  indemnification  or
advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise.

Section 14. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee
is a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding or any possible
action to interpret, enforce or defend Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation, arbitration or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement
of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business
or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other
Enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

Section 15. Injunctive Relief. The Company, and the Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later
date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause the Indemnitee and the Company irreparable
harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that the parties may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof,
without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, they shall not be
precluded  from  seeking  or  obtaining  any  other  relief  to  which  they  may  be  entitled.  The  Company  and  the  Indemnitee  further  agree  that  they  shall  be
entitled  to  such  specific  performance  and  injunctive  relief,  including  temporary  restraining  orders,  preliminary  injunctions  and  permanent  injunctions,
without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection herewith. The Company and the Indemnitee acknowledge that in the absence of a
waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required by the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware, and they hereby waive any such requirement of such a
bond or undertaking.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section  16.  Severability.  If  any  provision  or  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  held  to  be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable  for  any  reason
whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any
Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall
not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be
deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the
fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such
provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent
manifested thereby.

Section 17. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order
to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in
serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior
agreements  and  understandings,  oral,  written  and  implied,  between  the  parties  hereto  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof,  including  any
indemnification  agreement  previously  entered  into  by  and  between  the  Indemnitee  and  the  Company;  provided,  however,  that  this  Agreement  is  a
supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to
diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 18. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless expressed in writing
stating the express intent to amend, modify or supplement this Agreement and executed by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this
Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 19. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation,
subpoena,  complaint,  indictment,  information  or  other  document  relating  to  any  Proceeding  or  matter  which  may  be  subject  to  indemnification  or
advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it
may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, unless, and only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of such action or
request, as the case may be, and such failure results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 20. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the
date so delivered and receipted for, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so
mailed, (c) dispatched by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed,
on the date receipted for or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received, on the date of
such transmission:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the

Company.

(b) If to the Company to

Xtant Medical Holdings Inc.
Attn: _______________________
664 Cruiser Lane
Belgrade, MT 59714

With a copy to:

Fox Rothschild LLP
City Center, Suite 3700
33 South Sixth Street
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Attention: Amy E. Culbert, Esq.

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section  21.  Contribution.  To  the  fullest  extent  permissible  under  applicable  law,  if  the  indemnification  provided  for  in  this  Agreement  is
unavailable  to  Indemnitee  for  any  reason  whatsoever,  the  Company,  in  lieu  of  indemnifying  Indemnitee,  shall  contribute  to  the  amount  incurred  by
Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any
claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of
such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving
cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with
such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations between the parties hereto shall be governed by,
and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules, except the provisions of
Section 14(a) providing for arbitration of disputes which shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the Federal Arbitration Act.
Except  with  respect  to  any  arbitration  commenced  by  Indemnitee  pursuant  to  Section  12(a)  of  this  Agreement,  the  Company  and  Indemnitee  hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the
Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in
any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably
Corporation  Service  Company,  251  Little  Falls  Drive,  Wilmington  DE  19808  as  its  agent  in  the  State  of  Delaware  for  acceptance  of  legal  process  in
connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the
State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to
plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. The
parties hereto, for purposes only of enforcement of any arbitration award resulting from arbitration under the provisions of Section 12(a), (a) consent to the
personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware, provided such court then also would have subject matter jurisdiction
over  such  enforcement  action,  (b)  appoint,  to  the  extent  such  party  is  not  otherwise  subject  to  service  of  process  in  the  State  of  Delaware,  irrevocably
Corporation  Service  Company,  251  Little  Falls  Drive,  Wilmington  DE  19808  as  its  agent  in  the  State  of  Delaware  for  acceptance  of  legal  process  in
connection with any such action to enforce such arbitration award with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the
State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in any such federal or Delaware state court, and (v)
waive,  and  agree  not  to  plead  or  to  make,  any  claim  that  any  such  action  or  proceeding  brought  in  any  such  federal  or  Delaware  state  court  has  been
brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 23. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed
to  be  an  original  but  all  of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  Agreement.  Only  one  such  counterpart  signed  by  the  party  against  whom
enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section  24.  Miscellaneous.  Use  of  the  masculine  pronoun  shall  be  deemed  to  include  usage  of  the  feminine  pronoun  where  appropriate.  The
headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction
thereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEMNITEE:

By:
Title:

Address: 664 Cruiser Lane, Belgrade, MT 59714

  Address:

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Entity Name
Bacterin International, Inc.
Surgalign SPV, Inc.
X-spine Systems, Inc.
Xtant Medical, Inc.
RTI Surgical Holdings Luxembourg SARL
Surgalign UK Limited
RTI Surgical – Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Paradigm Spine GmbH
Fourth Dimension Spine GmbH
RTI Surgical GmbH(1)
Pioneer Surgical Technology B.V.(1)
RTI Surgical Australia Pty. Ltd.(1)
Surgalign Spain SL(2)
Paradigm Spine Switzerland AG(3)
Paradigm Spine Austria GmbH(3)

Subsidiaries

Exhibit 21.1

State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Nevada
Delaware
Ohio
Delaware
Luxembourg
United Kingdom
Singapore
Germany
Germany
Germany
Netherlands
Australia
Spain
Switzerland
Austria

(1) RTI  Surgical  GmbH,  Pioneer  Surgical  Technology  B.V.  and  RTI  Surgical  Australia  Pty.  Ltd.  are  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of  RTI  Surgical

Holdings Luxembourg SARL and, therefore, are indirectly owned by Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.

(2) Surgalign Spain  SL  is  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Pioneer  Surgical  Technology  B.V.  and,  therefore,  is  indirectly  owned  by  Xtant  Medical

Holdings, Inc.

(3) Paradigm Spine Switzerland AG and Paradigm Spine Austria GmbH are wholly owned subsidiaries of Paradigm Spine GmbH and, therefore, are

indirectly owned by Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We  have  issued  our  report  dated  April  1,  2024,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statement  included  in  the  Annual  report  of  Xtant  Medical
Holdings,  Inc  on  Form  10-k  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023.  We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  of  said  report  in  the  Registration
Statements of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. on Form S-3 (File Nos. 333-255074, 333-255988, 333-267817, and 333-273169), Form S-1 (File Nos. 333-
224940 and 333-251515) and on Forms S-8 (File Nos. 333-172891, 333-187563, 333-191248, 333-212510, 333-226588, 333-234595, 333-249762, 333-
268052, and 333-273528).

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 1, 2024

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.’s  Registration  Statements  on  Form  S-3  (File  Nos.  333-255988  and  333-
255074), Form S-1 (File Nos. 333-224940, 333-251515 and 333-267817) and on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-172891, 333-187563, 333-191248, 333-212510,
333-226588,  333-234595,  333-249762  and  333-268052)  of  our  report  dated  March  7,  2023,  relating  to  the  December  31,  2022  consolidated  financial
statements which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Exhibit 23.2

/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC

Denver, Colorado
April 1, 2024

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Sean E. Browne, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this
report;

3. Based on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: April 1, 2024

By: /s/ Sean E. Browne
Sean E. Browne
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Scott C. Neils, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this
report;

3. Based on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to
ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the

effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control

over financial reporting.

Date: April 1, 2024

By: /s/ Scott C. Neils
Scott C. Neils
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION
906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Sean E. Browne, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge and
belief:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the

Exhibit 32.1

Company.

April 1, 2024

/s/ Sean E. Browne
Sean E. Browne
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION
906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Scott C. Neils, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge and belief:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the

Exhibit 32.2

Company.

April 1, 2024

/s/ Scott C. Neils
Scott C. Neils
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 97.1

XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.

CLAWBACK POLICY

This  Xtant  Medical  Holdings,  Inc.  Clawback  Policy  (this  “Policy”)  was  approved  effective  as  of  October  2,  2023  (the  “Effective  Date”)  by  the
Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”). This Policy is
adopted  pursuant  to  and  intended  to  comply  with  Section  811  (Erroneously Awarded  Compensation)  of  the  NYSE  American  Company  Guide  (“NYSE
American”) so long as the Company’s securities are listed on the NYSE American.

Purpose and Policy Statement

The Company is committed to conducting business with integrity in accordance with high ethical standards and in compliance with all applicable laws,
rules  and  regulations.  This  includes  the  Company’s  commitment  to  comply  with  all  laws,  rules  and  regulations  applicable  to  the  presentation  of  the
Company’s financial information to the public and to the recovery of erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation.

As a result, the Committee has adopted this Policy to provide that, in the event the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the
material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement
to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements, or that would result in a material
misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period (each, as applicable, a “Restatement”), the Company
will recover reasonably promptly the amount of any “erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation” “received” by an “executive officer,” in each
case as such terms are defined in this Policy, if and to the extent required by any federal or state law, rule or regulation, or rule, regulation, policy or listing
standard of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or any securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, including without
limitation, Section 811 (Erroneously Awarded Compensation) of the NYSE American Company Guide.

In the event of any change in any federal or state law, rule or regulation, or rule, regulation, policy or listing standard of the SEC or any securities exchange
on which the Company’s securities are listed after the Effective Date, which requires the Company to recover compensation from an executive officer, the
Company will seek recovery under this Policy to the extent required by such laws, rules, regulations or listing standards.

Administration

The Committee has full power, authority, and sole and exclusive discretion to reasonably construe, interpret and administer this Policy. The Committee will
construe, interpret and administer this Policy consistent with Section 811 (Erroneously Awarded Compensation) of the NYSE American Company Guide
and  any  guidance  issued  thereunder,  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  SEC,  and  any  other  applicable  laws,  rules  or  regulations  governing  the  mandatory
recovery  of  compensation,  as  such  laws,  rules  or  regulations  may  change,  be  interpreted  or  evolve  from  time  to  time.  All  determinations  and  decisions
made by the Committee will be made in its reasonable discretion and will be final, conclusive and binding on all affected individuals.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The term “Committee” as used in this Policy means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or in the absence of such a committee, a majority of the
“independent directors” (as defined under Section 803(A)(2) of the NYSE American Company Guide) serving on the Board.

Applicability

This Policy applies to all “incentive-based compensation” “received” by a person, in each case as such terms are defined in this Policy:

●

After beginning service as an “executive officer”;

● Who served as an executive officer at any time during the performance period for that incentive-based compensation;

● While the Company has a class of securities listed on NYSE American or another national securities exchange or a national securities association;

and

●

During  the  three  completed  fiscal  years  immediately  preceding  the  date  that  the  Company  is  required  to  prepare  the  Restatement,  plus  any
transition period (that results from a change in the Company’s fiscal year) within or immediately following those three completed fiscal years as
required under Section 811 (Erroneously Awarded Compensation) of the NYSE American Company Guide; however, a transition period between
the last day of the Company’s previous fiscal year end and the first day of its fiscal year that comprises a period of nine to twelve months would be
deemed a completed fiscal year. The Company’s obligation to recover erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation is not dependent on if
or when the restated financial statements are filed.

For purpose of determining the relevant recovery period, the date that the Company is required to prepare a Restatement is the earlier to occur of: (i) the
date  the  Company’s  Board,  a  committee  of  the  Board,  or  the  officer  or  officers  of  the  Company  authorized  to  take  such  action  if  Board  action  is  not
required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare a Restatement; or (ii) the date a court, regulator or other
legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare a Restatement.

Executive Officers Covered by Policy

This Policy covers the Company’s current and former executive officers who received erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation regardless of
whether the executive officer committed misconduct or contributed to the error.

The term “executive officer” as used in this Policy means the Company’s:

●

●

president;

principal financial officer;

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

●

●

principal accounting officer (or if there is no such accounting officer, the controller);

any vice-president of the Company in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance);

any other officer who performs a policy-making function;

any other person who performs similar policymaking functions for the Company; or

executive officers of the Company’s parents or subsidiaries if such individuals perform such policy making functions for the Company.

Policy-making function is not intended to include policy-making functions that are not significant.

Identification of an executive officer for purposes of this Policy would include at a minimum executive officers identified by the Company pursuant to Item
401(b) of SEC Regulation S-K.

Authority and Obligation to Recover Erroneously Awarded Incentive-Based Compensation; Exceptions

In the event of a Restatement, the Company must reasonably promptly recover any “erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation,” as such term is
defined  in  this  Policy,  in  compliance  with  this  Policy,  except  to  the  extent  one  of  the  three  conditions  below  is  met  and  the  Committee  has  made  a
determination that recovery would be impracticable.

1.

2.

3.

The direct expense paid to a third party to assist in enforcing this Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered and the Company has made a
reasonable attempt to recover any amount of erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation, has documented such reasonable attempt(s) to
recover  and  provided  that  documentation  to  NYSE  American  before  the  Committee  concludes  it  would  be  impracticable  to  recover  any
“erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation.”

Recovery would violate home country law where that law was adopted prior to November 28, 2022, and the Company has obtained an opinion of
home  country  counsel,  acceptable  to  NYSE  American,  that  recovery  would  result  in  such  a  violation  and  has  provided  such  opinion  to  NYSE
American.

Recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company,
to fail to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(13) or 411(a) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder.

Erroneously Awarded Incentive-Based Compensation

The term “erroneously awarded incentive-based compensation” as used in this Policy means that amount of “incentive-based compensation” received that
exceeds the amount of “incentive-based compensation” that otherwise would have been received had it been determined based on the restated amounts, and
must be computed without regard to any taxes paid.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  incentive-based  compensation  based  on  stock  price  or  total  shareholder  return,  where  the  amount  of  erroneously  awarded  incentive-based
compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in a Restatement,

●

●

the amount must be based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Restatement on the stock price or total shareholder return upon which the
incentive-based compensation was received; and

the  Company  must  maintain  documentation  of  the  determination  of  that  reasonable  estimate  and  provide  such  documentation  to  the  NYSE
American.

The term “incentive-based compensation” as used in this Policy means any compensation that is granted, earned or vested based wholly or in part upon the
attainment of a financial reporting measure.

The  term  “financial  reporting  measure”  as  used  in  this  Policy  means  measure  that  are  determined  and  presented  in  accordance  with  the  accounting
principles  used  in  preparing  the  Company’s  financial  statements,  and  any  measures  that  are  derived  wholly  or  in  part  from  such  measures.  Financial
reporting  measures  include,  without  limitation,  stock  price  and  total  shareholder  return,  and  may  include  non-GAAP  financial  measures.  A  financial
reporting measure need not be presented within the Company’s financial statements or included in an SEC filing to constitute a financial reporting measure
for this purpose.

Incentive-based compensation is deemed “received” as such term is used in this Policy by an executive officer in the Company’s fiscal period during which
the  financial  reporting  measure  specified  in  the  incentive-based  compensation  award  is  attained,  even  if  the  payment  or  grant  of  the  incentive-based
compensation occurs after the end of that period.

Notwithstanding  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  “incentive-based  compensation”  is  intended  to  be  interpreted  and  construed  broadly  and  includes  with
respect to any plan that takes into account incentive-based compensation (other than a tax-qualified plan) any amount contributed to a notional account
based  on  erroneously  awarded  incentive-based  compensation  and  any  earnings  accrued  to  date  on  that  notional  account.  Such  plans  include  without
limitation long-term disability plans, life insurance plans, supplemental executive retirement plans and other compensation, if it is based on incentive-based
compensation.

For clarity and the avoidance of doubt, “incentive-based compensation” does not include the following:

●

●

●

base salary (other than any base salary increase earned wholly or in part based on the attainment of a financial reporting measure, which increase
is subject to recovery as incentive-based compensation hereunder);

bonuses paid solely at the discretion of the Committee or Board that are not paid from a “bonus pool” that is determined by satisfying a financial
reporting measure performance goal;

bonuses paid solely upon satisfying one or more subjective standards (e.g. demonstrated leadership) and/or completion of a specified employment
period;

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

non-equity incentive plan awards earned solely upon satisfying one or more strategic measures (e.g., consummating a merger or divestiture), or
operational measures (e.g., completion of a project); and

equity awards for which the grant is not contingent upon achieving any financial reporting measure performance goal, and vesting is contingent
solely upon completion of a specified employment period and/or attaining one or more non-financial reporting measures.

Method of Recovery

The  Committee  will  determine,  in  its  reasonable  discretion,  the  method  for  recovering  incentive-based  compensation  hereunder,  which  may  include,
without limitation, any one or more of the following so long as the Committee does not settle for less than the full recovery amount unless the Committee
demonstrates that a full recovery is impracticable:

●

●

●

●

●

●

requiring reimbursement of cash incentive-based compensation previously paid;

seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesting, exercise, settlement, sale, transfer or other disposition of any equity-based awards;

cancelling or rescinding some or all outstanding vested or unvested equity-based awards;

adjusting or withholding from unpaid compensation, deferred compensation or other set-off;

cancelling or setting-off against planned future grants of equity-based awards; and/or

any other method required or authorized by applicable law or contract.

Enforceability

In addition to the adoption of this Policy, the Company will take steps to implement an agreement to this Policy by all current and future executive officers.
In furtherance of the foregoing, each executive officer subject to this Policy is required to sign and return to the Company the Acknowledgement Form
attached hereto as Exhibit A pursuant to which such executive officer will agree to be bound by the terms and comply with this Policy.

Policy Not Exclusive

Any recovery under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recovery that may be available to the Company pursuant
to the terms of any other clawback or recovery policy or any similar policy in any employment agreement, incentive or equity compensation plan or award
or other agreement and any other legal rights or remedies available to the Company.

Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, to the extent that the requirements under the provisions of Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
are broader than the provisions in this Policy, the provisions of such law will apply to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No Indemnification

The Company will not indemnify or agree to indemnify any executive officer or former executive officer against the loss of erroneously awarded incentive-
based  compensation  nor  will  the  Company  pay  or  agree  to  pay  any  insurance  premium  to  cover  the  loss  of  erroneously  awarded  incentive-based
compensation.

Effective Date

This Policy is effective as of the Effective Date and applies to all incentive-based compensation received by the Company’s current and former executive
officers on or after the Effective Date.

Required Disclosures

The Company will file all disclosures with respect to this Policy in accordance with the requirements of the federal securities laws, including the disclosure
required by the applicable SEC filings and will provide all required SEC and other disclosures regarding this Policy and in the event of a Restatement.

Amendment and Termination

The Committee may amend, modify or terminate this Policy in whole or in part at any time in its sole discretion and may adopt such rules and procedures
that  it  deems  necessary  or  appropriate  to  implement  this  Policy  or  to  comply  with  Section  811  (Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation)  of  the  NYSE
American Company Guide and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Successors

This  Policy  shall  be  binding  and  enforceable  against  all  current  and  former  executive  officers  of  the  Company  and  their  respective  beneficiaries,  heirs,
executors, administrators, or other legal representatives.

Adopted by the Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors of Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.
Effective as of October 2, 2023

* * * * * *

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
XTANT MEDICAL HOLDINGS, INC.

CLAWBACK POLICY

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM

By signing below, the undersigned acknowledges and confirms that the undersigned has received and reviewed a copy of the Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc.
Clawback Policy (the “Policy”).

By signing this Acknowledgement Form, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the undersigned is and will continue to be subject to the Policy and
that the Policy will apply both during and after the undersigned’s employment with Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that the Policy will apply without respect to any indemnification arrangement(s) the undersigned has
entered into with Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and/or its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

Further, by signing below, the undersigned agrees to abide by the terms of the Policy, including, without limitation, by returning any erroneously awarded
incentive-based compensation (as defined in the Policy) to Xtant Medical Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries to the extent required by,
and in a manner permitted by, the Policy.

Signature:
Name:
Date:

7